WQ0044990_Application_20231207

Initial Review
Reviewer nathaniel.thorn burg
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.) *
Yes No
Permit Number (IR) * WQ0044990
Applicant/Permittee Abigail F. Siegrist
Applicant/Permittee Address 168 Murphy Drive, High Point, NC 27265
Is the owner in BIMS? Yes No Is the facility in BIMS?
Owner Type Individual
Facility Name 312 Reese Rd. SFR
County Davidson
Fee Category Single -Family Residence
Is this a complete application?*
Yes No
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Fee Amount
Complete App Date
12/07/2023
Yes No
$60
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Admin
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
Name* David C. Barcal
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
.........................
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
[phone]
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edoes.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:* Wastewater Irrigation High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater Other
Irrigation
Applicant/Permittee* Abigail F. Siegrist
Applicant/Permittee Address* 168 Murphy Drive, High Point, NC 27265
Facility Name* 312 Reese Rd. SFR
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
Single -Family Wastewater Irrigation system. System shall have EZ Treat secondary treatment and a drip system. The treatment system shall be
sized for an unreduced flow, but the drainfield will be sized for a reduced flow.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
C14301.00 - Madison Siegrist - Application Package with
36.2M6
Site Plans.pdf
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.
* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has
been received by the Non -Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and made payable to the
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
I& �5"?t'.l
Submission Date 11/29/2023

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Surface Drip Irrigation System
with TS-II Pretreatment
Application Package for Single Family Residence
Project No.: C14301.00
Submittal Date: August 30, 2023
4z
_ SEAL -_
0 051201 Q
'' C►` NGINE ���
•,,,,��ST�OP"t",�.
Prepared By:
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103 P.O. Box 129
Cary, NC 27513 Morrisville, NC 27560
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]

Table of Contents
• Cover Letter
• Form: SFRWWIS 06-16
• Project Narrative
• Property Ownership Documentation
• Soils Evaluation
• Engineering Plans
• Specifications
• Engineering Calculations
• Equipment
• Site Map
• Operation & Maintenance Plan
• Operation & Maintenance Agreement
• County Health Department Denial Letter
• Floodway Regulation Compliance
• Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
• Flow Reduction
2

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
SEAL _
051201 ; Q
Cover Letter
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, NC 27560
[phone]
MacCONNELL & Associates, P.C.
"Engineering Today For Tomon-ow's Future"
August 30, 2023
To: Nathaniel Thornburg
NC Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources- Non -Discharge Branch
Attn: Nathaniel Thornburg- 9th Floor, Office #942X
512 N. Salisbury St. Raleigh, NC 27604
Telephone: [phone]
To Mr. Thornburg:
501 Cascade Pointe Lane
Suite 103
Cary, NC 27513
www.macconnellandassoc.com
This letter accompanies a New Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System
Application for 312 Reese Road in Davidson County. Within the application package you will find
the following information: project narrative, form: SFRWWIS 06-16, flow reduction letter,
narrative, property ownership documentation, soil evaluation, engineering plans, specifications,
engineering calculations, equipment, site map, operation & maintenance plan, operation &
maintenance agreement, county denial letter, floodway regulation compliance, and threatened or
endangered aquatic species documentation. The project referred to in this package is the
construction of a surface drip wastewater irrigation system for a 3-bedroom single family home.
The proposed system will consist of a septic tank, E-Z Treat recirculating media filter, recirculation
tank, field dosing tank, and a surface drip irrigation system with all the necessary appurtenances.
Thank you for your consideration for this New Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation
System Application. If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact
me at [phone].
Sincerely
=G ' SEA ; J
=d'� 051201 <r_
David C Barcal, PV1,1......����`'�
Project Manager

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Form: SFRWWIS 06-16
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
11►K] N t1lerej 11110 y a[$] A a[$] N►A 90 W tVA•AIATA kM1sS1B1V&*YII W 01 t,4 01010111101U05 10401 WN 111101
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications
and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T
.0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required items may result
in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original
and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
® The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item II.2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
E Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
❑ Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
® The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
® Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
® Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
® Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
® Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be
sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
® A minimum of three KsaT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
® All KsaT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
® All KsaT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
® All collected KsaT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
® Submit a soil profile description for each KsaT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
® A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
® Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
® Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
® Recommended geometric mean KsaT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
® Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KsaT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
® A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
® Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
® A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
® A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
® Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
® A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
® The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
® Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
® Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
® Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
® Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
® Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
® Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
I. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable).
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
® Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
® Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
® A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
® Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
® Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .01076) and .0108.
® Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
® All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
® How to perform routine inspections.
® A maintenance schedule.
® A troubleshooting guide.
® A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
® A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all
deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Army Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 - SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
L APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Madison Siegrist
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title:
4. Applicant's mailing address: 168 Murphy Drive
City: High Point State: NC Zip: 27265-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) = Email Address: misl212kgmail.com
1. Facility name: 312 Reese Road
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: 312 Reese Road
City: High Point State: NC Zip: 27265- County: Davidson
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 35' 58' 15" Longitude: -80. 08' 01"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement: Map interpretation by extraction
5. USGS Map Name: Midway Quadrangle (2000)
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer's name: David C. Barcal License Number: 51201 Firm: MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 Cascade Pointe Ln, Suite 103
City: Cai State: North Carolina Zip: 27513-_
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (919) 319- 651
2. Soil Scientist's name: Christopher Murray License Number: 1284
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 216 S. Swing Rd, Suite 1
City: Greensboro State: North Carolina Zip: 27409-_
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _ _
Email Address: david.barcalkmacconnellandassoc.com
Firm: Piedmont Environmental Associate, P.A.
Email Address:
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - 15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Three -bedroom residence at 90
GPD/bedroom
4. Wastewater flow: 270 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
Single Family Residence
gal/bedroom
90
3
270 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
270 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
Date �
Droved ate
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Submitted
A
Nationwide 12 or 404
N/A
Wetlands 401
N/A
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? N/A feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Map: 3710686100J
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify confonnance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Estimated Influent
Designed Effluent
Minimum Required
Parameter
Concentration
Concentration
Degree of Treatment
(monthly average)
Prior to Stora e
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
300 mg/1
6 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
(BOD5)
—
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
300 mg/1
4.5 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
25 mg/1
2.87 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
Fecal Coliforms
187.5 per 100 ml
< 200 colonies/100 ml
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T
.0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N/A
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? 2-Strand Wire
Fence (see design)
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIIA.) exceed the
soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VII.3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .06050), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1, total lamps: 2 and maximum flow capacity: 10 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the
pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alanns
that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: D-102/D-103 & Specification Page: 5, 8) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: D-105 & Specification Page: 6) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(g), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's
irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be
marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
System
Treatment /
�Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
Waiver
Waiver
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Penuittee to be maintained as
art of the project site
15'
Any private or public water supply source
100'
100'
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
100'
50'
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
100'
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
100'
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
25'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
100'
100'
Any property line
Waiver
Waiver
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
15'
Any water line from a disposal system
10'
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
50'
Nitrification field
20'
Any building foundation or basement
15'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / EZ Treat
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit
Treatment Unit7
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft) /
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
Spacings (in)
(gal)
Reference
Reference
Septic Tank
1
David Brantley &
9x4.5x5.8
1,000
D-101
Sons
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Material
(gal)
Reference
Reference
David Brantley &
Recirculation Tank
1
7.92x5.08x4.83
1,000
D-102
Sons
EZ Treat
1
EZ Treat
7. 29x4. 08x3. 83
600 GPD
D-105
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Material
(al)
Reference
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
EZ Treat
2.5Dx4H
10 GPM
D-103 (2)
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
No. of
Total
Effective
Effective
Plan Sheet
Specification
Material
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Volume
Storage
Reference
Reference
(gal)
(al)
(days)
David Brantley &
1
13.2x6.5x7.0
3,500
3,018.5
9.8
D-103 (1)
Sons
e. PUMPS:
Location
No. of
Purpose
Manufacturer /
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Specification
GPM
I TDH
Pumps
Type
Reference
Reference
Recirculation Tank
1
Does to EZ Treat Pod
Sta-Rite STEP 30
13.6
100
D-102 (A)
1/2 h
Field Dosing Tank
1
Dose to drip field
Sta-Rite STEP 20
12.4
113
D-103 (A)
1/2 h
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
No.
Units Served
TManufacturer /
Type
Capacity
CF
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N/A
g. MIXERS:
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
h
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

VIL IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified:
2. What is the proposed cover crop? fescue, rye or bermuda
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
ft
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/hr
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/ r
PnE & PnD
Most of field in PnD
1.5
0.061
32.23
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Field
Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
Rate
(in/hr)
Designed
Rate
(in/yr)
1
Latitude
(DMS)
1
Longitude
(DMS)
Waterbody
Stream Index
No. 2
Classification
1
0.20
PnD
0.061
32.23
350 58' 15"
-800 08' 01"
12-119-4
WS-III
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
O I II
Total
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: UnknownLevel of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Map interpretation by extraction
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: https://ncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%2OProtection/LAU/Agreements/WSCA%2008-13.pdf.
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
N/A ft
Emitter wetted area:
3 ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
N/A ft2
Distance between laterals:
3 ft
Nozzle capacity:
N/A GPM
Distance between emitters:
2 ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
N/A / N/A
Emitter capacity:
0.6 GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
N/A ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
Geoflow / G-WFPC-16-2-24-
PRO
Specification Reference:
N/A
Elevation of highest emitter:
830.6 ft
Specification Reference:
6
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I David C. Barcal attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
312 Reese Rd, High Point, NC 27265
(Facility name from Application Item Il.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
4 AAM
v 051201 4
�L Q� • r
,,//STOP,`\���
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
I, Madison Siegrist attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item I.3.)
312 Reese Rd, High point, NC 27265
(Facility name from Application Item I1.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well assciviip to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: 4��4z Date: 10/6/2023
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 7 of 6

Line Bearing
r
.w
r-
PA IS CA CREEK �
POINTS NOT MONUMENTED
J.
Distance
L 1
S
13°
29'
17"
E
75.72'
L2
S
60
54'
48"
W
35.35'
L 3
S
50
49'
38"
E
62.20'
L4
S
90
01'
0 1 "
E
73.68'
L 5
S
160
09'
57"
W
120.50'
L6
S
1 °
54'
07"
W
109.65'
L7
S
28°
54'
5 1 "
E
112.73'
L8
S
42°
50'
06"
W
26.17'
L9
S
37°
17'
14"
E
103.25'
L 10
S
510
19'
43"
E
107.97'
L 11
N
79°
43'
49"
E
1 17.00'
L 12
N
50
22'
27"
E
120.61'
TAX LOT 20
CHARLES McGEE
DB 871 P 1080
DEC 16 PH I S47
I t..C.
TAX LOTS 22 & 21A
JAMES A. LYNCH
DB 397 P 513
142.93' l
N 79' 31' 16,.
278.01' W 643,59' total
222.65'
N 83' 06' 30" W
3 233.53. ----._
TRACT C TRACT D
2.467 AC.+/— 1.020 AC.+/— r' LOT 118A
N ~ JOHN R. SMITH
N DB 638 P 826
* SEE NOTE A
j 200.30'
ch s 81•
C . 24' 33"
LO N 5' 27' 37" E
224.87' 20.00'
165,63' i 612 66' (total)
222.17 N 85' 53' 44" E
209.76 \
TRACT A
2.467 AC.+/—
X0
03
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE SUBDIVISION PLAT SHOWN HEREON HAS BEEN
FOUND TO COMPLY WITH THE SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS FOR DAVIDSON
COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA, AND THAT SUCH PLAT HAS BEEN APPROVED
ACCORDING TO THE PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL OF MINOR SUBDIVISIONS.
DATE SUBDIVISIN ADMINISTRATOR j HAIRMAN
PLANNING BOARD
ANY DEVELOPMENT OR CONSTRUCTION ON THE LOTS SHOWN ON THIS
PLAT MUST MEET ALL THE BUILDING AND DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS
OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY.
DATE � L � `�... �•. - �--�--�-^�-�---, sue-!
SUBDIVISION ADMINISTRATOR / CHAIRMAN
PLANNING BOARD
TRACT B
';\ \ 2.467 AC.+/—
M
c9\
\ \ c2fl5
3 1 ESZ
20g p5 20" E R`OGECR
N ' �• 44 SR 1868
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL FOR RECORDING
0
0
i�
0
0
'IN
I certify that the plat shown hereon complies
with the watershed protection ordinace and
is approved by the watershed administrator
for recording in the Register of Deeds office.
Date Watershed adm./Chmn.Review Board
HVIN
PB10P68
A) THIS LOT TO BE COMBINED WITH
TAX LOT 118A SUBSEQUENT TO
PLAT RECORDATION.
B) UTILITES AND IMPROVEMENTS NOT SHOWN
PB5P59
16' 27"
94.73'
S 77. 24, L
162.04
w
0.535 AC.+/—
w
TRACT E
io
o
n
ro u�
n .
0
* SEE NOTE A
z
z
S 81' 24'
-------__
3320.16'
E
S 77- 24' 27" W \
4.65'
" W
S '7. 24 27
r•
TRACT Fol
1.224 AC.+/— w
0
n
f
' 33
N 5' 41' 27" E
6.82' 59.11'
2 R tol)
`"- 18=6 MURPNY
ORiVE 60.
RAW PUBLIC
I, DAVID B. COE, CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAT WAS DRAWN
UNDER MY SUPERVISION FROM A SURVEY PERFORMED
UNDER MY SUPERVISION, THAT BOUNDARIES NOT ACTUALLY
SURVEYED ARE SO SHOWN, AND THAT THIS PLAT WAS
PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH G.S. 47-30 AS AMMENDED
WITNESS MY ORIGINAL SEAL AND SIGNATURE.
DATED /6 OFG 1'S6
�'•e(2-
N��� ARo'%,� DAVID B. COE NCRLS #3320
ST�,rR•�r�ji''�
SEAL
L-3320 -
:•�9ptuz
SUR`,, . Cj
NORTH CAROLINA DAVIDSON COUNTY
1, A NOTARY PUBLIC OF THE COUNTY AND
STATE AFORESAID, CERTIFY THAT DAVID
B. COE, A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR,
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME THIS
DAY AND ACKNOWLEDGED THE EXECUTION
OF THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT.
WITNESS MY HAND AND SEAL
DATE l.Z-lG-lg+itG
SIGNATURE
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES
41- 4-4 4i$
North Carolina -Davidson County
The foregoing (or annexed) certificates) of ......
- _
Notary /Pubblic (Notaries Publ' is certified to be r
this•._.leday of..... C -
. .......... ...... A D.
Ronald . allicutt, Regis of�Q
...J. Deputy
/�d/3 Sam'✓dh C.tt}Srrw1 A
-FOr40,•+..j,o.4 i s,•,.! A4Z4
LEGEND
Line Surveyed (or calculated)
Line Not Surveyed
Iron Found
Iron Set
Point not monumented
Stream or Creek
•
0
NNE �
NOTARY PO.C. NORTH CMUNA
COUNTY Of DAVIDSON
BARBARA C. RUSSELL
* anon byres /I— Q— I8

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Rewu rces
NON -DISCHARGE RESIDUALS MANAGEMENT PROGRAM WAIVER
FOR RESIDUAL TREATMENT, STORA[; F, AND DISPOSAL UNITS
AL:REEMEIti T TO WAIVE: SETBACKS i't1FlNUANT Til
15A NCAC_ B T.l 1 •S(a) sod 02T _ 1 109(d )
1. Ion itj-cnrrl 5MIlh
Addrw`ss. ?Bb Mji rphy Or i vc-
f 1Y= — t4d poLnt .
. ct:etify that I asn it &-ock-d owner of the prcqxrty leicatcd at:
Parael NO..' $19249"f.
State- N.liPCodc_ zrN,; County; _fore-yth
Furdwrrnore, I certify that I am authorixsd to make decisions rug rdmi g this properly, and that I do herchy
afire c that the sethwk distanm cited below be p oiled to the Applicant/Permittm li-,acd nn the t6lko► ing
pgc.
For the pArcel identified alxn-c. I consent to a "ucrd setback from feet to feet, thereby
Akewin; ihr constructiem of rrsidnal±s treatment, storaiZe, and surface dkpas2l units as aftr as
x fert from mF- property fne-
tA For the parch identified abovc. I consent to a rrdncrd setb2ck- from fe*-t to feet,
lbersrbv allowing the construction of residna.Ls treatment and ctar2ge units x% near as c fe*t
from My rem. dence.
D4 For tits parrrl identified ibo►•e. I consent to a reduced wtback from feet to ft*(,
ttwrrbv allowing the constructinn of �wnrfxce dkpoeml units as Hear as _ feet frame mr
rCsielenrc.
r -
Sim: e� / _ Da .
FORM: NDRNIPW-S&T 1 1-18 R6-e I oft

Appiicant'Permiti.nr: MAixm 5ic9ri5L._&,Abijax1 SiMriSt-
Addre.-r.: 3e7 e Kd
Ctt4: Hich MintNt3tc: NC
-- Pwmi No-: i1% 6OM4C
ZjP COdC' 2I255 - _. C'OuntV U,,&,on
NOFrM CAROLMA. o.V' '�-,n, COUNTY
a Notary Public for 10-1 u I A_�_1_11,
do hereby rertiff that R a
Count-,. North CznAina.
pemanalty apprared bclore me this da►
and ar3:narwlrri ed the daw e.aeration of the forrgoinw in3trumeat.
Witness my havd aad official seal, this the tT" day of � �1�►�t<f . ��.
SF-1 L ,:`Q F FR`a'' Vjt.��►a
Signufurr of" oran• Public
G �
comminion spires 1 , 9 � �
•+� ��+i i�iliitN�
Once notarizL4 this form shall be reecarded at the Re�pster cif I)eedw in the county or
counties in which the described properties are located- A copy ekf the recorded
waiver shall be sent to the following address:
Divisicm caf Water Rescfurce%
Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
FO M: N-MM-M-S&T i 1-18 Page 2 of'_

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Project Narrative
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Project Narrative
Introduction
Owner/Clients
Madison Sie rist
Property Address
PIN: 0102400000044C SFR, High Point, NC 27265
Facility Bedrooms
3
Unadjusted Design Flow GPD
360
Flow Reduction
25%
Adjusted Design Flow GPD
270
The Owner proposes to construct a 3-bedroom single family home at the above -mentioned location
in Davidson County, North Carolina. A Soil & Site Evaluation was performed by Mr. Christopher
Murray, LSS from Piedmont Environmental Associates, PA. A copy of the report can be found in
the Soils Evaluation section of this application package.
David C. Barcal, PE of MacConnell & Associates, PC has been retained for the design of the
surface drip system with E-Z Treat pretreatment. These plans are being submitted for review and
approval to obtain a Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Permit for the onsite
system that will serve the 3-bedroom single family home. The proposed system will consist of a
septic tank, an E-Z Treat recirculating media filter, a recirculation tank, a field dosing tank, an E-
Z Set drip irrigation system, E-Z Set drip irrigation tubing and the necessary appurtenances.
The proposed wastewater treatment and disposal system does not have any conflicts with existing
utilities in the area. The system also maintains all the buffers required in the 15A NCAC 02T
.0600 rules. The proposed systems shall meet all of the requirements and specifications outlined
in: Innovative Wastewater System Approval No: IWWS-2015-03-R2 and Innovative Wastewater
System Approval No: IWWS-2007-1-R1
Septic, E-Z Treat Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank
The proposed wastewater treatment system will provide both anaerobic treatment and solids
removal in a new 1,000-gallon septic tank. This tank will provide greater than 48 hours of
detention providing for adequate anaerobic treatment and solids removal from the wastewater.
Septic tank effluent will drain into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank as wastewater flows into the
septic tank. The septic tank will contain a Polylok PL-122, SIM/TECH STF-110 or approved
equal effluent filter to prevent solids from reaching the E-Z Treat recirculation tank.
The E-Z Treat recirculation tank is a new 1,000-gallon pump tank. An effluent bypass valve
located in the E-Z Treat recirculation tank will separate the flow once the E-Z Treat treatment unit
is dosed. The effluent will be returned to the E-Z Treat recirculation tank until the bypass valve is
closed, the remaining effluent will then flow to a field dosing tank. Effluent will be recirculated
through the E-Z Treat treatment unit until additional septic tank effluent enters the E-Z Treat
recirculation tank causing the bypass valve to close.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

The field dosing tank is a new 3,500-gallon tank. The field dosing tank will provide treated
effluent to dose the fields.
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit
The Model 600 E-Z Treat treatment unit will be used to provide additional treatment to the septic
tank effluent as well as removing any suspended solids not removed by the septic tank. The E-Z
Treat treatment unit includes housing, piped distribution system, sprinkler heads, and styrene
media. The underdrain system will transport the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent back through
an effluent bypass valve into one of the dosing tanks.
E-Z Set Drip Wastewater Subsurface Drip System
The E-Z Set drip irrigation system consists of the field dosing controls, disc filter, hydraulic unit,
and pump used to dose the disposal fields. The system controls determine when the pump doses
the disposal field. The disc filter provides even greater filtration to ensure that solids in the effluent
do not clog the drip irrigation line emitters.
Drip Irrigation Lines
The drip irrigation lines are dosed by the hydraulic unit. These lines consist of a hollow pipe filled
with pressure compensating drip emitters spaced on two -foot intervals. These emitters ensure that
there is uniform distribution of the treated wastewater throughout the disposal fields. The drip
lines will follow the contour lines at three-foot horizontal spacing and make a complete loop back
to the dosing tank. This ensures that proper pressure is maintained in the drip lines and that there
is a means for flushing the lines in the instance that they become clogged.
Ultraviolet Disinfection
The effluent from the E-Z Treat recirculation tank will be disinfected by ultraviolet light prior to
entering the field dosing tank and being irrigated. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be by E-
Z Treat (Model E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

Project Contacts
Names, addresses, phone and fax numbers of the owner, soil scientist, and engineer are as
follows:
Owner:
Mr. Madison Siegrist
168 Murphy Drive, NC 27625
Davidson County North Carolina
Phone: [phone]
Soil Scientist:
Mr. Christopher Murray, L S S
216 S. Swing Rd., Suite 1
Greensboro, NC 27409
Phone: [phone]
Engineer:
Mr. David C. Barcal, P.E.
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Property Ownership Documentation
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Book 2574 Page 1127
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiililimillillie
2022024222
DAVIDSON CO, NC FEE $26.00
NO TAXABLE CONSIDERATION
PRESENTED & RECORDED:
11-01-2022 10:17:08 AM
MICHAEL E. HORNE
REGISTER OF DEEDS
BY: TARA W. WHITMAN
DEPUTY
BK: DE 2574
PG: 1127-1130
MAIL TO: EnergyUnitcd EMC; Post Office Box 1831, Statesville, NC 28687-1831
DRAWN BY: Carl Via. Gray, Attorney at Law, Post Ofnce Box 457, Lexington, NC 27293
STATE OF NORTB CAROLrlgA ENEROYU NITED ELECTRIC MEMBERSHIP
COUNTY OF' Davidson CORPORATION EASEMENT AND RIGHT OF _VVA'1'
BE IT KNOWN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Madison Siegrist and
Abigail Farnam Siegrist hereinafter called "Grantor" (whether one or
more), in consideration ofthe span of One Dollar ($1.00) and other valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which Grantor acknowledges, does hereby grant unto EnergyUnited Electric Membership
Corporation, its lessees, licensees, successors, and assigns, hereinafter called "Grantee"7 the perpetual
right, privilege, casement, and right of moray over, under, and upon the lands of the Grantor hereafter
described for the purposes hereafter designated.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY UPON WHICH
EASEMENT AND RIGHT OF WAY IS LOCATED
Parcel # 0102400000044C PIN ID # 6861-03-40-5145 Deed Book 2540 Page 2479
312 Reese Rd., Hiqh Point, North Carolina Abbotts Creek Townshi
Approximately 2.47 Acres
DESCRIPTION OF EASEMENT AND RIGHT OF WAY
LVJ Having a 'width of 20 feet on each side of The centerline of the electrical and/or
communications facilities as installed.
----- or
Having a width of feet as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein.
pfo=ea by: ASH Map 1 ere=4 219432 ww. 800 32568 ja, o
v=82oa2

Book 2574 Page 1128
PURPOSES AND USES OF EASEMENT AND RIGHT OF WAY
For erection, construction, reconstruction, replacement, relocation, operation, maintenance, and repair of
(check one or both):
Overhead electrical and communication lines or systems, using such structures, poles, wires,
cables, appliances, apparatuses, and other materials deemed necessary by Grantee to transport
electricity and/or communications signal data by Grantee, its lessees, licensees, successors, and
assigns.
and/or --
Underground electrical and communication lines or systems, using such structures, wires, cables,
appliances, apparatuses, and other materials deemed necessary by Grantee to transport electricity
and/or communications signal data by Grantee, its lessees, licensees, successors, and assigns.
ANCILLARY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES GRANTED
Fight of ingress, egress, and regress upon the lands of the Grantor described herein at such locations
necessary to the performance of the purposes and uses of the easement and right of way as stated herein.
Ilse of all roads, streets, highways, and waterways upon or abutting the lands of the Grantor described
herein as a means of ingress, egress, and regress for the purposes and fuses of the easement and right of
way as stated herein.
To keep and maintain the easement and right of way granted herein clear of all structures (except
structures permitted by the Grantee), trees, undergrowth, or other obstructions within the easement and
right of way herein granted that the Grantee determines may interfere with the proper maintenance and
operation of the electric and communications facilities.
To trim, curt, and remove any trees, limbs, or other obstructions outside of the easement and right of way
granted herein which the Grantee determines may interfere with or fall upon the electric or
communications facilities within the easement .and right of way herein granted.
To install guy wires and anchors extending outside of the easement and right of way herein granted.
To relocate the electric and communications facilities described herein on the lands of the Grantor to
conform to any future highway or street relocation, widening, or improvement.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
The rights and privileges granted to the Grantee herein for ingress, egress, and regress shall extend over,
upon, and across the lands of the Grantor described herein by means of existing roads, lanes, and
waterways thereon, adjacent thereto or crossing the easement and right of way granted herein, if any. If
there are no such existing roads, lanes, or waterways, the rights and privileges granted to the Grantee
herein for ingress, egress, and ingress shall extend over, upon, and across the lands of the Grantor
described herein by such route or routes as shall occasion the least practicable damage, interference, and
inconvenience to the Grantor and the use of the Grantor's lands described herein.
YM82002

Book 2574 Page 1129
If any injury or damage occurs to crops, fences, bridges, or roads located on the lands of the Grantor.
described herein as a result of Grantee's exercise of the rights and privileges granted herein, the Grantee
will repair or replace such fences, bridges, or roads and will pay for injury or damage to such crops.
The lines, cables, facilities, structures, and related apparatuses and appliances installed on the lands of the
Grantor described herein by the Grantee or its lessees, licensees, successors, or assigns shall be and
remain the property of the installer, removable or replaceable at the installer's option.
The Grantor will not construct any structure or perform any grading; filling, or blasting of land or do any
other type of activity upon the lands of the Grantor described herein which would prohibit or interfere
with the rights and privileges granted to the Grantee herein and the Grantor will notify the Grantee of any
conditions existing or occurring upon Grantor's lands described herein which may interfere with the safe
and proper maintenance and operation of the electric and communications facilities.
Grantor covenants that Grantor owns the above -described real property in fee simple and that said
property is free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for easements and rights of way for roads
and public utilities, and that Grantor has the right to execute and deliver this easement and right of way to
the Grantee for the purposes and uses described herein.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid rights, privileges, easement, and right of way unto the Grantee,
its successors, lessees, licensees, and assigns, forever.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor, if a person, does hereunto set his hand and seal, or if a legal entity,
has caused this instrument to be signed in the name of the legal entity by its duly authorized, member,
agent or representative this 7_0`1 day of 20�. When used herein, the masculine
shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural.
(For Execution By Individual):
(SEAL)
(Sign Full Name of Individual/Grantor)
/1ArJ`50- SI !�q /It
(Print Full Name of Individual/Grantor)
141��g� �G�naM S�eo�r�s+ (SEAL)
(Sign Full Name of Individual/Grantor)
(PKnt Full Name of IndivicMal/Grantor)
vo22s2o12

Book 2574 Page 1130
---- Now Block For Ind vidual — Attach As Many As Necessary
NORTH CAROLINA
�� 1Z. ite COUNTY
],the undersigned, a Notary Public, certify that Mq d fo A �O ; E
Grantor, personally came before me this slay and acknowledged
the execution of the foregoing instrument.
WITNESS my brand .and notariaII seal this 204' day of 20 --�.
/ N6M,�,1�/l
p �ptARp v
-ley Commission Expires: 1011O /Za l— 6 Z
PUBO
ax ON Cps?®
111181
NORTH CAROLINA
:a v; d v P n COUNTY
I, the undersigned, a'Notary Public, certify that � ; 94; � � P; Svc `s
, Grantor, personally calve before me this day and acknowledged
the execution of the foregoing instrument.
WITNESS my h d note] l this &50 slay of 4M " 11 20 zS
Public °°°� w 1LSo�oe��
lacy Commission Expires: !b/ID /zaZZ

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Soils Evaluation
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

PIEDMONT
4: ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSOC I A T E S, P. A.
6/20/23
Madison Siegrist
168 Murphey Drive
High Point, NC 27265
Project Number: 3931
Soils Report for Proposed Residential Surface Drip Wastewater Irrigation System
Project Name: Siegrist Property
Location: 312 Reese Rd, Davidson County, NC (PIN: 0102400000044C)
A detailed soil evaluation was conducted on the above referenced tract to determine
suitability for a subsurface or surface wastewater system. This report is being prepared to
satisfy the requirements set forth by 15A NCAC 02T.0600 concerning the soils report for
single family surface wastewater systems since this property does not contain enough
suitable soils to support a 4-bedroom subsurface septic system. The location and
characteristics of a site that is potentially useable for a surface drip irrigation wastewater
system was identified. This report details our findings and provides the necessary
soil/site information needed for a surface irrigation system to be designed by a
professional engineer. This fieldwork was completed in May, 2023.
The potentially useable soil area was located in the field and is shown on the
accompanying soils map (Attachment 1). The proposed disposal area is compliant with
buffers for surface wastewater systems. The map also shows the locations where
measurements of saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat) were performed.
This site is located in the Intermediate Mafic geologic unit of Davidson County. Soils in
the proposed irrigation area are generally similar to the Poindexter/Wynott complex.
These soils have expansive clay mineralogy and may have indications of soil wetness
present in the subsurface horizons. The Poindexter/Wynott complex soils are generally
unsuitable for conventional subsurface septic systems. However, the favorable soil
characteristics of the surface horizons offer the opportunity for surface application of
treated wastewater.
Soil Evaluation
The soil condition of the proposed wastewater area is described with the borings shown
on the attached soils map and described in Table I below, as well as in the accompanying
Ksat location soil profile descriptions (Attachment 2).
216 S. Swing Rd., Suite 1 • Greensboro, NC 27409 • 336-662-5487

Tabie 1. - Siegrist Property - Soii Boring Logs
Boring #: Depth to Exp. Clay (") Depth to SHWT n
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
14
13
13
12
12
12
13
The landscape position for the proposed irrigation field is on a broad side slope (6-8%
maximum) with a sandy loam A/AB horizon. We recommend a maximum instantaneous
irrigation rate of 0.3 in/hr for design purposes.
Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (Ksat) Analysis
The constant head well permeameter technique (also known as shallow well pump -in
technique and borehole permeameter method) was utilized to complete the ksat tests.
This procedure is described in Methods of Soil Analysis, Part I., Chapter 29 — Hydraulic
Conductivity of Saturated Soils: Field Methods, 29 — 3.2 Shallow Well Pump In Method,
pp. 758-763 and in the Soil Science Society of America Journal, Vol. 53, no. 5, Sept. —
Oct. 1989, "A Constant -head Permeameter for Measuring Saturated Hydraulic
Conductivity of the Vadose Zone" and "Comparison of the Glover Solution with the
Simultaneous — Equations Approach for Measuring Hydraulic Conductivity." A volume
of water was applied and measured with time until a steady state of water flow was
achieved. This volume/time with steady state was used to calculate the saturated
hydraulic conductivity of the subsoil by the Glover equation.
Measurements of saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat) were conducted within the Bt
horizon at three sites within the proposed wetted area. The Bt was the only soil horizon
measured since it was obviously the least restrictive horizon. This determination was
made based on the expansive clay mineralogy present in the majority of the Bt horizons
and the fact that underlying horizons (where present) were lighter in texture.
Additionally, the soil horizons underlying the Bt were too poorly structured and/or too
thin to quantify accurately with a Ksat test.
The geometric mean Ksat of the Bt horizon was 0.061 in/hr. Geometric mean Ksat
calculations and field data are shown in Attachment 3.

Single Family Loading Rate Worksheet
A single-family water balance calculation was conducted per the above referenced
regulation. Based on the geometric mean Ksat and our field observations, these soils fall
under Loading Rate Group SFR-A and could therefore be loaded from 26.0-60.0 in/yr.
Parameters utilized in the SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet are described
below:
Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) and 80th Percentile Irrigation:
Data from a nearby site (RDU International Weather Station) for a 58 year period was
utilized in the model per NC DWQ policy guidelines for these parameters. This data is
shown in the attached SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet (Attachment 4).
Drainage Rate and Discussion of Drainage Coefficient Utilized in the SFR Irrigation
Area Worksheet:
We are proposing a drainage coefficient of 10%, which results in an actual Annual
Hydraulic Loading Rate of 32.23 inches/year. We feel that this is a reasonable drainage
rate given the surface texture and thickness of the A horizon, as well as the landscape
position of the proposed spray field (broad summit).
Standard Fertility Analysis
Soils within the proposed spray area were also analyzed for current fertility conditions.
Because of similar landscape type and management conditions, one composite sample
was used to infer soil fertility status within the proposed dispersal area. The standard soil
fertility analysis was completed by Waypoint Analytical Laboratories, Inc. Soil sample
results are included in "Soil Analysis Report" provided by Waypoint Analytical
(Attachment 5). Base saturation and exchangeable sodium percentage were determined
to be 66% and 1.69% respectively. Appendix 5 also contains information on other soil
parameters such as specific nutrient indices and pH.
Conclusions
Site disturbance could create unsuitable conditions for the proposed system and should
therefore be minimized prior to construction. A permanent vegetative cover should be
immediately established and/or maintained over the entire application field after
installation.
An individual septic system permit will be required for this property prior to obtaining a
building permit. This will involve a detailed evaluation by the state to determine, among
other things, system size and layout, drive/parking and building location. Only after
developing this information can a final determination be made concerning specifics of
system design and site utilization. A letter of denial regarding subsurface septic systems

from the county health department will also be required by NC DEQ as part of the
application for a surface application system.
If you have any further questions, please feel free to call [phone].
Sincerely,
G. Christopher Murray, MS
NC Licensed Soil Scientist
Piedmont Environmental Associates, PA
List of Attachments:
Attachment 1 - Soil Map
Attachment 2 — Soil Profile Descriptions
Attachment 3 - Ksat Summary and Field Data
Attachment 4 - SFR Irrigation Area Workbook Pages (Including Project Information,
Potential Evapotranspiration Worksheet, 80'b Percentile Precipitation Worksheet and
Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet)
Attachment 5 - Standard Fertility Analysis

Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Project:
Siegrist Property
% Slope:
4%
Site:
Ksat Nest 1
Vegetation:
Hay Field
Conducted By:
GC Murray
Date:
June, 2023
Soil Series:
Poindexter/Wynott
Complex
a�
v
O
O
O
O
O
N
O
N
E
U
X
U
N
Q
N
in
N
U
X
O
2
'L
z
r+
AM5
ram+
ram+
5
ram+
5
ram+
5
�
N
5
X
0 PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSOC 1 A T ES, P. A.
w
N
w
N
V
U)
L
Z
L
L
L
L
L
O
U
N
O
V
N
tC
rn
rn
rn
5
n
a
AB
0-4
10YR 7/3
1 -
-
I -
-
I moist
sl
mod
med
gr
fr
ns
np
Bt
5-19
10YR 7/8
10YR 6/1, 2.5YR 5/8
com
med
C&D
moist
c
mod
med
sbk
vfi
vs
p
C
20-32
10YR 7/8
-
-
-
-
moist
cl
structureless
vfi
vs
p
CR
33
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Legend:
Texture
s
sand
I
loam
si
silt
sil
silt loam
c
clay
cl
clay loam
scl
sandy clay loam
sl
sandy loam
Sid
silty clay loam
Structure Grade
Structure Type
wk weak
gr
granular
m moderate
pl
platy
str strong
pr
prismatic
cpr
columnar
abk
angular blocky
sbk
subangular blocky
sg
single grained
ma
massive
Structure Size
f fine
med medium
Moist Consistencv
fr friable
vfr very friable
fi firm
vfi very firm
Seasonal High Water Table:
Depth (") Type (apparent/perched)

Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Project:
Siegrist Property
% Slope:
5%
Site:
Ksat Nest 2
Vegetation:
Hay Field
Conducted By:
GC Murray
Date:
June, 2023
Soil Series:
Poindexter/Wynott
Complex
a�
v
O
O
O
O
O
N O
N
E
U
X
U
N
Q
N
in
N
U
X
2
'L
z
r+
AM5
ram+
ram+
5
ram+
5
ram+
5
O
�
N
5
X
PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSOC 1 A T ES, P. A.
w
N
w
N
V
U)
L
Z
L
L
L
L
L
O
U
N
O
V
N
tC
rn
rn
rn
5
n
a
��e
vaavave
eee
Legend:
Texture
Structure Grade
Structure Type
Structure Size
s
sand
wk weak
gr
granular
f fine
I
loam
m moderate
pl
platy
med medium
si
silt
str strong
pr
prismatic
sil
silt loam
cpr
columnar
c
clay
abk
angular blocky
cl
clay loam
sbk
subangular blocky
Moist Consisten,
scl
sandy clay loam
sg
single grained
fr friable
sl
sandy loam
ma
massive
vfr very friable
Sid
silty clay loam
fi firm
vfi very firm
Seasonal High Water Table:
Depth (") Type (apparent/perched)

Attachment 2 - Soil Profile Descriptions at Ksat Locations
Project:
Siegrist Property
% Slope:
7%
Site:
Ksat Nest 3
Vegetation:
Hay Field
Conducted By:
GC Murray
Date:
June, 2023
Soil Series:
Poindexter/Wynott
Complex
a�
v
O
O
O
O
O
N
O
N
E
U
X
U
N
Q
N
in
N
U
X
O
2
'L
z
r+
AM5
ram+
ram+
5
ram+
5
ram+
5
�
N
5
X
0 PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL
ASSOC 1 A T ES, P. A.
w
N
w
N
V
U)
L
Z
L
L
L
L
L
O
U
N
O
V
N
tC
rn
rn
rn
5
n
a
AB
0-4
10YR 7/3
1 -
-
I -
-
I moist
sl
mod
med
gr
fr
ns
np
Bt
5-23
10YR 7/8
10YR 6/1, 2.5YR 5/8
com
med
C&D
moist
c
mod
med
sbk
vfi
vs
p
C
24-33
10YR 7/8
-
-
-
-
moist
cl
structureless
vfi
vs
p
CR
34
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - I -
-
-
-
Legend:
Texture
Structure Grade
Structure Type
Structure Size
s
sand
wk weak
gr
granular
f fine
I
loam
m moderate
pl
platy
med medium
si
silt
str strong
pr
prismatic
sil
silt loam
cpr
columnar
c
clay
abk
angular blocky
cl
clay loam
sbk
subangular blocky
Moist Consistent
scl
sandy clay loam
sg
single grained
fr friable
sl
sandy loam
ma
massive
vfr very friable
Sid
silty clay loam
fi firm
vfi very firm
Seasonal High Water Table:
Depth (") Type (apparent/perched)
►NOZA

Appendix 3, Geometric Mean Ksat Data, 312 Reese Rd
Nest Horizon Depth(") Ksat (in/hr)
N 1 Bt 14 0.100
N2 Bt 16 0.014
N3 Bt 14 0.161
Geometric Mean Ksat:
Horizon Ksat (in/hr)
Bt 0.061

INFORMATION
SITE ID #
N1
LOCATION COORDINATE SYSTEM
Date
5/24/2023
Measurement Conducted By
SD
Job Name
312 Reece Rd
Job Number
3931
Weather Condition
Temperature
Soil
Horizon
Bt
Source of Water
Depth of Hole
14
Radius of Hole
2.54
Initial Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15.24
cm
Final Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15.24
cm
Ratio H/r
6.0000
Start Saturation Time
Start of Steady -State Condition Time
No. of Reservoirs Used at Steady -State
2
A factor in Equation [21 of Manual
0.001127
Hole Depth: 14 35.56
HI: 6 15.24
Hf: 6 15.24
Clock
Time
Water Level
Reading
Time Interval
Change in
Water Level
Flow Volume
Flow rate
Q
Flow rate
Q
Ksat
Ksat
Equivalent
Ksat
cm
Minute
cm
cm3
cm3/min
cm3/hour
cm/hour
cm/clay
d/sq. ft
9.46
10.5
10.20
7.9
34.00
2.6
273
8.03
481.8
0.54
13.03
3.21
10.46
6.5
26.00
1.4
147
5.65
339.2
0.38
9.18
2.26
1i ' 461
4.3
60.001
2.21
2311
3.851
231.01
0.26
1 6.25
1 1.54
12.471
2.11
61.001
2.21
2311
3.791
227.21
0.26
1 6.15
1 1.51
13.481
01
61.001
2.11
220.51
3.611
216.91
0.24
1 5.87
1 1.44
� 0.254
AVERAGE
cm/hr: 0.254
in/hr: 0.100

INFORMATION
SITE ID #
N2
LOCATION COORDINATE SYSTEM
Date
5/24/2023
Measurement Conducted By
CM/SR
Job Name
312 Reece Rd
Job Number
3931
Weather Condition
Temperature
Soil
Horizon
Bt
Source of Water
Depth of Hole
16
Radius of Hole
2.54
Initial Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15.24
cm
Final Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15.24
cm
Ratio H/r
6.0000
Start Saturation Time
Start of Steady -State Condition Time
No. of Reservoirs Used at Steady -State
1
A factor in Equation [21 of Manual
0.001127
Hole Depth: 16 40.64
HI: 6 15.24
Hf: 6 15.24
Clock
Time
Water Level
Reading
Time Interval
Change in
Water Level
Flow Volume
Flow rate
Q
Flow rate
Q
Ksat
Ksat
Equivalent
Ksat
cm
Minute
cm
cm3
cm3/min
cm3/hour
cm/hour
cm/day
d/sq. ft
9.50
6.3
10.19
5.8
29.00
0.5
10
0.34
20.7
0.02
0.56
0.14
12.17
2.8
118.00
3
60
0.51
30.5
0.03
0.83
0.20
13.071
1.61
50.001
1.21
241
0.481
28.8
0.03
1 0.78
1 0.19
14.071
01
60.001
1.61
321
0.531
32.01
0.04
1 0.87
1 0.21
age 0.0�
AVERAGE
cm/hr: 0.034
in/hr: 0.014

INFORMATION
SITE ID #
N3
LOCATION COORDINATE SYSTEM
Date
5/24/2023
Measurement Conducted By
CM/SR
Job Name
312 Reece Rd
Job Number
3931
Weather Condition
Temperature
Soil
Horizon
Bt
Source of Water
Depth of Hole
14
Radius of Hole
2.54
Initial Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15.24
cm
Final Depth of Water in Hole (H)
15.24
cm
Ratio H/r
6.0000
Start Saturation Time
Start of Steady -State Condition Time
No. of Reservoirs Used at Steady -State
2
A factor in Equation [21 of Manual
0.001127
Hole Depth: 14 35.56
HI: 6 15.24
Hf: 6 15.24
Clock
Time
Water Level
Reading
Time Interval
Change in
Water Level
Flow Volume
Flow rate
Q
Flow rate
Q
Ksat
Ksat
Equivalent
Ksat
cm
Minute
cm
cm3
cm3/min
cm3/hour
cm/hour
cm/day
d/sq. ft
9.40
17.4
10.18
12.4
38.00
5
525
13.82
828.9
0.93
22.42
5.52
10.45
10.4
27.00
2
210
7.78
466.7
0.53
12.62
3.11
1i ' 461
6.6
61.001
3.81
3991
6.541
392.51
0.44
1 10.62
1 2.61
12.461
3.31
60.001
3.31
346.51
5.781
346.51
0.39
1 9.37
1 2.31
13.461
01
60.001
3.31
346.51
5.781
346.51
0.39
1 9.37
1 2.31
AVERAGE
cm/hr: 0.408
in/hr: 0.161

Project Name: Siegrist Property
Facility Address: 312 Reece Rd., High Point, NC 27265
County: Davidson
Prepared by: G. Christopher Murray, L.S.S.
Project Design Flow = 480 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Siegrist Property
Location of Temperature Data: RDU Int. Airport - Raleigh, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1948
Ending Year of Data Record: 2006
Period of Record (years): 58
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
Site Latitude (degrees) 35.97 within range
Calculated PET: 33.47 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
41.1
0.86
1.02
0.29
February
44.8
0.85
1.70
0.50
March
51.2
1.03
3.15
1.20
April
59.4
1.09
5.40
2.30
May
67.6
1.22
8.02
3.96
June
75.6
1.22
10.90
5.56
July
79.0
1.24
12.21
6.39
August
77.7
1.16
11.71
5.75
September
71.1
1.03
9.24
3.92
October
60.6
0.97
5.76
2.19
November
51.5
0.85
3.22
1.02
December
42.6
0.84
1.28
0.37
Total =
73.61
33.47
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Siegrist Property
Location of Precipitation Data: RDU Int. Airport - Raleigh, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1948
Ending Year of Data Record: 2006
Period of Record (years): 58
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 54.48
Total =
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.60
8.21
4.47
2.88
6.57
3.58
4.30
9.80
5.34
3.06
6.98
3.80
2.26
5.15
2.81
2.93
6.68
3.64
5.51
12.56
6.84
5.00
11.40
6.21
5.81
13.25
7.22
2.90
6.61
3.60
2.75
6.27
3.42
2.86
6.52
3.55
43.86
100.00
54.48
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Siegrist Property
Design Flow = 480 gal/day
SFR Loading Rate Group: SFR-A
Limiting Soil Ksat = 0.061 inch/hour
Drainage Coefficient = 0.100
Annual Hydraulic
Loading Rate =
Irrigation Area =
32.23 inchlyr
8,721 square ft
0.20020 acres
Drainage Rate = 0.145845728 inch/day (Formula: Kset * Drainage Coefficient' 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET
inlmo
Vertical
Drainage
inlmo
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
inlmo
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
inlmo(gallons/day)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
allonslmonth
January
31
0.29
4.52
4.47
0.34
60
1,863
February
28
0.50
4.08
3.58
1.01
196
5,489
March
31
1.20
4.52
5.34
0.38
67
2,079
April
30
2.30
4.38
3.80
2.88
521
15,643
May
31
3.96
4.52
2.81
5.68
996
30,864
June
30
5.56
4.38
3.64
6.30
1,141
34,231
July
31
6.39
4.52
6.84
4.07
714
22,130
August
31
5.75
4.52
6.21
4.06
712
22,059
September
30
3.92
4.38
7.22
1.08
196
5,885
October
31
2.19
4.52
3.60
3.11
546
16,916
November
30
1.02
4.38
3.42
1.98
359
10,780
December
31
0.37
4.52
3.55
1.34
234
7,262
TOTAL = 365 33.47 53.23 54.48
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate
Table
SFR
Maximum Annual
Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate
Ksar Range
Rate
(in/yr)
(in/hr)
Group
Low - High
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0-19.5
0.003-0.015
SFR-D
0.0 - 13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
32.23 5742.13 175,200
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
1 262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable
irrigation: 175,200 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Waypointo
ANALYTICAL
Client :
Piedmont Enviromental Assoc., P. A.
216 South Swing Road
Suite 1
Greensboro NC 27310
Lab No: 22065
2850 Daisy Lane, Wilson, INC 27896
Main 252-206-1721 ° Fax [phone]
"Every acre... Every year®' www.waypointanalytical.com
Grower :
PIEDMONT ENVIRONMENTAL
Farm: MADISON SEIGRIST
Field:
Report No:
Cust No:
Date Printed:
Date Received
PO:
Page
Sample ID: 1
SOIL ANALYSIS
23-170-0525
06526
06/21/2023
06/19/2023
WON
Test
Method
Results
SOIL
TEST RATINGS
Calculated Cation
Exchange Capacity
w
Low
Medium
Optimum
Soil pH
1:1
5.2
-
6.4 meq/100g
Buffer pH
BPH
6.71
%Saturation
Phosphorus (P)
M3
8 ppm
% sat meq
K 2.0 0.1
Ca 37.4 2.4
Mg 25.7 1.6
H 34.4 2.2
Na 1.1 0.1
Potassium (K)
M3
49 ppm
Calcium (Ca)
M3
479 ppm
Magnesium (Mg)
M3
197 ppm
Sulfur (S)
M3
7 ppm
Boron (B)
M3
0.1 ppm
Copper (Cu)
M3
1.5 ppm
Iron (Fe)
M3
219 ppm
K/Mg Ratio: 0.07 ❑
Manganese (Mn)
M3
19 ppm
Ca/Mg Ratio: 1.46 ❑
Zinc (Zn)
M3
1.1 ppm
Sodium (Na)
M3
16 ppm
Soluble Salts
Organic Matter
LOI
0.3%
Estimated N Release
47 Ibs/acre
Nitrate Nitrogen
SOIL FERTILITY GUIDELINES
Crop
Rec Units:
(Ibs) LIME (tons)
N
P20,
K20
Mg
S
B
Cu
Mn
Zn
Fe
Crop : Rec Units:
Comments :
M3 - Mehlich 3 BPH - Lime Index HIM - Humic Matter LOI - Loss On Ignition 1:1 - Water pH
Analysis prepared by: Waypoint Analytical Carolina, Inc.

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
SEAL
y 051201 Q=
G 1 N e'E Q�
Engineering Plans
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

w F-
MA ISON Sl GRISTLU LU
CHEROKEE
VALLEY
Canaan United
9 thodisl Church
Ledford High ScII1001 yyy
o
COPYRIGHT 0 2023
312 REESE ROAD
SURFACE DRIP SYSTEM
WITH TS-II PRETREATMENT
PROJECT No. C14301.00
DAVIDSON COUNTY
PIN : 0102400000044C
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS:
C-100
COVER SHEET
C-101
GENERAL NOTES
C-102
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS &
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
C-103
OVERALL SITE PLAN
C-104
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL PLAN
C-105
500'AREA AND SOILS MAP
C-106
TREATMENT SYSTEM DETAIL KEY
C-107
DOSING CALCULATIONS AND
DRIP LINE CHARTS
C-108
SUPPLY LINE PLAN AND PROFILE
D-101
DETAILS 1 OF 11
VICINITY MAP D-102
DETAILS 2 OF 11
D-103
DETAILS 3 OF 11
D-104
DETAILS 4 OF 11
D-105
DETAILS 5 OF 11
D-106
DETAILS 6 OF 11
D-107
DETAILS 7 OF 11
D-108
DETAILS 8 OF 11
D-109
DETAILS 9 OF 11
D-110
DETAILS 10 OF 11
D-111
DETAILS 11 OF 11
L O CAT I ON M A P
C ArR
/.
2 OFESS�
51201
�tiG1Nc' "
fell i+
�z
W
0
a
U)UJ
a
U) W L
wUa
W
N LL ch
M L ~
O M
O N
U � N
�M o
M
m pU Qo
Cl) O O
O
LU M
W � N �
� N Z
J �
Z z rn =
�-QX
W O R X U Q
LL
z L)
a��z�
WQ D a-W .
Q Z J
O �
UV
o Ow
2H
U
W �
C�
0
U �
C�

GENERAL NOTES
SITE RESTORATION
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES AND SUBCONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND LOCATIONS OF
1. BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE LOOSE MATERIAL (SANDY LOAM TO SANDY CLAY LOAM) FREE OF LARGE OR
J
ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND UTILITIES.
DAMAGING OBJECTS, SEED AND STRAW BACKFILLED AREAS (OR SOD WHEN REQUIRED).
w W
O
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE & LOCAL REGULATIONS & POLICIES.
2. PROVIDE EROSION PROTECTION FOR BACKFILL MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND COUNTY
Lu H
V
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.
STANDARDS AND MAINTAIN UNTIL PERMANENT PROTECTION IS ESTABLISHED.
W Z
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE OSHA, NCDOT AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
3. BACKFILL SHOULD BE GRADED TO PREVENT THE INFILTRATION OF SURFACE WATER AND DIVERT STORM
0
5. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ALL CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE EXPEDITIOUSLY AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
WATER RUN-OFF AWAY FROM THE SYSTEM. WHEN ADDITIONAL FILL IS REQUIRED, IT SHOULD BE PLACED
6. LOCATION OF DRIPPER LINES AS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. LINES SHALL LAY PARALLEL TO CONTOURS @ ±36".
AFTER SYSTEM IS INSTALLED FROM THE EDGES CROWNED IN THE MIDDLE AND FEATHERED OUT 10'
7. SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES MAY BE LAID IN SAME TRENCH. SEPARATION IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY. BEYOND THE DISPERSAL AREA. FILL SHOULD BE TEXTURE GROUP II OR III AND FREE OF LARGE STONES
8. LAYOUT OF THE APPLICATION AREA IS BASED ON FIELD DELINEATION OF SOILS AREA BY A LICENSED SOILS CONSULTANT. ANY CHANGE IN LAYOUT BY THE CONTRACTOR OUTSIDE THE
AND ORGANIC DEBRIS. TOP 2" SHOULD BE SUITABLE FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF LAWN.
DELINEATED AREA SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE SOILS CONSULTANT, COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT, AND THE ENGINEER.
~
Z
9. DRAIN ALL ROOF AND TOE DRAINS AWAY FROM DRIP FIELD AND TREATMENT UNITS.
TREATMENT UNITS
Lu Lu Z
10. PROVIDE MINIMUM 100 FEET OF SEPARATION FROM ANY WELL TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNITS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEMS IF APPLICABLE.
Ln a H }
11. WASTEWATER AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH IWWS-2015-3-R2
1. SAMPLING CHAMBER OR MEANS OF COLLECTING A FRESH SAMPLE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL TS-1 &
O (j) W Z
12. ALL PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
TS-2 SYSTEMS. IT IS PREFERRED THAT THE INLET OF THE PUMP CHAMBER BE USED AS THE SAMPLING
W W a O
13. VORTEX FILTER IN HYDRAULIC UNIT SHALL BE INSPECTED UPON EACH REGULARLY SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE VISIT.
LOCATION WHEN A PUMP IS REQUIRED.
Z W w LU U
14. INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING DISPERSAL AREA WAS PROPERLY CLEARED & SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS ARE CONDUCIVE FOR INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION.
2. SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND POLICIES.
O Lu W a Z
15. EJECTOR PUMP MAY BE REQUIRED FOR BASEMENT FIXTURES. INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION.
Ln w U fn
a
16. KEEP ALL EXCAVATIONS 20' FROM INSTALLATION AREA.
OPERATING REGIME FOR DRIP IRRIGATION SYSTEM
M LL
H a
17. KEEP WELL AND SEPTIC SYSTEM OUT OF ANY UTILITY EASEMENTS AND AT LEAST 10' FROM UTILITY LINES.
1. SYSTEM IS DESIGNED AND CONTROLS (MICROPROCESSORS) ARE PROVIDED TO DOSE THE E-Z TREAT
U) - a
18. DO NOT INSTALL LAWN IRRIGATION SYSTEMS WITHIN 20 FEET OF DISPERSAL AREA.
TREATMENT UNITS. SEE SHEET C-106 FOR "ON" AND "OFF" TIME SETTINGS. PUMPED DRIP IRRIGATION FLOW
19. DO NOT CONNECT WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS, CONDENSATIONS DRAINS OR SUMP PUMPS TO ONSITE SYSTEM.
20. IF A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING REQUIRED BY PERMIT, PLEASE CALL TO SCHEDULE.
SHALL PASS THROUGH A FLOW METER. WHEN THE PREPROGRAMMED VOLUME IS REACHED THE ACTIVE
21. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
PUMP WILL BE DE -ENERGIZED. THE PUMP WILL ALSO DE -ENERGIZE IF THE LOW WATER LEVEL "PUMP
22. ELECTRICAL WIRING SHOULD BE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, ACCORDING TO NEC, STATE AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES, AS APPLICABLE.
OFF" SWITCH IS ACTIVATED. SEE SHEET C-106 FOR FIELD DOSING INFORMATION.
~
p
M
N
23. CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL TANKS ON UNIFORMLY FIRM AND STABLE COMPACTED GROUND, CRUSHED STONE IS RECOMMENDED TO PROVIDE UNIFORM SUPPORT TO TANK BOTTOM ESPECIALLY IN
2. IF THE HIGH WATER LEVEL "ALARM" FLOAT SWITCH IS ACTIVATED, THE SYSTEM WILL BEGIN ITS OPERATION
N
POOR, WET OR ROCKY SOILS.
OF DELIVERING THE PREDETERMINED DOSE VOLUME, AND SHALL ALSO ENERGIZE THE AUDIBLE AND FLASHING
'
L;j M
coALARM
24. ALL TANKS MUST BE WATER -TIGHT AND CONFORM TO APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE REGULATIONS AND POLICIES.
FIXTURES (ONCE ENERGIZED, THE FLASHING AND AUDIBLE ALARM UNITS WILL ONLY BE RESET
m
00 U
0
25. ALL PVC JOINTS SHALL BE PRIMED AND CHEMICALLY FUSED UNLESS THREADED.
MANUALLY OR BY REACHING LOW LEVEL CONDITIONS).
26. MAXIMUM COVER OVER TANKS AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES VARIES BY MANUFACTURER AND COUNTY.
0
27. DISPERSAL FIELD CORNERS OR PROPERTY CORNERS SHOULD BE MARKED BY A LICENSED SURVEYOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING LOCATIONS MATCH
3. THE MICROPROCESSOR WILL ALSO CONTROL THE PERIODIC BACK WASHING OF THE VORTEX FILTER AND THE
CD o goo
THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWING.
FLUSHING OPERATION OF THE SUB -FIELD LATERAL NETWORK. FILTER BACK WASHING SHALL OCCUR AT THE
Lu N
28. REFER TO SITE DRAWING FOR ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS.
END OF EACH DOSE CYCLE. SYSTEM LATERAL FLUSHING SHALL OCCUR WHEN THE MICROPROCESSOR
H W
:) n Q M
29. MACHINERY SHOULD AVOID PERCOLATION AREA.
SENSES RECOGNITION OF A PRESET ELAPSED TIME SINCE LAST SYSTEM FLUSH (USUALLY 28 DAYS). THE
co w J
30. MACHINERY SHOULD NOT TRAVERSE EXCAVATED/EXPOSED PERCOLATION AREA.
SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO ALLOW FOR MANUAL INITIATION OF BACK WASHING FILTERS OR
LL z rn 0 a,
31. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES NOT DESIGNED TO DRAIN BACK SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM FREEZING.
SUB -FIELD SYSTEM FLUSHING.
g 0 - U j�
4. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, AN "AUTO/MANUAL" SYSTEM CONTROL
H Q XO = LL
SWITCH, STOP/START SWITCH FOR EACH PUMP, NON-RESETTABLE ELAPSED TIME RECORDER FOR EACH
- = m 0 M
PUMP, AND INDIVIDUAL PUMP RUN LIGHTS.
a O Z
Lu a
5. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE A NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE. ALL SUPPORTING CONTROL UNITS, IF NOT
O Lu n
co
ELECTRICAL NOTES
HOUSED WITHIN THE CONTROL PANEL, SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE.
Q z J
a� cl)�
1. ONE CONTROL PANEL WILL CONTROL THE WASTEWATER SYSTEM.
U U
2. PANEL SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 14.5" WIDE X 19.2" HIGH AND IS A NEMA 4X, UL RATED ENCLOSURE. PANEL SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE SYSTEM DISTRIBUTOR.
CD 0 H
3. THE PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICIAN WITHIN 10' OF THE TANK UNITS, AND 48" - 60" OFF THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE ENCLOSURE.
4. THE INSTALLER'S ELECTRICIAN SHALL MAKE THE INTERNAL PANEL CONNECTIONS OF THE PUMP/UV AND CONTROL CORDS. CONTROL PANEL SHALL CONTAIN A WIRING SCHEMATIC IDENTIFYING ALL
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS. THE SYSTEM INSTALLER SHALL BUNDLE AND MARK EACH CORD WITH THE APPROPRIATE IDENTIFICATION AND SECURE IN THE ACCESS RISER AT THE DIFFERENT PUMP/UV
POINTS.
5. CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE SUPPLIED FOR THE PUMP.
1
6. CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS SUPPLIED FOR THE BOTH ALARMS.
W
7. CONTROL (DRIP) PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE SUPPLIED FOR THE PUMPS.
8. CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 30 AMPS, 115 VOLTS SUPPLIED FOR SOLENOID VALVE HEATER.
(�
9. THE ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS.
' V
10. A MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE OF 1 %" SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICIAN AS A CONNECTION BETWEEN CONTROL PANEL AND EACH RESPECTIVE TERMINATION POINTS OUT IN
`� C A �'�•��,,
C,
O 0
THE TANK AREA.
• 0
11. ALL OPEN CONDUIT ENDS SHALL HAVE REMOVABLE CLAY TYPE DUCT SEAL EMBEDDED TO PREVENT GASSES AND MOISTURE FROM ENTERING THE CONTROL PANEL. DO NOT USE PERMANENT
SILICONE OR EXPANDABLE FOAM PRODUCTS.
12. ALL PUMP AND FLOAT CONTROL CORDS SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH EITHER 30' OR 50' LEADS. THIS WILL HELP KEEP SPLICES TO A MINIMUM AND SHOULD BE AVOIDED IF AT ALL POSSIBLE. IF
A SPLICE MUST BE USED, IT MUST BE MADE ABOVE GRADE IN A PLASTIC NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX.
13. ALARMS SHALL BE AUDIBLE AND VISUAL.
51201
14. AUDIBLE/VISIBLE ALARMS SHALL BE EXTERNAL TO ANY STRUCTURE.
IN
'..9 P

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
JLM
FREQUENCY
TASK
SEPTIC TANK
3 - 6 MONTHS
CHECK FOR SOLIDS ACCUMULATION,
BLOCKAGES, OR BAFFLE DAMAGE,
IN/EXFILTRATION, PUMP SEPTAGE.
CLEAN EFFLUENT FILTER.
12 MONTHS
PUMP OUT ACCUMULATED SOLIDS IF
NECESSARY. REPLACE EFFLUENT FILTER
EACH TIME SEPTIC TANK IS PUMPED.
RECIRCULATION TANK
WEEKLY
CHECK PUMPS, CONTROLS, ALARMS,
FIELD DOSING TANK
ELAPSED TIME METERS.
3-6 MONTHS
CHECK FOR SOLIDS ACCUMULATION,
IN/EXFILTRATION.
12 MONTHS
PUMP OUT ACCUMULATED SOLIDS IF
NECESSARY.
SUPPLY LINES, FORCE MAINS
6-12 MONTHS
CHECK FOR EXPOSED PIPE AND
LEAKAGE.
DISTRIBUTION FIELDS
2-4 WEEKS
3-6 MONTHS
PUMPS, FILTER SYSTEM,
MONTHLY
& DISTRIBUTION PIPING
QUARTERLY
SEMIANNUALLY
ANNUALLY
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT
MONTHLY
SYSTEM
ANNUALLY
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
3-6 MONTHS
UNIT
ANNUALLY
MOW VEGETATIVE COVER IF APPLICABLE.
CHECK FOR EROSION, OR PONDING OF
EFFLUENT.
CHECK FLOW METER READOUT AND
COMPARE TO RECORDED FLOWS,
CHECK PUMPS AND FILTER SYSTEM
FOR LEAKS.
REMOVE FILTER COVERS AND INSPECT
FOR ACCUMULATION OF DEBRIS. CHECK
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE
BEFORE AND AFTER FLUSHING (D.P.
SHOULD RETURN TO ORIGINAL
OPERATING D.P.) CHECK PUMPS FOR
ABNORMAL VIBRATION, TEST THE ALARM
FUNCTIONS.
REMOVE AND LUBRICATE 0-RINGS ON
FILTER CANISTER, REPLACE IF
DAMAGED, CLEAN 1-1/2" FILTER
SCREEN AT HYDRAULIC UNIT.
REMOVE FILTER SCREEN AND REPLACE,
CLEAN USED FILTER SCREEN IN MILD
ACID SOLUTION AND STORE FOR NEXT
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT,
FLUSH FIELD SUPPLY AND RETURN
MANIFOLDS BY REMOVING
(UNSCREWING) AIR/VACUUM BREAKERS.
INSPECT CONTROL/ALARM PANEL,
PUMPING SYSTEM EFFLUENT
FILTERS/PUMP SCREENS,
RECIRCULATION TANK, AND E-Z TREAT
POD FILTER. (TREATMENT UNIT)
CHECK AND/OR REPLACE BATTERIES IN
FLOW METER. (IF APPLICABLE)
WIPE (CLEAN) UV LAMPS.
CHECK INTENSITY AND REPLACE LAMP
WHEN REQUIRED.
CHANGE BULB.
FORCE MAIN
GROUND —
GRAVITY LINE
FLOW DIRECTION ►
1,000 GALLON E-Z TREAT RECIRCULATION TANK
N
O
I
i
SEE ORIENTATION ON C-104
2'-0" 1-1/4" SCH. 40 PVC RETURN LINE FROM ZONE
MIN.
4" SCH. 40 PVC 1 1,000 GALLON 3,500 GALLON FIELD
- DWELLING - SEPTIC TANK O UV DOSING/STORAGE TANK -1/2" SCH. 40 PVC SUPPLY TO ZONE
(10'-0" MIN.)
BALL
VALVE/METER
HYDRAULIC
RAIN SENSOR UNIT
E-Z TREAT CP
POD FILTER
z
1-1/4" SCH. 40 PVC RETURN
FROM FIELDS
H
Z U
Lu UJ Z
a U) Q H
Lu w d w
U) w W
Z Lu o d Z
U) w U _ 0
p 04 a fn
Q M li H
= a
U)
0
M
iV
~
O
N
N
M
C
L;jM_
E-Z TREAT
m
Q U
F- �
QD O
POD FILTER
m
INV. OUT EL.
t823.6'
SEE ORIENTATION ON C-104
CD
CD co
FIN. GRADE ±82711'
W �� N
GROUND EL. t827.3' GROUND EL. t826.6'
- DWELLING - ----- ----- GROUND
---
~
n Q M
F.F.E. t829.6' -------------- ��� _ _ _ _ _--'
--
HYDRAULIC
co N Z .-.
J
(ASSUMED) 4 S 0 INV. IN EL. -----------
0 I OUT
UNIT
_ Q
INV. IN EL. BYPASS
t824.0' E . INV. IN EL.
t825.6' (DWELLING) ±823.6' 0 INV.EL. t823.1' INV. OUT
TO SUPPLY
z ? rn m °=
g JO - Q jX
t823.8' EL.
1,000 GALLON 1,000 GALLON 823. f8229'
SEPTIC TANK
MANIFOLD
U
H Q XO = LL
E-Z TREAT 3,500 GALLON
HIGHEST POINT ON
Z U coRECIRCULATION
TANK DOSING/STORAGE TANK
BALL IRRIGATION FIELD
0 = 0 M
NOTES: 4" SCH. 40 PVC PUMP EL.
VALVE/METER (RETURN MANIFOLD)
a 0 z
0 a
4" SCH. 40 PVC f81 g 2'
= t830.6'
La
0 m
1. TANK LOCATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SO AS
Q Z J
TO SHOW EACH TREATMENT ITEM.
j
U)_
2. ALL GRAVITY LINES SHALL BE 2% SLOPE MIN.
U U —
o OW
TREATMENT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC / PROFILE
C-100 NTS
W�
CARD
++o`�\A
U
�_. 51201
"v

_ l
100' DISPOSAL AREA
SETBACK
SURFACE \ I \
/ REVIEW COCOMPLIANCE BOUNDARY AIND TREATMENT�� SYSTEM DRIPFIEI DN OFI
WASTE BOUNDARY
1 5A NCAC 02L .01 8 �
\ \ \ 1 I I \ 3 -BEDROOM
\ I I I I PROPOSED
DWELLLING II — 1 CD \ I I I I
50' RIPARIAN BUFFER I I
\
PROPERTY LINE
\ \ \ PROPOSED
DRIVEWAY
\/ STREAMM
ROPo
LEGEND
—
ADJACENT BOUNDARY
J qZ
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
a
- -
RIGHT-OF-WAY
W W
~
CONTOURS - INDEX
0 N
CONTOURS -INTERMEDIATE
x
FENCE
DRIP LINES
-
RETURN LINES
F_
SUPPLY LINES
W W
DIVERSION BERM
p 2
SOIL BOUNDARY
O u) W
ww aw
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
Fn
RETURN MANIFOLD
Z W p
O W W d
®
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
CO
CLEAN OUT
a � LL F-
M
�
EZRT
EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
H
fn —
HU
HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M
BALL VALVE/METER
NOTES
1. TOPO TAKEN FROM NC FRIS.
2. DISPOSAL FIELD AND TREATMENT SYSTEM
SHALL FOLLOW DEEDED SETBACKS OR
WAIVERS.
3. THIS IS NOT A SURVEY.
,,,1��.�,� N CAR phi
= OF�SS�
51201
'�..q G1NE P �.
C .
NiglioN
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " = 60'
/ 0 30 60 120 180
s
O M
N
~ O N
m p U Qo
M
CD O
O
Lu
a
� N Z
W Q J
Z z rn =
3o-�X
WMX Q
2 LL
zUco
d O Z
WQDd W t^D
Z J
cy�
U
CD ow
� � H
U
w�
O
U �
c�
3 ��

LEGEND
—
ADJACENT BOUNDARY
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
- -
RIGHT-OF-WAY
420
CONTOURS - INDEX
44-8
CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE
x
FENCE
DRIP LINES
RETURN LINES
SUPPLY LINES
30 30 30
DIVERSION BERM
SOIL BOUNDARY
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
RETURN MANIFOLD
®
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
CO
CLEAN OUT
EZRT
EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
HU
HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M
BALL VALVE/METER
LINE SEGMENTS
LINE # I LENGTH I LATERALl LATERAL LENGTH
1
64'
1
-
2
35'
1
-
3
32'
1
-
4
28'
1
159'
5
65'
2
-
6
66'
2
-
7
38'
2
-
8
38'
2
207'
9
64'
3
-
10
64'
3
-
11
64'
3
-
12
63'
3
255'
13
68'
4
-
14
68'
4
-
15
64'
4
-
16
65'
4
265'
17
68'
5
-
18
67'
5
-
19
71'
5
-
20
76'
5
282'
21
59'
6
-
22
52'
6
-
23
47'
6
-
24
60,
6
218'
25
63,
7
-
26
60,
7
-
27
51'
7
-
28
49
7
-
29
30'
7
-
30
30'
7
283'
TOTAL 1,669'
i
5' BUILDING SETBACK
/
BEDROOM
/ PROPOSED DWELLING
/ \ 4" SCH. 40
/ \ ® MIN.
SL
1,000 GALLON ST
v. \ 1,000 GALLON
EZRT
\ UV
INSIDE
EZRT
3,500 GALLON FDT O
CONTROL PANEL
\ \ WITH MINI CUK
/
_ RAIN SENSORSOR
\ p HU
\ \ p \ /
PROPOSED \ D I
\ DRIVEWAY
\
PROPOSED
DISPOSAL
AREA WIRE
FENCE
\ 5N J \ \
RIPARIAN \
BUFFER
\f �
\ SUPPLY & RETURN LINES
f
/ SUPPLY -
I \ \ MANIFOLD
\
inn' roc na m
a
z
a_j
~(L o
Z J
F- O U
wa
w 0
H
Z
Lu UJ
U) ~
(9 O u) uJ
wX (Lw
)W Xw
Z W
Ow Wa
Ln X U =
Q LL
U
O M
N
~ O N
M c
M
m p U Qo
M
CD O
1,00
L M n O
� � N �
a
co N Z
UJ a J
Z z rn =
30-�X
W M X 2 LL
zUm�rn
a��z04
o Z _jW
a J
Q
< �rn
U U
\ o Ow
N CAR 0'•.,•. r T 1 vi
RETURN �� Q' Ot�Ss/ `� • ^ Q�
/ MANIFOLD
r . ,--I
�. 51201 O O
O �tiGCA
INE�� `� U
•. C. BP o
\ GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 20'
0000 0 10 20 40 60

500 TREATMENT AND
I�\\� ))I I /// �✓ r J � � ( ( r / / J DISPOSAL SETBACK
LEGEND
— ADJACENT BOUNDARY
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
- - RIGHT-OF-WAY
420 CONTOURS - INDEX
*1-8 - CONTOURS -INTERMEDIATE
x FENCE
DRIP LINES
W J
O d
C 0
O Z
�a
U
RETURN LINES
SUPPLY LINES
z U
DIVERSION BERM
ww z
p }
S - SOIL BOUNDARY
(g7 O >' W z
W
ww 5
a
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
U) w W O
^ RETURN MANIFOLD
2
z W p wU
d
U)
® SUPPLY MANIFOLD
m U
0
CO CLEAN OUT
a �2 LL p
EZRT EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
M Q
� _ p
HU HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M BALL VALVE/METER
O
M
N
~
O
ML;j
N
`0
m
p U
Qo
J TREATMENT IRRIGATION 5 5 �-
/ SYSTEM DRIPFIELD
C SOIL DESCRIPTIONS
01
BEDROOM
\ l PROPOSED \ \ 50' RIPA IAN Poindexter-W nottcom IeX 8to
\DWELLING\\ \ BUFFER I ` \ / _ \ \� PnD y p
= PROPOSED I ( \\ ��\ �� 15 percent slopes
\ / a
DRIVEWAY
\�\\ �� ���IMI �A V A Poindexter-Wynottcomplex, 15
( I ( \ \ \ v ( ((� \ \\ PnE to 25 percent slopes
XX
51201
• O IN •
BN
oil* I
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " 150'
0 75 150 300 450
M
O
0
L NJ,
Q
c') N Z
L Q J
z?rn�=
30-QX
wIXXxLL
zUm�rn
0. z
DOa_
z m
UJ�
��
U U °'
o Ow
U
W
C) O
U �
c�

F_ >_
lEGEIlQ
W w Y
o
Q N Q
V
W N W
FORCE MAIN
F 0
GRAVITY LINE
FLOW DIRECTION ►
UV CAN BE PLACED INSIDE rDE7AIL 2,1
H
RECIRCULATION TANK RISER D-103
W U
NOTES:
W Z
`n a n
UV
1. SEE DETAIL SHEETS FOR TANKS SIZES.
W 0 u) LU
/Fn
U) a' W
z W z
OW Lu W O
_
t
a� LL� In
r i
4" SCH. 40 PVC
FROM DWELLING
SEPTIC TANK E-Z TREAT
RECIRCULATION TANK
I I _
FIELD DOSING TANK
O
D ET L 2,
I
I
D-1 4
I
I DEIHIL 1, U-10Z
I
-TAIL
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
SUPPLY LINE TO SUPPLY
c
O
M
C
DETAIL 1, D-101 I I
D-108
MANIFOLD
�,
N
DETAIL 1, D-103
m
i;i
}
m
O�
H co
ao
BALL VALVE/METER
M m o
0
HYDRAULIC UNIT
L M n
H N T
I I
Q
Z
cl) NLLT
Q J
I I
CID
MINI CLIK RAIN SENSOR
1-1 /4" SCH. 40 PVC
RETURN LINE
z J N
0 U
X Q
LL
zUco
I I
m
E-Z TREAT POD FILTER
d~ p z
WQDd
W co
Q z J
DETAIL 1, D-10F
a
UU
1-1 4" SCH. 40 PVC RETURN FROM FIELDS
CD
�H
W�
1 TREATMENT SYSTEM DETAIL KEY
NTS
�_. 51201
?,�4� ��GINE��

N W
BASE MAP INFO FROM: INC ERIS &
NC ONE MAP
Z Z_
SOILS MAP PROVIDED BY: PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATES, PA
(� 0 J H
C
N J
=
U
0 p
p J p U
aZ
Ua
H
ZLu U
W
cn
O u) w z
wX aw �
�Lu -w Ov
Z W a w
Ow Wa ZO
Ln X U =
U)
QN aU) o
aM LL�
'a
��
� o
O
M
N
~
O
N
M
O
Iq
La M
m
p U
Qo
iy CD O
O
M
W N
Q
N Z
co
W Q J
Z z rn m =
3o�<k
W X U Q
LL
FILTER
1.-
a�Oz�
DOaWm
Z J
Q J co
L rn
Q
U U
o Ow
V
W�
\A C A R
0
1 DOSING CALCULATIONS
2 DRIP LINE CHARTS
OF�SS�
C-107 NTS
C-107 NTS
= 1 51201
'•. -9� IN
BASIS OF DESIGN
BEDROOMS
GPD/BR
INITIAL DESIGN
FLOW
FINAL DESIGN
FLOW (GPD)
REDUCTION
FLOW (GPD)
3
120
360
25%
270
TREATMENT TABLE
E-Z TREAT PODS REQUIRED:
1
PODS
E-Z TREAT RE -CIRCULATION RATIO:
9
TIMES AIDE
TOTAL E-Z TREAT FLOW PER DAY:
3376.E
GALLONS
E-Z TREAT RE -CIRCULATION CYCLES PER DAY:
99.31
CYCLES
E-Z TREAT VOLUME PER DOSE:
34
GALLONS
RE -CIRCULATION TIMER ON:
2.5
MINUTES
RE -CIRCULATION TIMER OFF:
12
MINUTES
RE -CIRCULATION DOSE CYCLE:
14.5
MINUTES
DENITRIFICATION GALLONS RETURNED:
993.1
GALLONS/DAY
DENITRIFICATION RETURN SETTING:
4
GPM
E-Z TREAT SURFACE AREA:
29
SQUARE FEET
E-Z TREAT LOADING RATE:
12
GPD/SQUARE FOOT
GEOFLOW FIELD DOISNG TABLE
NUMBER OF DOSES PER DAY/ZONE:
2
DOSES/DAY
TIMER ON. PUMP RUN TIME PER DOSE/ZONE:
18.19
MINS:SECONDS
TIMER OFF. PUMP OFF TIME BETWEEN DOSES:
11:41
HRS:MINS
PER ZONE - PUMP RUN TIME PER DAY/ZONE:
0:36
HRS:MINS
ALL ZONES - NUMBER OF DOSES PER DAY / ALL ZONES:
2
DOSES/DAY
ALLOW TIME FOR FIELD TO PRESSURIZE:
0:00:30
HRS/MINS/SECS
FILTER FLUSH TIMER:
0:00:20
HRS/MINS/SECS
DRAIN TIMER:
0:05:00
HRS/MINS/SECS
FIELD FLUSH TIMER:
0:01:00
HRS/MINS/SECS
FIELD FLUSH COUNTER:
14
CYCLES
TIMER REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ALL FUNCTIONS PER DAY:
0:50
HRS:MINS
DOSE VOLUME PER ZONE:
135
GPD
EFFLUENT LIMITS PER 15A NCAC 02T .0605
FIVE-DAY BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD_5):
<30
MG/L
TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS (TSS):
<30
MG/L
AMMONIA NITROGEN (NH3-N�
<15
MG/L
FECAL COLIFORM:
<200
/100
LINE SEGMENTS
LINE # LENGTH LATERAL LATERAL LENGTH
1
64'
1
-
2
35'
1
-
3
32'
1
-
4
28'
1
159'
5
65'
2
-
6
66'
2
-
7
38'
2
-
8
38'
2
207'
9
64
3
-
10
64'
3
-
1 1
64'
3
-
12
63'
3
255'
13
68'
4
-
14
68'
4
-
15
64'
4
-
16
65'
4
265'
17
68'
5
-
18
67'
5
-
19
71'
5
-
20
76'
5
282'
21
59'
6
-
22
52'
6
-
23
47'
6
-
24
60'
6
218'
25
63'
7
-
26
60'
7
-
27
51'
7
-
28
49'
7
-
29
30'
7
-
30
30'
7
283'
TOTAL 1,669'

TREATMENT2SYSTEM
I/ / FIELD DOSING a\\
I I I TANK a C�
I \ 3-BEOOM
I I PROPOSDRED
\ I DWELLING I �\
-+— � PROPOSED DRIVEWAY
SUPPLY LINES PLAN
1 "=60'
m
835
830
825
820
815
RETURN MANIFOLD
I
SUPS
NANDD
PF YPLY
y DISPOSAL S\�
FIELD RETURN LINES IN I
SAME TRENCH
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " = 60'
0 30 60 120 180
-0+50 0+00 0+50 1+00 1+50 2+00 2+50
Station
SUPPLY LINES PROFILE
HORIZONTAL: 1"=60' ; VERTICAL 1"=15'
835
830
c
825 0
N
820 w
815
810
�z
Lu W
U)o
I
WL 'w
a
U) W
W
Z W WE w
0Lu Wo_
a04 LL�
M ? _
~
m
O
O
M
p U
M
N
N
O
M
Qo
iy CD CDCDC
Q
N Z
W Q J
Z z rn M =
! om 04
U
W m X Q
LL
zUm�rn
2 OQ4
WQ WO Z W CO
Q J �
Q O
o Ow
�F-
V
W�
c�
�..1un1..y
G A R O N ",,
• �--I
U
0
FESS/ .���':
L�
2 �0,
r
�,. 51201
ct
'• �NG1Nr'
v ,:
''�••��'rug V !/! Oa

CLEAN
OUT -
SEPTIC FLOW
FROM HOUSE —�
L,J—t 10' OF
SCH. 40 PVC
4" X 1 "
REDUCER
1" SCH 40
PVC RETURN
FROM FIELD
O
+
1
T
3/4" GATE VALVE (FIELDI ,ADJUST
TO 4 GPM FOR E-Z TREAT SPIN
FILTER RETURN FLOW)
3/4" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRC. LINE
fT --
A
4" SCH. D-101
GALLON1,000 SEPTIC N40 PVC
BY DAV DBRANTLEY & SOS
ST-502 OR APPROVED EQUAL
EFFLUENT
FILTER
LTER
SERVICE
24"0 E-Z SET RISER W/COVER HANDLE
IFF BELOW EDRIVEWAYRWISE OR PARKING) LOT THEN
USE ONLY H-20 TRAFFIC RATED DEVICES
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J
SEPTIC TANK
108"
D\ 101 / NTS
�� 24"0 E-Z SET RISER
W/COVER (TYP. UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE: FIELD VERIFY PRIOR
FLEX TO ORDERING RISERS
PVC
FINISHED GRADE
L.
" 2"
- - o
I
INV. IN - too WATER LINE
(SEE SHEET C-102).
III io 1
3"
112"
MIN.
N
�Iz
N
SEPTIC TANK SECTION
NTS
I I—f
LL
0
u
I
In
M
1/3 TANK LENGTH
3EE D-102 FOR
CONTINUATION)
PRECAST CONCRETE
"Ill��Il ITII /llOTlll�l Al �
NOTE:
PIPING TO BE 4" SCH. 40 PVC
2 GRAVITY CLEANOUT
D-101 NTS
WATER TIGHT SEAL
ON RISER ASSEMBLY
3/4" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRCULATION
LINE FROM E-Z TREAT TEE
1 4" SCH.
40 PVC
-� (SEE D-102 FOR
CONTINUATION)
I INV. OUT
1 "-2" BELOW INVERT IN
CAST -A -SEAL
402 RUBBER
BOOT (TYP.)
SIMTECH STF 110 SERIES,
POLYLOCK PL-122 OR
ENGINEERS APPROVED EQUAL
3"
MIN.
NOTES
1. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SCH 40 PVC UNLESS
J
O
OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. ALL PVC PIPES SHALL
Q
LL
BE BURIED A MINIMUM OF 3 FEET UNLESS SHOWN
Q
OTHERWISE.
Lu
Q
2. ALL TANKS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28-DAY
CONCRETE STRENGTH OF 4500 PSI.
3. TANKS SHALL MEET REINFORCING REQUIREMENTS TO
ACCOMMODATE 300 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT.
EITHER STEEL REINFORCING WIRE, REBAR OR
APPROVED FIBER MAY BE USED.
Z
4. ALL SERVICE ACCESS OPENINGS WILL BE A MINIMUM
W LV
z
OF 24 INCHES. EXCEPTIONS MAY BE MADE ON A
p
H
CASE BY CASE BASIS WITH E-Z TREAT'S PRIOR
a
U) }
WRITTEN APPROVAL. ALL ACCESS OPENINGS SHALL BE
O
>- W Z
FITTED WITH E-Z SET RISER ASSEMBLIES. SERVICE
Lu a'
w p
ACCESS OPENINGS FOR THE RECIRCULATION CYLINDER
LLB
— H
SHALL BE A 30-INCH OPENING AND FITTED WITH AN
Cn
Z
w LuO
p
E-Z SET 30-INCH RISER ASSEMBLY. TRAFFIC RATED
Lu
O Lu
Lu a ZO
TANKS SHALL HAVE CONCRETE RISERS.
5. ALL JOINTS (TOP -SEAM) SHALL BE SEALED USING
p N
a
fn
aLL ~
CONCRETE SEALANTS BUTYL SEALANT # CS-102
M
>
MEETING ASTM C-990.
p
Q
6. TANKS SHALL BE LEAK -TESTED PRIOR TO SYSTEM
START UP BY APPLYING A VACUUM OF 4-INCHES OF
MERCURY WITH RISER ASSEMBLIES IN PLACE OR WITH
APPROVAL BY E-Z TREAT, A 24-HOUR STATIC WATER
TEST, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM STANDARDS.
7.
NON -CONCRETE TANKS SHALL NOT BE USED IN
O
O
M
V
co
CONJUNCTION WITH THE E-Z TREAT SYSTEM WITHOUT
U
N
PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY E-Z TREAT.
M
C
mO
L;jM
8.
ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH PRECAST
}
Cj
Q O
CONCRETE TANKS SHALL BE PRESS -SEAL
m
tp
CAST -A -SEAL 402 RUBBER BOOTS AND GROUTED.
9.
THE FILTER POD INVERT OUT SHALL BE A MINIMUM
c CD
OF 6" ABOVE THE INVERT IN OF THE RECIRCULATION
co
TANK OR 1/4-INCH PER FOOT SLOPE, WHICHEVER IS
Lu N
GREATER.
? ^ Q M
co N
10.
CONTRACTOR MAY USE LARGER TANKS.LILT
Q 0
Z
11.
MAXIMUM COVER OVER NON H-20 TANKS SHALL BE
30" OR AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
U Q
LuX LL
12.
SYSTEM INFLUENT SAMPLE SHOULD BE TAKEN FROM
H Q O
CO0
INLET TEE IN SEPTIC TANK RISER
0 = M
O Z
0.N
13.
SEE C-101 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
m 7
14.
LENGTH, WIDTH, AND DEPTH OF TANKS WILL VARY
DOa�m
Q Z J
PER MANUFACTURER.
U
cl)�
Q 9L
15.
MAY USE COMBINATION SEPTIC TANKS AND
U U
RECIRCULATION TANKS RATHER THAN SEPARATE IF
M J
NECESSARY OR DESIRED BY OWNER.
L)
CD 0
H
15.
IN AREAS WITH LOW ALKALINITY WATER, INSTALL ±55
LBS. OF MARBLE ROCK (1 "-3" DIAMETER) IN
l
24"x24" MESH BAGS. USE 1 BAG PER E-Z TREAT
POD. PLACE MARBLE ABOVE "BEAD" PILLOWS.
W�
CA R0'o,,
p
•••o`�N
S/ :;
U
c
�. 51201
p�
IN
''�••
�� C . B N ;.alzaz3
3

E
cm
r-
In
w
co
N
0
N
O
N
Q
ro
ui
N
0
0
0
0
co
in
0
Q
0
N
U
c
0
U
0
m
CD
tr
(D
ro
Cc
N
co
(SEE D-105 FOR TO E-Z
CONTINUATION) TREAT POD
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
30"0 E-Z SET RISER
W/COVER (TYP)
a--3/4" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRC. LINE TO SEPTIC
C--------------- ----------------------------------------
I
CLEAN - - - 12 MIN. LENGTH _
OUT i FLEX PVC
(SEE D-101 FOR O° 1,000 GALLON RECIRCULATION PUMP TANK
CONTINUATION) _ I BY DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS
PT-237 OR APPROVED EQUAL
FLOW �p
TURBINE PUMP
I
SPIN FILTER
c_0W
L— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
RECIRCULATION TANK
D-102 NTS
PRECAST CONCRETE
"DONUT" (OPTIONAL)
(TYP.)
CAST -A -SEAL 402
RUBBER BOOT (TYP.)
4" SCH. 40 PVC
DROP TEE (TYP.)
0
U)
�n
N
3
1
3/4" SCH. 40
PVC RECIRC. LINE
ALL TANKS REQUIRE A
6" THICK #57 STONE
BEDDING (TYP.)
RECIRCULATION TANK SECTION
±95"
30"0 E-Z SET RISER
W/COVER (TYP)
3/4" BALL VALVE
3/4" UNION
FLOAT TREE
BRACKET
0
ABOVE FLOOR
ro
22" ABOVE FLOOR
PUMP OFF=
18" ABOVE FLOOR
0
1-1/2" SCH. 40
PVC FLOAT TREE
STA-RITE MULTI -STAGE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP PART
NUMBER STEP 30 1/2 HP
OR EQUAL PER E-Z TREAT
y T_ N
J
FROM E-Z Q LL O
TREAT POD 0 0'
—J oN
EFFLUENT BYPASS VALVE W/FLOW
RESTRICTOR TO 10 GPM
II w
I \
4" X 2" REDUCER
I
UV UNIT
I
4" X 2" REDUCER
_—J
TO FIELD
DOSING
CHAMBER
ALARM LIGHT
CONTROL PANEL (LOCATED
WITHIN 10-FEET OF TANKS)
DIRECT BURY
CABLE TO PANEL
- 1-1 /2" PVC �y
/\C CHECK VALVE 'Y AYAYAY AY AYA
---- - -J 1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC /may
I FULL UNION (TYP.)
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC (SEE D-105 FOR
LINE TO FILTER POD CONTINUATION)
NOTE:
UV UNIT NOT SHOWN FOR
CLARITY. SEE DETAIL 2, D-104
I I
EFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE BY E-Z TREAT
SEEIEFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE SECTION A, D-104
3/16" ANTI -SIPHON
HOLE (TYP)
MERCURY FLOAT
3" SWITCHES (3)
o`\A CARpo
�51201
3" PVC STAND
o �NGINE�cQ` v
C. BPS
H
Z
Lu W
acn
LU
Ix a -Ix
a
cn 2w
W o IY
W WIx
N Li-
m
c
O M
O N
U N
M O
M
m pU QS
iy O O
0
M
cl
N Z
J
Z z rn =
_j L)
W X U Q
LL
zUm,
a�Oz04
D 0 Lj
Z J
Q J
a
��
UV
CDOW
� � H
W�
O 0
U
c�
NTS

E
cm
r-
In
Gi
co
N
O
N
0
N
Q
ro
ui
N
0
O
O
0
co
v
in
0
Q
0
ro
U
c
0
U
0
co
m
CD
(D
(D
Cc
N
co
ro
I
+
I
L_
------------------
A
TURBINE PUMP D-11
3,500 GALLON PUMP TANK 1-1/4"
BY DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS I
PT 484 OR APPROVED EQUAL TO HYDRAULIC
UNIT
FLOAT TREE
MID.)
— — — — — — —
158"
4" x 2"
REDUCER
100%
BACKUP
PRIMARY LAMP LAMP
2" _.
4" 2"
FIELD DOSING TANK PLAN 4" x 2"
NTS REDUCER
1-1/2" SCH. 40 1-1/2" PVC
PVC FULL UNION CHECK VALVE
PRIMARY
rDIRECT BURY LAMP —
I CABLE TO
io IFI PANEL
a a.
\F- FLOAT TREE BRACKET—/
(SEE D-102 FOR a 3/16"ANTI-SIPHON
CONTINUATION) HOLE
SECONDARY TIMER ±30" ABOVE FLOOR
m HIGH WATER ALARM ±27" ABOVE FLOOR
to
DOSE ENABLE ±21" ABOVE FLOOR
3" - -
MIN. PUMP OFF ±18" ABOVE FLOOR
MERCURY FLOA�
-H SWITCHES (4)
ro
1-1/2" SCH. 40�
PVC FLOAT TREE
BONN
STA-RITE HIGH HEAD MULTI -STAGE
SUBMERSIBLE EFFLUENT PUMP
CATALOG NUMBER STEP 20, 1/2 HP
A FIELD DOSING TANK SECTION
NTS
T
2" SCH. 40 PVC
YDRAULIC UNIT
D-108 FOR
TINUATION)
NON -CORROSIVE
REFLECTIVE AND
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE
4" WELL CAP
DISCONNECT
UNION (TYP.) "
17-- \-4" x 2"
1/2" BALL REDUCER
VALVE
TOP VIEW
CONTROL
WITH ALARM
2"x2"x 1 /2"
REDUCING TEE
2" 4"
y � M
LL
wO
0 M
H
Z
Lu W
0
a
LU
w a-w
a
U) X W
W o w
W W d
N LL
M � _
U
-
1/2" BALL
to VALVE
DISCONNECT
UNION (TYP.)
100%
bOTES2
4" x 2"
REDUCER
U
'
m
O
O
0
m —
O V
M
N
N
W M
P ap
p
0
0
BACKUP
1.
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT PURIFIER UV-102
LAMP
BY E-Z TREAT.
W w
2.
PROVIDE DUAL GFI RECEPTACLE FOR
m N Z
cl)
UNIT AND HEAT TAPE. FIELD ROUTE
JO
2-#12,1-#12G, IN 3/4" PVC
Lu Q
CONDUIT TO 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE
Z z rn —
20 AMP BREAKER AT HOUSE.
J JO cm Q
U
W X Q
3.
ORIENTATION PER SITE REQUIREMENTS.
0 LL
zUm1rn
4.
INSTALL 1/2" BALL VALVE FOR
0 2 O m
a O
SAMPLING DOWNSTREAM OF U.V.
Z
�
UNIT.
WOauiI.-
J Q z
5.
MAY LOCATE IN RECIRCULATION TANK
SECTION VIEW
IF ACCESS PROVIDED.
CO
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT
NTS
UQ cf)
U
o OW
� � H
W�
\A CA Rp'o,,
p
=ESS/ :;
U
�. 51201
p�
IN
3a�

1 - 1 /2"x 1 - 1 /2"x3/4"
EFFLUENT BYPASS
PVC REDUCING
VALVE BY E-Z TREAT
TEE
RADE
jFrINISHED
3/4..SCH. 40
30"0 RISER W/COVER
PVC RECIRC LINE
SEE GEN. NOTES
-
! 4" 90' BEND
FIN. GRADE
d'1
4" FROM FILTER POD 4" SCH. 40 PVC
FLOW CONTROL
ELBOW (TYP.)
CROSS (TYP.)
WEIR 4" TO ULTRAVIOLET
]
WATER LEVEL PLATE DISINFECTION UNIT
/
�1-1/2" SCH. 40
�/
4" SCH. 40 PVC
(FIELD ADJUST TO SHUT (IF APPLICABLE) OR
PVC FULL UNION
•
'.:...
OFF RETURN FLOW TO FIELD DOSING TANK
q. (TYP.)
FLOAT BALL
RECIRCULATION TANK AT
1-1/2"" PVC CHECK
6" BELOW SECONDARY
3/4" PVC
VALVE
TIMER ELEVATION)
GATE VALVE
3/4"
1� SCH. 40 PVC LINE TO
•,'
FROM UNION
FILTER POD (TREATMENT POD)
PUMP
TANK BALLAST
3/4" 90' ELBOW
(IF APPLICABLE)
RECIRCULATION
TEE SECTION
B
W? ? dJo
016, ?
D-104 NITS
2
CO
MIN.
NOTEN
.
ALL TANKS REQUIRE A 6"
1. SEE SITE PLAN FOR
THICK STONE BASE (TYP.)
ORIENTATION.
EFFLUENT BYPASS VALVE SECTION
A
R,
D-104 NITS
yo
L
SF
4" PVC
CLEAN TEE
FROM SUPPLY MAIN TO RETURN MAIN RETURN
OUT
ZONE
SUPPLY HEADER
4" PVC
ZONE
O
HEADER
TO SEPTIC
TANK
TO ALTERNATE
PVC
END CAP 4" PVC
LATERALS 1/2" RETURN LINE TO
WY E
SEE SCHEDULE
0 ZONE RETURN HEADER
REDUCER
a
2" x 1-1/4"
Nr_iFEED
REDUCER
LOOPING OF NON DRIP
BLANK TUBING
" 1/2" BLANK (NON DRIP) LINE
(66" MIN. TOTAL LENGTH)
1/ ' LIN=�l
i
-H
LTC 60LOCKSL
TYP. LOOP CONNECTION
1/2" PE TUBING WITH
0.53 GPH EMITTERS
0 2.0' O.C.
DISTRIBUTION FIELD PLAN i
NITS
MANIFOLD DRIPPER
LINE CONNECTION
NOTES:
1. TYPICAL ALL DISTRIBUTION FIELDS LOOPED LATERALS
Q 3' O.C. (MIN. 9").
2. SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES TO BE PLACED IN THE
SAME TRENCH.
3. SEE SITE PLAN FOR LATERAL LENGTHS, LINE
LAYOUT, AND NUMBER OF LATERALS.
4. INSTALL MANIFOLDS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF DRIP
FIELD FOR LATERALS WITH AN ODD NUMBER OF
LINES. LAYOUT ABOVE IS TYPICAL OF DESIGNS WITH
AN EVEN NUMBER OF LINES PER LATERAL.
5. PROVIDE PRESSURE REGULATOR IF REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN PRESSURE BELOW 40 PSI.
rYPICALI
DRIP FIELD RETURN LINE (SEE
SITE PLAN FOR PIPE SIZE)
2 FIELD RETURN LINE DETAIL
D-104 NITS
co
O
W LL
o�
H
Z
Lu W
a
Ix a �
a
� w
W IY
W Wa
N <
M Ix

E
co
r-
In
0)
co
N
0
N
0
N
0_
ro
ui
N
0
0
0
0
co
v
in
0
Q
0
N
U
0
0
U
0
O
co
0
N
N
ro
Cc
N
co
2" X 6" BOARD WITH ALUMINUM J
BRACKETS ATTACHED TO POD WITH p
7'-3-1/2" (TYP.) S.S. SCREWS TO ASSIST WITH Q LL
SOIL STABILIZATION (TYP. OF 4) W O p
� 0 �
SPRAY NOZZLE
(TYP.)
PRESSURE GAUGE
4" SCH. 40 PVC
90- ELBOW (TYP.)
1,- 1/2
4" CPP (SEE SITE PLAN FOR
OUTLET)
3/4" CAP
(TYP.) —
- I
TO OUTLET
1-1/2" BALL VALVE
NOTES:
4"1 1. PROVIDE UNDERDRAIN ON SITES WHERE SEASONAL HIGH
1 GROUNDWATER IS WITHIN 6" OR ABOVE THE BOTTOM
OF THE TANKS.
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT PLAN
NTS
DS OF WIRE
-ATED 4"x4"
L POST
NOM,
1. POSTS TO BE PLACED ±20' O.C.
TWO STRAND WIRE FENCE
NTS
TOP OF
POD
E-Z TREAT POD
3' ALL AROUND
SELECT BACKFILL
FILTER SYSTEM FREE OF DEBRIS
III FINISHED
GRADE
PLY 31
4
SUP
w
III LINE
T
MINI -CLICK
RAIN SENSOR
III
j
II OR
a
4-0 RETURN
LINE
CZC
s
II LEAD WIRES TO
CONTROLLER
REFERENCE
BUOYANCY
4" CPP PERFORATED S THICK DDI
TUBING (SLOTTED) STONE BEDDING
CALCULATIONS
AROUND POD (TYP.) (TYP.) SEE SHEET
FOR THICKNESS
1. DO NOT COVER.
C-102 FOR
(TYP. OF 2)
2. RAIN SENSOR SHALL BE
INVERT OUT
MODEL MINI-CIK BY HUNTER
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT SECTION
RAIN SENSOR
Il Al1C Ki-ro
NTS
�z
W W
0
a
LU
w a-w
a
f Xw
W o w
W W d
N LL
M _
U
U
m
O
O
M
pU
M
N
N
O
M
Qo
iy O O
0
L
M n
W � N �
co N Z
W Q J �
2E m
�O-QX
L)
W X Q
o LL
z L)
aIX �
D 0 Lu
z
Q J
Q < O T
UV
o Ow
� � H
ct
cARo,
O
SS/
Ct
r
�. 51201
o�
%49 INE��
�., C. BP/2.•

TWO (2)
#4 REBAR
Z
M
i�
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE TANK BALLAST ON SITES WHERE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER IS WITHIN 6" OR ABOVE THE
BOTTOM OF THE TANKS.
2. CABLES SHALL BE 3/16" STAINLESS STEEL, LENGTH
VARIES PER TANK.
3. CONNECT CABLE TO REBAR EMBEDDED IN BALLAST
WITH TWO (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS PER
CONNECTION.
4. TIGHTEN MINIMUM 2 CABLES PER TANK.
5. EACH CABLE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2' FROM END
OF TANK.
6. REBAR SHALL BE NO. 4.
7. BALLAST MAY BE PRECAST OR POURED IN PLACE
USING PLYWOOD FORMS.
8. TOTAL SEPTIC TANK BALLAST SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF
TWO (2) CUBIC YARDS.
9. TOTAL RECIRCULATION/FIELD DOSING TANK BALLAST
SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) CUBIC YARDS.
10. CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3,000 PSI.
11. CONTRACTOR MAY USE CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS WITH
MINIMUM CONCRETE MASS PROVIDED WITH APPROVAL
OF ENGINEER.
12. SEE BUOYANCY CALCULATIONS IN APPLICATION PACKAGE
FOR BALLAST DIMENSIONS.
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
�F
5
TANK BALLAST DETAIL (IF NEEDED
NTS
J"x}" PVC REDUCING
ELBOW (TYP. OF 2)
z
`V
MANIFOLD TRENCH
12" WIDTH MIN.
WELL PACKED
EARTHEN DAM
OR M OF P (OPTIONAL)
OR MULCH (OPTIONAL)
EMITTER TUBING
8" TUBING STAPLES
4" - 6" TYPICAL Q 25' O.C.
i DAM HEIGHT
///
-- -ORIGINAL
GRADE
12" BEYOND
MANIFOLD TRENCH LTC 600 DRIP TO DRIP
LOCKSLIP COUPLING
2 Z U
W W Z
(D O u) LU a Z
I.uw aw �
W O
07 w W U
Z W o w
O W W 0_ ZO
N Q u,
ILL —
N
TO DRIPPER LINE
0
CONNECTION
U
'
q
N
1/2" PVC 1/2" PVC
RETURN
1/2" PE BLANK TUBING (TYP.)
m
H
SUPPLY
m
Q U
9 0
CD CD
CD co
SUPPLY / RETURN SECTION
2
W
D-106 NTS
? ^ Q M
N Z
J
W Q
z?rn�=
3o-QX
W M x LL
zUmQ:rn
/
y%
NOTED
a�-Oz�
W a
z
\ J
1. SUPPLY OR RETURN MANIFOLD PIPE
0
0 z J m
Q J
j
SIZES MAY VARY (SEE DISTRIBUTION
a\
FIELD DETAIL THIS SHEET).
Q Q
J
/ Z \
/
oU OW
H
1/2" PE CONNECTION TO 1/2"
' \
BLANK TUBING PE DRIPPER LINE-04
v
LTC 600 DRIP TO DRIP
^ Q�
LOCKSLIP COUPLING
MANIFOLD TRENCH
LTC 600 DRIP 3/4" PVC
SLIP TO BLANK TUBING
C q�Ro.,,�
V
O
••..•�'\A
•° Q'
MANIFOLD DRIPPERLINE CONNECTION
s
D-106 NTS
�. 51201
4 �tiGINE�� v �:

ROUND VALVE BOX
AIR/VACUUM
BREAKER (AVBK-1)
1" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
LENGTH AS REQUIRED -
PEA GRAVEL SUMP �-
1-1/2" SUPPLY LINE
Rm
1. NUMBER OF LATERALS TO MATCH SITE
CONDITION. CAP FITTINGS NOT NEEDED.
2. ALL PIPE SHALL BE SCH. 40 PVC UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3. SEE SITE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF
LATERALS.
4. SEE SITE PLAN FOR SUPPLY LINE, RETURN
LINE, AND MANIFOLD SIZES.
5. AIR VACUUM BREAKER VALVES SHALL BE
INSTALLED ON EACH SUPPLY AND RETURN
MANIFOLD AT THE HIGH POINT.
FINISH GRADE
SCHRADER VALVE
1" THREAD DIAMETER
1" PVC UTILITY BALL
VALVE W/ THREADED
ENDS (NORMALLY OPEN).
BRICK
ItSUPPORTS
(THREE)
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC MANIFOLD
1-1/2" x 1/2"
REDUCER/BUSHING
1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
SUPPLY LATERAL
SUPPLY
FINISH GRADE
ROUND VALVE BOX
AIR/VACUUM
BREAKER (AVBK-1)
1" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
LENGTH AS REQUIRED —
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC MANIFOLD
TEE (TYP)
1-1/2" ELBOW
1-1/2" x 1/2"
REDUCER BUSHING
1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
RETURN LATERAL -
RETURN
SUPPLY / RETURN ZONE HEADER
NTS
1-1 /2" TEE (TYP)
SCHRADER VALVE
1" THREAD DIAMETER
1" PVC UTILITY BALL
VALVE W/ THREADED
ENDS (NORMALLY OPEN).
BRICK SUPPORTS
(THREE)
PEA GRAVEL SUMP
1-1/4" RETURN LINE d
1-1/4" BRONZE CHECK VALVE
1-1/2" x 1-1/4" REDUCER/BUSHING
1-1/2" x 1" REDUCING TEE
(SOC X FIPT)
co
aLL
H Q
W
0
0
0
a'
W
07
W
W
w
N
M
H
Z
W W
U)a
07 LU
a�
W
Wa
LL ~
07
O M
O N
U 0 N
M O
L;jCM
m pU Qo
iy O O
O c
L M n
W � N �
co N Z
J
z?a,m°:
�04a OX
W2XVQ
LL
zUm�rn
a~Oz�
00a�m
Z co
Q J
Q O
UV
o Ow
� � H
W �
.s N C g R 0 O
�51201
INE��
••••.,,,aft',
3a

E
cm
0
cn
w
co
N
0
N
0
N
Q
ro
ui
ro
0
0
0
0
co
in
0
Q
0
N
U
c
0
U
0
CD
co
0
lY
ro
CD
(D
ro
Cc
N
0
PVC
MAINLINE
PVC COUPLING OR
REDUCER (TYP.) —
FROM FIELD
DOSING TANK
FILTER FLUSH VALVE
IPS FLEX PVC —
FILTER AND FIELD
FLUSH LINE
RETURN TO
SEPTIC TANK
FIELD FLUSH
VALVE
30" RISER
30" RISER
FINISHED GRADE
PVC COUPLING' -
REDUCER (TYP.)
VORTEX
FILTER
FILTER FLUSH VALVE
SCH. 80 UNION —
IPS FLEX PVC —
RETURN TO
SEPTIC TANK
PVC COUPLING OR
REDUCER (TYP.) —
FILTER AND FIELD
FLUSH LINE
WASHED #57
STONE
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE DUAL GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR HEAT
TRACING IN EACH RISER.
2. PROVIDE 1 BATT OF FIBERGLASS
INSULATION IN EACH RISER.
3. SEE SITE PLAN AND CALCULATIONS FOR
SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPE SIZES AND
NUMBER OF PIPES (ZONES).
4. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR ORIENTATION.
PVC
MAINLINE
VORTEX
FILTER
SCH. 80
UNION (TYP.)
b b b
30" RISER
x IPS FLEX PVC
REDUCER AS REQUIRED
TOP VIEW
HYDRAULIC UNIT
NTS
RETURN FLOW
FROM DRIP FIELDS
—PRESSURE GAUGE
—AIR VENT
FIELD SUPPLY LINE (TYP.)
PVC LINE TO
SOLENOIDS
IPS FLEX PVC
FPRESSURE GAUGE
a —RETURN FLOW
FROM DRIP FIELDS
PVC COUPLING OR
REDUCER AS REQUIRED
AIR VENT
FIELD FLUSH VALVE
z
I m
—HEAT STRIP
0 i
TOP VIEW
I I
I I GFCI
RECEPTACLE
MID.)
FLOW METER
BALL VALVE
TO DRIP ZONE(S)
PVC OR COUPLING
REDUCER (TYP.)
FINISHED GRADE
BALL VALVE
30" RISER
WASHED #57
STONE
co
LL
W 0
0 O
H
Z
W W
a
LU
w a-w
a
U �w
W
W Wa
N LL
U) —
U
m
O
O
M
pU
M
N
N
O
M
Qo
iy O O
O "w,
L
M n
W � N �
co N Z
J
Zz0)
�O�aX
U
W X Q
LL
zUm
,
a~0z�
D 0 LLf
Q z J
� rn
Q �—
UV
CD � H
W�
"
O
51201
�NGINEF'�
'••.....��l3a�ZaZ

O
N
0-
a)
W
7
ui
N
t]
Q
0
Y
C
O
U
0
(n
ro
0
V,
y�
J
aLIL
O
Wo
d
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided - 2 X Pump Load Led Field Wiring
Legend
Size per manufacturing specifications for Pump/Motor 120/230 VAC 0-16A MAX 60 Hz Field Supplied
Alarm/Control Source Pump Source Pump Source Pump must contain integeral Device Tag I Description
120 VAC, 60Hz 120/230 VAC, 60Hz 120/230 VAC, 60Hz thermal overload protection. BALLASTI Ballast
CB1 CB2 Circuit Breaker 2 Pole 20 A 45 In -lb
Bottom Feed Bottom Feed Bottom Feed Ground Motor PE to Ground Lug
2 Z L)
LU Z
CB3 Circuit Breaker 1 Pole 10A 451n-lb
Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker CS1 Current Switch NO0.5-100A
U Q H
L1 N L1 L2/N L1 L2/N F1...F3,F8 Fuse Terminal Block
F1... F31F8 5 A Control Fuse
O W Z
W X Q
a
PUMP1;PUMP Customer Supplied AC Pump
1.4 1.5 M 1 BLK PWS Power Supply 24VDC 30W
N1N2 CB1 5L3 6T3 2 T2 SW2 Toggle Switch
W X W O
Z W Q L)
O W W a Z
O
TB6 2 3, TB1;TB6 Terminal Block 30A
Q N a (n
Q
2 BLK TB2 Double -Level Terminal Block 20A
HT 4�3 2 3L2 4T2
� LL
a M ~
2 e PUMP1 TB3;TB4 Terminal Block 20A
� ? = a
~
\ BLK 1 TB5 Terminal Block 20A
(n Q
CB3 J� TB4 1 2 2��1 12 1L1 2T1 T1 PE TB5 erminal Block 20A
1 TRANS1 Transformer, 24V
8
JB2LK
N3N4 N5N6 CB2 5L3 6T3 Tz
RED 1.2 2.2 33
2 e 4�-3 BLK
O
M
N
BLK PUMP2
16
3L2 H1T
Mq
m
Lj M
34
TB3 1 2 21 BLK
1L1 1 ti PE
m
r
p U
7
00
Q0
Q
F8
1.1 /2.3 1.1
1 2 N 1 N2
iy 0 0
0
RED
6
W N
U) N Z
F- 24
BLK
J
W Q
18
Z Z a) .�..
RED RED RED T 7
J N
V
fRN
s e 8 8 e T
a
W a' X Q
= ILL
PE 1.
NOTES,
Q 0
PWS 3
ZUma)
1 1
ND1 —
1. SEE SHEET C-101 & D-101 FOR ALL
0 2 0 r
d O
L PE N coM 120 208 240
F1 F2
GENERAL NOTES.
Z
W d
0 White Black Red Orange
T Power Suppl
B
2. PROVIDE JUMPER WIRE OR EQUAL
O LLj n
Q Z J
Q
2 2
PS5R-VC24 F1 - F3, F8 Fuse must be replaced with 5 Ampere
METHOD TO DISABLE RAIN SENSOR
TERMINALS ON SUBSURFACE
J
U Q,
y
BALLAST1 Black White Yellow RED
RED RED 24 VDC 30W TRANS1 type 5mm x 20 mm fast acting 250 V max
INSTALLATION.
U
U Q a,
U
�+ v Spare fuses provided in packet
3. PANEL SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
o O w
T131 1 2 Blue Yellow
SECONDARY TIMER/HIGH WATER ALARM,
2 H
2 21 22 25 26 24vAc ovAC
DOSE (TIMER) ENABLE, AND LOW
BLK T EL RED RED 38
120VAC.1 B B 18 18.,18
WATER ALARM (REDUNDANT OFF).
Qj
2.2 BLU YEL
HTR1 8 8
4. PANEL BY ALDERON, OR EQUAL.
TB5 1 2 3 ze s s s
x1 x2 4 BLU Lu T/BLu HT/BLU
1 23 18 8 8 8 1
5. PANEL TO BE SUPPLIED BY E—Z
n ,
18 27
R RED e T BL BRG CAUTION: Nonmetallic enclosures does not provide
TREAT.
1.F3 grounding between conduit connections. Use grounding
B
CS1 24VDC.1 OVDC.1 o bushings and jumper wires.
W N
4 UV Lam
Blue Reu SW2p N3 2.6 BD ATTENTION: Les boitiers non-metalliques ne permettent
�RED
24 VDC.2 pas de mise a la terre entre les connexions de conduits.
COM (NO)
T132 27 zs 3.4 OVDC.2 Utilisez des manchons de raise a la terre et des fits de liaison.
N C A RO ••',
C)
UV Lamp 3.4 24VAC OVAC
���
' '
—=INTRODUCTION/2 Schematic 2—>
��
ALDERON"
�ndustrles
Which mu n containsproprietary,uinformation
g
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
Model
DWG N be EZT-1 C D4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B Y
B. Nelson
Page Number
g
�Xes
Leading Edge Control Products
Checked B
B. Klabunde
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
u m
1 OF3
51201
no 15TH sT SOUTH
HAWLEY MN, 56549
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
Date
1 /19/2021
Revision
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
tiGINE�
'•,�09
Pv���•
E-Z TREAT COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL 1 OF 3
D-109 NTS
af3a/

0
Q
0
Y
0
0
0
CIO
V,
0)
m
0
O
0
co
v
U
co
N
O
N
Q
i
N
U
0
a
y V
J
O
LL
0
0
W O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
High Level Legend Field Wiring
Recirculation Drip Floats
FS7 Field Supplied
High Level Secondary Timer
Dose Enable FS3 Dose Enable FS6 Device Tag I Description
Redundent Off FS2 Redundent Off FS5 B1 3uzzer 120V
~
CR1 Relay, 120VAC, SPDT 7.1 In -lb
FS1 FS4
— —rF4...
Z
F4...F7 Fuse Terminal Block
W LUZ
F7 A Control Fuse
}
LT1 Red Beacon 15W
r
Q } Q
M11M2 ontactor 18 A- 120V Coil 15 In -lb 1 In -lb
N
i7 0 u) LU Z
d 0
PLC1 PLC, 14I/100
Cn LU
uJ
T132 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0oggle Switch SPDT
P24V�C.i
cn U
ZO
TB2 Double -Level Terminal Block 20A
W W a- Z
TB21 3 5 Beu 7 9 11 13
U= U
45 18 / 1. F4-F7 Fuse must be replaced with 5 Ampere
o cm < cn p
BLU 18u type 5mm x 20 mm fast acting 250 V max
�"' ? = a
Spare fuses provided in packet
R/ 1.0LUBLU BLU LU BLU LUBLU LUBLU
a � a s so 6 ss � o r18
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 68
BLU
PLC1 e
c
N
COM 10 11 I 12 13 14 15 16 17 10 111 112 I 113 114 115
U
C
N
b b 7a 75
BLU BLU
i �
O
24VDC IN
m
p U
Q o
MICROSmart
COM
Analog IN SW1
� r j
(NOTest oft se0) 2
FC6A-C24R1 CEnce
M ^
U I N rn
Serial
� N Z
J �
use R .OUT R .OUT R . OUT UT
Z z
�O�UK
SERIAL Ethernet TOVD 24VDC TPE COMO 00 T01 T02 T03 COM1 04 T05 T06 T07 COM2 010 11 eeu
H Q O H LL
Z U m rn
ss s a s 13NO 13NO
O= O N
43 9 3 8 61 PNK PNK PNK 71 3 NK PNK NK
GRY ED RED ED RED 8 8 8 GR PNK 8 8 8 M1 M2
d H O Z �
LLI IY d
1e RN e e e e e e .2 NO .3 14NO
o z J ra
e
Q J
1 1 1 1 TB 16 18 20 22 24 26
U Q ?�
F4 F5 F6 F7
L
U
TB2 15 1 19 21 2 25
`o 0 H
2 2 2 2
o sz ss
PE OVAC 12 F14
OVDC.1 2 ROE D RED Re D ss sz Al Al Al Al Al Al
1.6 CR1
� l
V
GND1 —
1 4 RED RED
18 e Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 3 11
Al Al Al 1 1
i 24VAC
[TA[TA
A2 A2 A2 A2
M1 M2 CR1 T1 B1 1.5 EL 8EL
^
A2 A2 A2 2 2 Zone Control Zone Flush Filter Flush e
120VAC.1 HT T 7 T 6 T TB2 29 30
B e
1.0 8 8
w8n N5/1.1
U
e Dry Alarm Contacts
�.•�""""'••.,
N4
N C A f? •.,,
O O
—1 Schematic 3—
��.�
0
`L+�+ /
V1
ALOE
l-11—trl—
This drawin contains ro rietar information
This g P P Y
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
0 e
{y� hp
DWG Nu be EZT-1 CD4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B Y
J. Bonnier
Page Number
g
�,�� FE-_s
♦
♦ /.
V
Leading Edge Control Products
Checked B
B. Klabunde
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
I
2�F3
Qr
_♦
\' y
no 1STH ST SOUTH
HAwLEY MN, 56549
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
Date
1 /19/2021
Rey lSlon
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
�, 51201
♦
1 E-Z TREAT COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL 2 OF 3
C. 13N
,,'•'••rIn11111
a3a�Ga�
D-110 NTS

Q
In
V,
U)V-
J
aL
�o
0
LU
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Legend
Field Wiring
Field Supplied
Device Tag Description
CBL1 jEthernet Cable Cat5
~
GND1 I 8P Ground Bar
30 In -lb
Z
HM11 MI Display
2.21n-lb
W W Z
�0 via Z
WX ,X �
U) U) X W OU
Z W o
O W LU a Z
U) X U = 0
p c.i a cis p
LL
a Cl)
OVDC.2 24VDC.2
HM11
'
USB2
p
N
~
'
N
GND1 81
HG1 G-4VT22TF-B «TSB'
m
CO
GRN
PE
}
O U
a O
I PE 18
n7 4 n7 4 /\ LAN
m
�
Q
TSID�RD?RS?CSTSG
1 SDA 1 SDB 1 RDA 1 RDB�
ty O O
O �
CBL1
JBRN
�
LU �2 N
38.228In ORG ORG
U) N Z
T
cc
W �
Z Z rn =
LO—QK
—X
LU
ILLZ
U H
m ,
SERIAL
a p z N
D 0 LU
Q Z J
Q U) T
U U 2 —
o Ow
w �H
V
W�
\A C Rol.
U
—2
Schematic
=PRODUCTION_REPORT/1
'.` !r.
S/ /
ALDERON'"
�ndntrol s
This drawing contains proprietary information
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
Model
DWG N u m be EZT-1 C D4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B Y
B. Nelson
Page Number
9
30F3
���S
I
U
T?
Leading Edge Control Products
Checked B
B. Klabunde
_�
\
"J
1101 STH ST SOuTH
HAWLEV MN, 56549
Notes. 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
Date
1 /19/2021
RevlslOn
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring -Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection
Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
51201
`1
:
O�
E-Z TREAT COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL 3 OF 3
'••,,; �oC.13
1

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
SEAL
051201 Q
C�NGINETO
Specifications
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Table of Contents for Specifications
Excavation and Backfilling...........................................................................................................1
Septic, Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank Installation and Testing...................................2
Piping Installation and Testing.....................................................................................................4
E-Z Treat Dosing Pump...............................................................................................................4
FieldDosing Pump........................................................................................................................4
EZTreat Combo Control Panel...................................................................................................4
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit Installation........................................................................................5
EffluentBypass Valve....................................................................................................................5
DenitrificationAssembly...............................................................................................................5
HydraulicUnit Installation...........................................................................................................5
Drip Irrigation Line Installation..................................................................................................5
FillApplication Plan...........................................................................................7
Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit.........................................................................................................7
RainSensor....................................................................................................7

Project Specifications
Excavation and Backrilling
1. Excavated materials acceptable as backfill shall be stockpiled in a location approved by the
Owner. The materials shall be located away from the edge of any excavations. Excavated
materials shall not be stored within the driplines of existing trees.
2. All open excavations shall be barricaded when construction in the area has stopped. Night
barricading should include posted warning lights.
3. Protect existing structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavement, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
earthwork operations. Protect root systems from damage or dry -out to the greatest extent
possible.
4. Soil materials shall be free of boulders, roots, sod, organic matter, and frozen material.
5. Bedding materials for pre -cast concrete structure installation shall be 957 washed stone to the
dimensions and depth shown on the construction drawings.
6. All excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated on the
construction drawings regardless of character of materials and obstruction encountered. In the
event that rock is encountered, the Contractor shall remove it at no additional cost to the owner.
7. Stability of excavations shall be maintained by sloping of the sides and shall comply with local
codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Where space restrictions
prevent sloping of the sides, shoring and bracing of the walls shall be employed in full
compliance with OSHA requirements. In the case of pipe installations, sheeting shall remain
in place until backfilling progresses to a stage where no damage to the pipe will result from
removal.
8. The Contractor shall attempt to prevent surface and subsurface water from flowing into
excavations. The Contractor shall provide equipment, materials, and work necessary to
dewater any accumulation of water in the excavation to prevent softening of the soils,
undercutting of footings, and changes to the soils detrimental to the stability of the
improvements.
9. Excavations for structures shall conform to dimensions and elevations shown on the
construction drawings within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet and to the standards of
ASTM C891-90.
10. Backfill shall be installed to excavated spaces in 8-inch lifts and tamped by hand or
pneumatically around pipe or structures. Tamping shall be performed evenly on both sides of
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

pipe and around sides of structures to a depth such that damage to the pipe or structures is
avoided as a result of subsequent methods of compaction. Extreme care shall be exercised in
backfilling operations to avoid displacement of pipe and structures either horizontally or
vertically. Backfill consolidation by ponding water is not permitted. Compaction of each layer
of backfill and the top 6 inches of subgrade shall achieve a 90 percent maximum dry density
as measured by AASHTO method T-99.
11. Remove all waste materials including unacceptable excavated material, trash, and debris and
legally dispose of it off Owner's property. Where settling is measurable or observable at
excavated areas during project warranty period, the Contractor shall remove surface finish, add
backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment to a quality and appearance matching
adjacent areas of previous work.
12. Site specific excavation and backfilling requirement shall also comply as shown on the
construction drawings.
Septic, Recirculation, and Field Dosing Tank Installation and Testing
1. Septic tanks shall conform to criteria in 15A NCAC 18A .1952-.1954.
2. Place bell ends of pre -cast sections or the groove end of the concrete facing down. In
preparation for making joints, all surfaces of the portion of the section to be jointed and the
factory -made jointing materials shall be clean and dry. Each joint, seam, and pipe penetration
inside and outside of joints shall receive liberal applications of non -shrink grout as well as
liberal amounts of bitumastic waterproof sealant.
3. Lifting holes and other penetrations of the pre -cast structure wall shall be sealed with
nonshrinking grout. Pipe connections shall be made so that the pipe does not project beyond
the inside wall of the structure. Grout connections as necessary to make smooth and uniform
surfaces on the inside of the structure.
4. Before placing any tank into operation, remove any dropped grout, sand or other imperfections
and obstructions from the interior of the structure. Specifically, the inside walls of the tank
shall be smooth and uniform. Smooth -finish inverts so that wastewater flow is confined and
directed through the inlet and outlet pipes with easy transition.
5. Tanks shall be backfilled in accordance with the applicable specifications herein before
described.
6. All pipe penetrations shall be through Press -Seal Cast -A -Seal 402 rubber connectors or
approved equal.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00
2

7. All joints (mid -seam, top -seam) shall be sealed using Concrete Sealants butyl sealant #CS-102
meeting ASTM C-990.
8. All service access openings will be a minimum of 24 inches. Exceptions may be made on a
case by case basis with E-Z Treat's and engineer's prior written approval. All access openings
shall be fitted with E-Z Set riser assemblies.
9. A 24-hour static water test, in accordance with ASTM standards, shall be performed on all
precast tanks in order to insure they are water tight.
a. The testing shall be performed in the presence of the engineer or his representative.
b. Each tank shall be filled with water and the initial water level shall be measured.
c. At the end of the 24-hour period, the level of the water shall be measured again.
d. The engineer shall pass the tank if the water level did not drop more than 0.5 inches or if
the total volume of the displaced water is less than 1 percent of the total effective liquid
capacity of the tank.
e. Tanks may also be leak -tested by applying a vacuum of 5-inches of Hg with riser
assemblies in place.
f. Each failed tank shall be tested again. In the event that the tank does not pass the second
test, the Contractor shall remove and replace the tank at no additional cost to the owner.
10. Septic Tank and E-Z Treat Recirculation Tank shall meet the following additional criteria:
a. Minimum liquid depth of 36 inches.
b. Minimum airspace of 9 inches.
c. Length shall be at least twice as long as the width.
d. Septic tank shall be constructed with a baffle wall dividing the tank interior 2/3rd to 1/3rd
The baffle wall shall be constructed to permit passage of effluent through a slot or holes
located between 45 and 55 percent of the interior depth.
11. Septic tank shall be fitted with a Sim Tech STF-110, Polylok PL — 122, or Engineer approved
effluent filter that extends down to 50 percent of the liquid depth of the tank.
12. Septic tank shall be as specified on the constructions drawings.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00
3

Piping Installation and Testing
1. Piping shall be PVC and of type and size as shown on the construction drawings. Piping shall
be installed with a minimum of three (3) feet of cover unless shown otherwise on the
construction drawings.
2. Piping shall be installed to be able to meet a pressure test whereby the pressure remains
constant for a minimum of two hours, and the allowable leakage is not more than 10 gpd/inch
of pipe diameter/mile.
3. Any line installed under a driveway shall be sleeved in Class 52 Ductile Iron Pipe or encased
in concrete and extend a minimum of 5 feet on either side and unless shown otherwise on the
construction drawings.
4. Forcemains installed under streams and driveways shall be sleeved in Class 52 Ductile Iron
Pipe.
E-Z Treat Dosing Pump and Control Panel
1. The E-Z Treat dosing pumps shall be one (1) Sta-Rite Step 30 1/2 horsepower multi -stage
submersible pump for operation on a single phase, 115 Volt service.
Field Dosing Pump
1. The field dosing pump shall be as specified on the construction drawings, or approved equal
by Engineer. The motor shall meet the horsepower requirement for operation on a single phase
service.
EZ Treat Combo Control Panel
1. The control panel shall be EZT-1CD4Z-230-16 provided by E-Z Treat.
2. The control panel shall be in a NEMA 4X enclosure, installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, and within 10 feet of the E-Z Treat treatment unit.
3. No splices may be placed in the pump tank or riser. All splices shall be made above ground in
a NEMA 4x junction box.
4. Control and alarm circuits shall be on separate circuits.
5. RMSYS telemetry control panel or equal shall be connected to a phone line. If the local health
department does not have access to the RMSYS website, a direct interface must be provided.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00
4

System operator must be able to access the panel directly on site and shall be available with a
24 hour notice to the county in the event a direct connection is necessary.
6. The audible/visual alarms shall be external to any structure.
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit Installation
1. The E-Z Treat Treatment Units shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings.
Effluent Bypass Valve
1. The effluent bypass valve shall be by E-Z Treat and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings.
Denitrification Assembly
1. Valves and piping back to the front of the septic tank shall be integral with the pod dosing
system.
Hydraulic Unit Installation
1. The E-Z Set Drip hydraulic unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the contract drawings.
2. Vortex filter shall be 1 '/2 " (Model ANE-1.5F-3).
Drip Irrigation Line Installation
1. The drip irrigation lines shall be installed as shown on the construction drawings. The lines
shall be laid parallel to the existing contours and laid completely level.
2. Emitter spacing shall be 24-inches. There shall be 3-feet of spacing between adjacent drip
lines.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00
5

3. Contractors shall ensure minimum disturbance of the soil in the wooded area. Weeds, trees
and bushes less than 2 inches in diameter shall be removed, whereas vegetation that has
diameter greater than 2 inches shall not be disturbed.
4. Harrow rake and backfill the soil if necessary. Native soil shall not be disturbed more than 1
inch into the soil profile.
5. Only rubber -tire, light -duty equipment shall be used in these areas.
6. No excavation for initial wastewater disposal field laterals shall occur while the project site is
wet.
7. The retained trees shall maintain a minimum of three (3) feet in radius clearance area where
no new soils shall be backfilled. Backfilled soils shall be gradually filled where the slope is
one (1) vertically and three (3) horizontally. Drip lines shall not be placed within the three (3)
feet clearance areas.
8. Retain as many well established trees as possible. Remove pine trees and retain hardwoods
preferentially where tree displacements are necessary.
9. Leaf and vegetation matter shall be raked from irrigation site.
10. Limitations of soil disturbance shall be clearly addressed to responsible personnel. Any
necessary disturbance that exceeds the soil disturbance limits shall be approved by engineer.
11. After completion of filling, backfilling, and grading, topsoil shall be spread uniformly to a
depth of not less than thirteen (13) inches over the seasonal high ground water level. Topsoil
shall be compacted lightly in an approved manner. The finished surface shall be in conformity
with the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the Contract Drawings, as well as free from
dips, bumps, and irregularities in alignment.
12. All fill and backfill shall be free from roots, wood scrap material, and other vegetable matter
and refuse. Fill and backfill shall be placed in layers not more than eight (8) inches thick, loose
except as specified otherwise herein, and each layer shall be compacted thoroughly and evenly.
13. For pipe trenches, fill and backfill, unless otherwise noted, shall be compacted to at least 90
percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content, as determined by ASTM D
2167 (Modified Proctor Method).
14. The Contractor shall perform all grading in areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to finished
grades indicated on the Contract Drawings and shall be graded so as to drain water away from
structures. Areas directly and indirectly affected by the construction work shall be graded to
provide proper drainage and surfaces suitable for the use of mowing machines.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

15. Surplus material not required for completion of the construction work or unsuitable for filling,
backfilling, and/or grading shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense in an approved spoil
area and in accordance with local ordinances.
16. Field specific installation shall be as shown on the drawings.
17. Drip lines shall be installed in a manner to minimize disturbance to the existing vegetation on
the disposal field.
Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit
1. The ultraviolet unit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
and as shown on the contract drawings. The unit shall be by E-Z Treat (Model E-Z UV 102)
or approved equal by engineer.
2. A visual alarm shall be provided that alerts the homeowner when the primary bulb fails. After
primary bulb failure, the backup bulb shall be good for 10,000 hours. Alarm panel shall be
mounted within 6 feet of ultraviolet casing.
3. Casing shall be filled with water prior to powering up lamps.
Rain Sensor
A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor shall be installed adjacent to the hydraulic unit in an area that
will receive precipitation (that is not covered by any trees).
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
s/
o
`SEL
1 051201
FAlGitdE�P , �Q4�
kA
Engineering Calculations
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
Project:
TS II Surface Drip E-Z Treat System
Project Number: C14301.00
Location:
Davidson County, North Carolina
Subject:
312 Reese Road
Date:
September 20, 2023
Assumptions And Calculations:
1. Treatment flow is based on unadjusted flow.
2. Irrigation flow is based on reduced flow
Number of Bedrooms:
Average Daily Flow per Bedroom:
Unadjusted Design Flow:
Flow Reduction:
Adjusted Flow:
Note:
Input
Calculated
3.0 Rooms Given
120 GPD 15A NCAC 18A .1949
360.0 GPD
25 % 15A NCAC 18A .1949
270.0 GPD
Sizing Calculations Per Innovative Approval
Table 1 - Model 600 and Tank Volumes
Minimum Septic
Design Daily Tank Volum Minimum Recirculation/Pump
Flnwlandl (Hall..) Tank Vain— hall-0— N—h— of XUdi. Pndc
< 480
1,000
1,250
1 Model 600 pod
4 Bedrooms
1,000
1,800
1 Model 600 pod
5 Bedrooms
1,250
2,000
1 Model 600 pod
6 Bedrooms
1,500
2,200
2 Model 600 pod
- 1,500
V=L17Q+500
V=L17Q+500
1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons
L601
1,501 - 3,000
V=0.75Q+1,125
V=0.75Q+1,125
1 Model 600 pod per 600 gallons
**Recirculation/pump tank minimum size based on total internal tank volume.
Recirculation/Pump Tank Volume = Recirculation Tank(Chamber) Volume + Pump Tank( Chamber) Volume
SEPTIC TANK DESIGN:
Minimum Septic Tank Volume Required:
Septic Tank Volume Provided:
Septic Tank storage and effective volume calculations:
Septic Tank Total Void Volume = L * W * D:
Tank length:
Tank Width:
Tank Depth:
Total Void Volume:
Septic Tank Effective Volume = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
Tank length:
Tank Width:
Lowest Invert:
Effective Volume:
Septic Tank Storage per Bedroom:
Septic Tank Storage/Detention:
1000.0 Gallons
1000.0 Gallons
8.0 foot
3.8 foot
5.2 foot
1172.3 Gallons
8.0 foot
3.8 foot
4.5 foot
1021.0 Gallons
340.3 Gallons
2.8 Days Effective Volume / ADF

E-Z TREAT DESIGN:
Pod Dimension - Length
7.3 Feet
Given
Pod Dimension - Width
4.0 Feet
Given
Pod Dimension - Height
3.3 Feet
Given
Pod Surface Area
28.9 ft2
L x W
Rated Loading Rate per Pod
700.0 GPD
Given
E-Z Treat Pods Required:
0.4
ADF/Pod Loading Rate
E-Z Treat Pods Used:
1 Pod
E-Z Treat Dose per Pod:
34.0 Gallons
Given
E-Z Treat Volume per Dose
34.0
Dose per Pod x Number of Pods
Re -Circulation Timer On:
2.5 Minutes
Given
Re -Circulation Timer Off:
12.0 Minutes
Given
E-Z Treat Re -Circulation Cycles per Day:
99.3 Cycles
Time per Day / Time per Cycle
Total E-Z Treat Flow per Day:
3376.6 Gallons
E-Z Treat Volume/Dose x Cycles/Day
E-Z Treat Re -Circulation Ratio:
9.4
E-Z Treat Flow per Day / ADF
Denitriticafion Gallons Returned:
993.1 GPD
Denitriticafion Return Setting:
4.0 GPM
E-Z Treat Surface Area:
28.9 ft2
E-Z Treat Loading Rate:
12.5 GPD/ft2
ADF/Surface Area
E-Z Treat Recirculation Pump Selection Shall Be As Shown On Drawings.
Minimum Pump/Re-Circulation Tank Volume Required:
1250.0 Gallons
Minimum Recirculation Tank Volume Available:
1000.0 Gallons
Recirculation Tank Volume Provided:
1000.0 Gallons
Minimum Field Dosing Tank Volume Required:
1000.0 Gallons
Field Dosing Tank Provided:
3500.0 Gallons
Pump/Re-Circulation Tank Volume Provided:
4500.0 Gallons
Recirculation Tank storage and effective volume calculations:
Recirculation Tank Total Void Volume = L * W * D:
Tank length:
7.3 foot
Tank Width:
4.5 foot
Tank Depth:
4.2 foot
Total Void Volume:
1013.2 Gallons
Recirculation Tank Effective Volume = L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
Tank length:
7.3 foot
Tank Width:
4.5 foot
Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
3.4 foot
Effective Volume:
830.8 Gallons
Recirculation tank is an all -time -filled storage/pump tank.
Field Dosing Tank storage and effective volume calculations:
Field Dosing Tank Total Void Volume= L * W * D:
Tank length:
12.4 foot
Tank Width:
6.0 foot
Tank Depth:
6.3 foot
Total Void Volume:
3529.3 Gallons
Field Dosing Tank Effective Volume To Tank Bottom =
L * W * Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
Tank length:
12.4 foot
Tank Width:
6.0 foot
Lowest Invert To Tank Bottom:
5.4 foot
Effective Volume:
3018.5 Gallons
Field Dosing Tank Effective Volume To Pump Off = L *W * Lowest Invert To Pump Off:
Tank length: 12.4 foot

Tank Width:
Lowest Invert To Pump Off:
Effective Volume:
Days of Field Dosing Storage (Void Volume/ADF):
Total System Effective Storage =
Annual Loading from Soil Scientist:
Maximum Instantaneous Loading Rate from Soil Scientist:
Total Field Area Required:
Total Field Area Provided: (Wetted Area)
Annual Loading Rate Provided:
(ADF x 365 Days per Year x 43,560 / 27,154 / Area Provided)
Total Irrigation Flow: (Set by Design)
Instantaneous Loading Rate Provided:
(Total Irrigation Flow x 963) / Total Field Area Provided
6.0 foot
3.9 foot
2182.6 Gallons
9.8 Days
3027.1 Gallons
32.2 Inches/Year
0.3 Inches/Event (Hour)
4,905 Square Feet
5,007 Square Feet
14.03 Inches/Year
17.73 GPM Dose Flow per Geollow Calculations
0.3 Inches/Hour
Emergency Storage in Field Dosing Tank
le Depth in Field Dosing Tank: 43.0 Inches
per Inch of Field Dosing Tank: 46.4 Gal/Inch
acy Storage in Field Dosing Tank: 1996.8 Gallons
Emergency Storage Available: 1996.8 Gallons
Emergency Storage Required: 1800.0 Gallons

MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
Project: TS H Surface Drip E-Z Treat System
Project Number: C14301.00
Location: Davidson County, North Carolina
Subject: E-Z Treat Treatment Calculations
Date: September 20, 2023
Assumptions And Calculations:
Notes:
Input
Calculated
Influent Characteristics:
BOD (5-Day):
300 mg/l
From EPA Design Manual
TSS:
300 mg/l
From EPA Design Manual
NH3:
25 mg/l
N-Organic:
34 mg/l
TKN:
59 mg/l
N-Organic+NM
NO3+NO2:
1 mg/l
TN:
64 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
Total Coliforms:
75,000,000 Number
From NSF 350 Approval
Effluent Limits-
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD):
<30 mg/l
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Total Suspended Solids (TSS):
<30 mg/l
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Ammonia Nitrogen - N114-N
<15 mg/l
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Fecal Colifonn:
<200 /100 ml
Proposed Effluent Limit per 15A NCAC 02T .0605
Septic Tank:
Design:
BOD Removal:
60.0 Percent
Given
TSS Removal:
70.0 Percent
Given
NM Removal:
0.0 Percent
Given
N-Organic Removal:
35.0 Percent
N-Organic Converted to NM:
50.0 Percent
NO3 +NO2 Denitrified:
90.0 Percent
Total Coliforms Removal:
50.0 Percent
Septic Tank Effluent Concentrations:
BOD (5-Day):
120.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
TSS:
90.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
NH3:
42.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed +N-Organic Converted to NH3
N-Organic:
17.0 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed - N-Organic Converted to NH3
TKN:
59.0 mg/l
N-Organic+NM
NO3 +NO2:
1.0 mg/l
NO3 + NO2 Effluent + Return from Recite Tank - Denitrified
TN:
60.0 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
E. Coliforms:
37,500,000.0 /100 ml
Concentration - Percent Removed
Media Filters (E-Z Treat Pod):
BOD Removal:
95.0 Percent
Given
TSS Removal:
95.0 Percent
Given
NM Removal (to Air):
2.0 Percent
Given
NM Nitrified to NO3 +NO2 :
95.0 Percent
Given
N-Organic Converted to NM:
95.0 Percent
NO3 +NO2 to Septic for Denitrification:
90.0 Percent
E. Coliforms Removal:
50.0 Percent

E-Z Treat/Re-Circ. Tank Effluent Concentrations:
BOD (5-Day):
TSS:
NM:
N-Organic:
TKN:
NO3 + NO2:
TN:
Total Coliforms:
Ultraviolet Disinfection:
Design
UV Dosing Rate:
Number of Units:
BOD Removal:
TSS Removal:
NM Removal:
N-Organic Removal:
NO3 +NO2 Removal:
Total Coliforms Removal:
Ultraviolet Disinfection Effluent Concentrations:
BOD (5-Day):
CBOD:
TSS:
NM:
N-Organic:
TKN:
NO3 + NO2:
TN:
Total Coliforms:
Fecal Coliforms:
6.00 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
4.50 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
2.87 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed + (S.T. Conc. + (N-Organic to NH3) Nitrified)
0.85 mg/l
Concentration -N-Organic Converted to NM
3.72 mg/l
N-Organic+NM
2.05 mg/l
NO3 + NO2 S.T. Effluent +Nitrified NH3 - Return to Septic Tank
5.76 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
18,750,000.0 /100 ml
Concentration - Percent Removed
25.0 gpm
Flow Rate
1 Units
Pump Flow/Dosing Rate
0.00 Percent
Given
0.00 Percent
Given
0.00 Percent
Given
0.00 Percent Given
0.00 Percent
99.999000000 Percent
6.00 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
<6.00 mg/l
CBOD < BODS as CBOD only measures oxidation of carbons.
4.50 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed
2.87 mg/l
Concentration - Percent Removed + (S.T. Conc. + (N-Organic to NH3) Nitrified)
0.85 mg/l
Concentration -N-Organic Converted to NM
3.72 mg/l
N-Organic+NM
2.05 mg/l
NO3 + NO2 S.T. Effluent +Nitrified NH3 - Return to Septic Tank
5.76 mg/l
TKN + NO3 + NO2
187.50 /100 ml
Concentration - Percent Removed
< 187.50 /100 ml
Fecal Coliforms < Total Coliforms <200 colonies/100ml — Okay

FIELD FLOW
Project Number:
C14301.00
Contact:
Madison Siegrist
Prepared by:
Chris Thomas (Checked by David C. Barcal)
Date:
20-Sep-23
Worksheet 1- Field Flow (Initial System)
Total field
Total Quantity of effluent to be disposed per day
270
gallons / day
Hydraulic loading rate
0.055
gallons / sq.ft. / day
Minimum Dispersal Field Area
4,905
square ft.
Total Dispersal Field Area
5,007
square ft.
Flow per zone
Number of Zones
1
zone(s)
Dispersal area per zone
5,007
square ft.
Choose line spacing between WASTEFLOW lines
3
ft.
Choose emitter spacing between WASTEFLOW emitters
2
ft.
Total linear ft. per zone (minimum required)
Total number of emitters per zone
Select Wasteflow dripline (16mm)
1,669
ft. per zone
835
emitters per zone
Wasteflow PC - 1/2gph
dripline
Pressure at the beginning of the dripfield
20
psi
Feet of Head at the beginning of the dripfield
46.2
ft.
What is the flow rate per emitter in gph?
0.53
gph
Dose flow per zone
7.37
gpm
Note: A few States or Counties require additional flow for flushing. Please check your local regulations.
Flush velocity calculation below is for PC dripline. Classic dripline requires less flow to flush than PC.
'lea° 'efer to Geofl Asheet "Design Flow and Flush Curves" at w , corn or call 800-828-33
If required, choose flush velocity
2
ft/sec
How many lines of WASTEFLOW per zone?
7
lines
Fill in the actual length of longest dripline lateral
283
ft.
Flush flow required at the end of each dripline
1.48
gpm
Total Flow required to achieve flushing velocity
10.36
gpm
total Flow per zone- worst case scenario
17.73
gpm
Select Filters and zone valves
Select Filter Type
Vortex Screen Filter
Recommended Filter (item no.)
AP4E-1.5F
1.5in Screen Filter 0-45gpm
Select Zone Valve Type
Electric Solenoid
-
Recommended Zone Valve (item no.)
1 01
0

Dosing
Number of doses per day / zone:
2
doses
Timer ON. Pump run time per dose/zone:
18.19
mins:secs
Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses
11:41
hrs:mins
Per Zone - Pump run time per day/zone:
0:36
hrs:mins
All Zones - Number of doses per day / all zones
2
doses / day
Allow time for field to pressurize
0:00:30
hrs:mins:secs
Filter flush timer
0:00:20
hrs:mins:secs
Drain timer
0:05:00
hrs:mins:secs
Field flush timer
0:01:00
hrs:mins:secs
Field flush counter
14
cycles
Time required to complete all functions per day
0:50
hrs:mins
Dose volume per zone
135
gallons per dose
Allow time in the day for controller to have pressurization and drainage time.

PUMP SIZING
Job Description:
C14301.00
Contact:
Madison Siegrist
Prepared by:
Chris Thomas Checked by David C. Barcal
Date:
912012023
Worksheet - Pump Sizing Initial System)
Section 1 - Summary from Worksheet 1
Flow required to dose field
7.37
gpm
Flow required to flush field
10.36
gpm
Flow required to dose & flush field
17.73
gpm
Filter
AP4E-1.5F
No. of Zones
1
zones
Zone valve
-
Dripline
Wasteflow PC -
1/2gph
Dripline longest lateral
283.00
ft.
Section 2
Ft of head
Pressure
A. Flush line - Losses through return line
Select Pipe from dropdown menu
PVC schedule 40
Select Flush Line Diameter
1-1/4" inch
Length of return line
267 ft.
Equivalent length of fittings
66.75 ft.
Elevation change. (if downhill enter 0)
0 ft.
Pressure loss in 100 ft of pipe
1.77 ft.
1 0.77 psi
Total pressure loss from end of dripline to return tank
5.9 ft.
2.56 psi
B. ripline - Losses through Wasteflow dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
283 ft.
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
23.10 ft.
10.00 psi
Loss through dripline during flushing
8.45 ft.
3.66 psi
Total minimum required dripline pressure
31.55 ft.
13.66 psi
A+B. Minimum Pressure required at beginning of dripfield
CALCULATED pressure required at beginning of dripfield
37.46 ft.
16.22 psi
SPECIFIED pressure at beginning of dripfield (from worksht 1)
46.2 ft.
20.00 psi
Great! SPECIFIED Pressure is greater than CALCULATED Pressure requirement. Go to next step
C. Drip components - Losses through headworks
Filter
19.1 ft.
8.25 psi
Zone valve pressure loss (not in diagram)
- ft.
2.00 psi
Flow meter pressure loss (not in diagram)
5.00 ft.
2.16 psi
Other pressure losses
5.00 ft.
2.16 psi
Total loss through drip components
29.06 ft.
14.58 psi
Geoflow, Inc. Pump Selection Worksheet, V.2003H 9/20/2023

D. Supply line - Minimum Pressure head required to get from pump tank to top of dripfield
Select Pipe from dropdown menu
PVC schedule 40
Select Supply line diameter
1-1/2" inch
Length of supply line
114 ft.
Equivalent length of fittings
28.5 ft.
Height from pump to tank outlet
4.50 ft.
Elevation change. (if downhill enter 0)
10 ft.
Pressure loss/gain in 100 ft. of pipe
2.26 ft.
0.98 psi
Total gain or loss from pump to field
17.7 ft.
7.67 psi
Total dynamic head
93.0 ft.
40.25 psi
Pump capacity * - Field Flush Flow
17.7 gpm
40.25 psi
- Field Dose Flow
7.4 gpm
- Filter Flush Flow
- gpm - psi
Pump Model Number
Sta-Rite Step 20, 1/2hp
Voltz / Hp / phase
1115v AC, 0.5 HP, 1 Phase
Note: Pump capacity flow assumes flow in dripline does not change during a dose cycle. With Wasteflow Classic this can b,
For more accurate flows please see Geoflow's Flushing worksheet.
If you need assistance designing for this additional flow, please
a. See Geoflow flushing worksheet or
b. Contact Geoflow at 800-828-3388.
Geoflow, Inc. Pump Selection Worksheet, V.2003H 9/20/2023

Septic Tank (1,000 ST-502)
Basic Dimensions
Lid Thickness L
0.33
feet
Lid Hole Diameter (1-11)
24.00
(inches)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave
24.00
(inches)
blank.
Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave
0.00
(inches)
blank.
Length of Tank A
8.88
feet
Width of Tank (B)
4.29
(feet)
Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the
5.50
(feet)
base thickness but excludes the lid thickness.
Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the
2.30
(feet)
ground level to the top of the lid.
Wall Thickness T
0.25
feet
Base Thickness (E)
0.33
(feet)
Distance to Groundwater GW
0.00
feet
Customizations To Add Ballast
Add Concrete Inside the Tank:
Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
5.17
(feet)
ofC -E.
Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note:
The value entered must be less than the inside height of the
tank.
Increase Thickness of the Base:
Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E.
0.33
(feet)
Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker
base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? F If no, enter a value of 0.
Create Lip:
Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be
the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this
0.00
(feet)
horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls.
If yes, how much? P If no, enter a value of 0.
Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast
Customizations
Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E
0.33
(feet)
and F.
Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F.
0.33
feet

Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom
of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F.
5.83
(feet)
This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F.
Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
5.17
(feet)
ofC -E -U.
Final Volume of Tank
164.17
cf
Final Volume of Tank
1228.11(gallons)
Unit Weights
Unit Weight of Water
62.40
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Dry Soil
110.00
Ib/cf
Unit Weight of Submerged Soil
47.60
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Saturated Soil
120.00
Ib/cf
Unit Weight of Concrete
150.00
Ib/cf
Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to
Customizations
Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker
0
(lb)
base (Weight of extra concrete due to U
Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create
0
(lb)
thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F)
Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete
0
(lb)
due to P)
Weight of concrete removed due to lid hole
311(lb)
Soil and Concrete Weights
Weight of Soil on Lid
3482(lb)
Weight of Soil on Lip
0
(lb)
Weight of Lid Alone
1574(lb)
Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of
the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the
thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside
8371
(lb)
tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete
removed due to the hole in the lid.
Water in Tank
Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must
0.00
(feet)
be less than the final inside height of the tank.
Weight of Water in Tank
0(lb)
Weight of System Components
Total Weight of Soil on Tank
3482
(lb)
Total Weight of Concrete
8371(lb)
Total Weight Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil
11853(lb)

Sliding Resistance
Specific Gravity of Soil, SG
2.75
Friction Factor Found in Table 1), f
0.30
Void Ratio (Found in Table 3), e
0.85
Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2),
Ka
0.33
ISlicling Resistance
20393
Ib
Uplift Force
Uplift Force
13856.31(lb)
Safety Factor
1.50
Uplift Force with Safety Factor
20784.46(lb)
Additional Ballast Required NONE (11b)

Recirculation Tank (1,000 PT 237)
Basic Dimensions
Lid Thickness L
0.33
feet
Lid Hole Diameter (1-11)
24.00
(inches)
Lid Hole Diameter (1-12) - If tank has only one hole, leave
30.00
(inches)
blank.
Lid Hole Diameter (1-13) - If tank has only one hole, leave
0.00
(inches)
blank.
Length of Tank A
7.79
feet
Width of Tank (B)
4.96
(feet)
Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the
4.50
(feet)
base thickness but excludes the lid thickness.
Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the
1.90
(feet)
ground level to the top of the lid.
Wall Thickness T
0.25
feet
Base Thickness (E)
0.33
(feet)
Distance to Groundwater GW
0.00
feet
Customizations To Add Ballast
Add Concrete Inside the Tank:
Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
4.17
(feet)
ofC -E.
Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note:
The value entered must be less than the inside height of the
tank.
Increase Thickness of the Base:
Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E.
0.33
(feet)
Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker
base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? F If no, enter a value of 0.
Create Lip:
Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be
the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this
0.00
(feet)
horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls.
If yes, how much? P If no, enter a value of 0.
Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast
Customizations
Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E
0.33
(feet)
and F.
Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F.
0.33
feet

Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom
of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F.
4.83
(feet)
This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F.
Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
4.17
(feet)
ofC -E -U.
Final Volume of Tank
135.45
cf
Final Volume of Tank
1013.26(gallons)
Unit Weights
Unit Weight of Water
62.40
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Dry Soil
110.00
Ib/cf
Unit Weight of Submerged Soil
47.60
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Saturated Soil
120.00
Ib/cf
Unit Weight of Concrete
150.00
Ib/cf
Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to
Customizations
Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker
0
(lb)
base (Weight of extra concrete due to U
Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create
0
(lb)
thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F)
Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete
0
(lb)
due to P)
Weight of concrete removed due to lid hole
398(lb)
Soil and Concrete Weights
Weight of Soil on Lid
2766(lb)
Weight of Soil on Lip
0
(lb)
Weight of Lid Alone
1514(lb)
Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of
the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the
thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside
7274
(lb)
tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete
removed due to the hole in the lid.
Water in Tank
Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must
0.00
(feet)
be less than the final inside height of the tank.
Weight of Water in Tank
0(lb)
Weight of System Components
Total Weight of Soil on Tank
2766
(lb)
Total Weight of Concrete
7274(lb)
Total Weight Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil
10040(lb)

Sliding Resistance
Specific Gravity of Soil, SG
2.75
Friction Factor Found in Table 1), f
0.30
Void Ratio (Found in Table 3), e
0.85
Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2),
Ka
0.33
ISlicling Resistance
13532
Ib
Uplift Force
Uplift Force
11643.88(lb)
Safety Factor
1.50
Uplift Force with Safety Factor
17465.82(lb)
Additional Ballast Required NONE (11b)

Field Dosing/Storage Tank (3,500 PT 484)
Basic Dimensions
Lid Thickness (L)
0.33
(feet)
Lid Hole Diameter 1-11
24.00
inches
Lid Hole Diameter (H2) - If tank has only one hole, leave
30.00
(inches)
blank.
Lid Hole Diameter (H3) - If tank has only one hole, leave
0.00
(inches)
blank.
Length of Tank (A)
13.17
(feet)
Width of Tank B
6.50
feet
Height of Tank Excluding Lid (C) - This value includes the
6.67
(feet)
base thickness but excludes the lid thickness.
Depth of Bury (Y) - This measurement extends from the
1.50
(feet)
round level to the to of the lid.
Wall Thickness (T)
0.25
(feet)
Base Thickness E
0.33
feet
Distance to Groundwater GW
0.00
feet
Customizations To Add Ballast
Add Concrete Inside the Tank:
Initial Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
6.33
(feet)
ofC -E.
Add concrete inside the tank to make thicker base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? (U) If no, enter a value of 0. Please note:
The value entered must be less than the inside height of the
tank.
Increase Thickness of the Base:
Initial Base Thickness - This measurement is the value of E.
0.33
(feet)
Add concrete below the base of the tank to make thicker
base?
0.00
(feet)
If yes, how much? (F) If no, enter a value of 0.
Create Lip:
Extend the base horizontally to create a lip? - The lip will be
the thickness of E plus F, below, and it will extend this
0.00
(feet)
horizontal distance, P, from all four tank walls.
If yes, how much? P If no, enter a value of 0.
Summary of Final Measurements after Ballast
Customizations
Final Base Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E
0.33
(feet)
and F.
Lip Thickness - This measurement is the sum of E and F.
0.33
(feet)

Total Height of the Tank from the Top of the Lid to the Bottom
of the Base - This measurement is the sum of L, C, and F.
7.00
(feet)
This is equivalent to the sum of L, C - E, E, and F.
Final Inside Height of Tank - This measurement is the value
6.33
(feet)
ofC -E -U.
Final Volume of Tank
481.33
cf
Final Volume of Tank
3600.62(gallons)
Unit Weights
Unit Weight of Water
62.40
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Dry Soil
110.00
Ib/cf
Unit Weight of Submerged Soil
47.60
(lb/cf)
Unit Weight of Saturated Soil
120.00
Ib/cf
Unit Weight of Concrete
150.00
Ib/cf
Changes in Total Concrete Weight Due to
Customizations
Weight of extra concrete inside tank used to create thicker
0
(lb)
base (Weight of extra concrete due to U
Weight of extra concrete on bottom of tank used to create
0
(lb)
thicker base (Weight of extra concrete due to F)
Weight of extra concrete due to lip (Weight of extra concrete
0
(lb)
due to P)
Weight of concrete removed due to lid hole
403(lb)
Soil and Concrete Weights
Weight of Soil on Lid
6111(lb)
Weight of Soil on Lip
0
(lb)
Weight of Lid Alone
3877(lb)
Weight of Empty Tank - This value is the sum of weights of
the body of the tank, the tank lid, the lip (P, if applicable), the
thickened base (F, if applicable), and the extra concrete inside
17260
(lb)
tank (U, if applicable), minus the weight of the concrete
removed due to the hole in the lid.
Water in Tank
Water Level in Tank - Please note: The value entered must
0.00
(feet)
be less than the final inside height of the tank.
Weight of Water in Tank
0(lb)
Weight of System Components
Total Weight of Soil on Tank
6111
(lb)
Total Weight of Concrete
17260(lb)
Total Weight Tank, Water in Tank, and Soil
23371(lb)

Sliding Resistance
Specific Gravity of Soil, SG
2.75
Friction Factor Found in Table 1), f
0.30
Void Ratio (Found in Table 3), e
0.85
Ratio of Lateral to Vertical Earth Pressure (Found in Table 2),
Ka
0.33
ISlicling Resistance
33295
Ib
Uplift Force
Uplift Force
37382.80(lb)
Safety Factor
1.50
Uplift Force with Safety Factor
56074.20(lb)
Additional Ballast Required NONE (11b)

Subject: E-Z Treat Model 600 Pod Flotation
Pod Length =
Pod Width =
Pod Height below Surface =
Natural Soil Depth (for Flotation) _
Fill Soil Depth (for Ballast) _
Depth of Bury =
Lid Thickness =
Additions to Base =
Distance to Groundwater =
Friction Factor=
Fin Width =
Concrete Thickness =
Distance Between Fins =
Ratio of Lateral to
Vertical Earth
Pressure (Ka) _
Determine Upward Forces:
Pod Buoyancy:
Pod & Concrete Area =
Pod & Concrete Buried Volume =
729
4.08
ft.
ft.
Assume the folowing densities:
3.3
ft.
Water = 62.4
lb / Cu. Ft.
0.50
ft.
Soil = 110
lb / Cu. Ft.
2.50
ft.
Submerged Soil = 47.6
lb / Cu. Ft.
0.00
ft.
Pressure Treated Lumber = 2.36
lb / Linear Ft.
0.00
ft.
Unit Weight of Concrete = 150
lb / Cu. Ft.
*Concrete will be min. 3,500psi with fibermesh*
0.00 ft.
0.00
ft.
0.3
0.1
ft.
0.5
ft.
0.5
ft.
0.33
38.00 Sq. Ft.
126.68 Cu. Ft. Total Buoyant Force of Basin = 7,905 Ib
Total Upward Forces = 7,905 lb
Determine Downward Forces:
Pod Sliding Resistance:
Linear Density = 433.93 lb/ft
Perimeter of Pod = 22.75 ft.
Pod Weight (Empty):
*Provided by Manufacturer*
Total Weight of Concrete Around Pod:
Volume Above Fins = 6.64 Cu. Ft.
Volume Around Pod
(2.8 ft in Height) = 32.19 Cu. Ft.
Soil Over Concrerte
(0.5 ft in Height) = 5.69 Cu. Ft.
Total Sliding Resistance of Pod = 2,962 jJb
Total Weight of Pod = 275 Ib
Total Concrete & Soil Weight Above Fins = 6,094 jJb
Total Downward Forces = 9,330 lb
Factor of safety = Total Downward = 1.18
Total Upward
FS > 1.15 OK

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Equipment
SEAL =_
= 051201 —'
NGINE,-
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

J
O
O
6)
'o
0
N
c0
CT C�
p
0
0
O
d)
d)
J
® O
G)
J
O
O G
6)
e o0
0
z
0 (-0 CIA o
z
w
D
0 _
ao
M
�v
z
0
DAVID BRANTLEY &SONS PREPARED FOR : David Brantley & Sons REVISION NO. DATE BRANTLEY TAW MODEL
37 Pine Ridge Rd. Original Submittal April 11, 2014
37 Pine Ridge Rd. Zebulon, NC 27597 Revision 1 17000 ST 502
Zebulon, NC 27597 DATE : April 11, 2014
Office 252-478-3721 CONTACT: Revision 2
Fax [phone] CORY BRANTLEY Revision 3 SHEET NUMBER
linstalleregmail.com Master Set ----- 1 Of 1

cn
cn
(_0 C� C�
Iv O) c0 Ul
0
0
o
O
O
CD
0
N .
ZW
O� N O Ui
Z
0 '
Z
O
D
T11
n11
C0
M
�v
z
0
DAVID BRANTLEY �i SONS PREPARED FOR : David Brantley & Sons REVISION NO. DATE BRANTLEY TANK MODEL
37 Pine Ridge Rd. Original Submittal April 11, 2014
37 Pine Ridge Rd. Zebulon, NC 27597 Revision 1 17000 PT 237
Zebulon, NC 27597 DATE : April 11, 2014
Office 252-478-3721 CONTACTRevision 2
Fax [phone] CORY BRANTLEY Revision 3 SHEET NUMBER
linstaller•gmail.com Master Set ----- 1 of 1

CA)
Is
0
A
z 00
�A
I I
00
S2' D
Tn
11
0
ai
M
D
z
0
C-I
}
J
00
O —
00
C-I
co
0
c
.0
r
DAVID BRANTLEY �i' SONS
37 Pine Ridge Rd.
Zebulon, NC 27597
Office 252-478-3721
Fax [phone]
linstalleregmail.com
PREPARED FOR : David Brantley & Sons
37 Pine Ridge Rd.
Zebulon, NC 27597
KLviSioN No.
UAiL
BRANTLEY TAW MODEL
37500 PT 484
Original Submittal
April 11, 2014
Revision 1
DATE : April 11, 2014
Revsion 2
CONTACT:
CORY BRANTLEY
SHEET NUMBER
1 of 1
Revision 3
Master Set

Field Dosing Tank Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
The STEP Plus 4" submersible filtered
effluent pumps in 10, 20, 30 and 50 GPM
models offer dependable performance
and value for high pressure filtered
effluent applications.
These STEP Plus pumps will handle
"dry run" conditions.
The 10, 20, 30 and 50 GPM are industry
standard 3-3/4" in diameter.
Filtered Effluent... for residential,
commercial, and agricultural use.
Shell — Stainless steel
Discharge —
10, 20 and 30 GPM models:
fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic;
50 GPM models: stainless steel
Discharge Bearing — Nylatron®
Impellers — Engineered composite
Diffusers — Engineered composite
Suction Caps — Engineered composite
with stainless steel
wear ring
Thrust Pads — Proprietary spec.
Shaft and coupling — Stainless steel
300 grade
Intake — Engineered composite
Intake Screen — Polypropylene
Jacketed Cord — 600 Volt "SOOW"
or 300 Volt "SJOW" jacketed 10' leads
(2-wire with ground); optional 20', 30', 50'
and 100' lengths available
In order to provide the best products possible, specifications are subject to change.
Proven "Floating Impeller" Staging
System —Incorporates 1st -in -class
performance, sand handling and thrust
management staging system with the
industry exclusive "dry -run" design
element. Reinforced engineered composites
and stainless steel, offering high resistance
to corrosion and abrasion.
Discharge — Tested -tough, fiberglass -
reinforced thermoplastic, with proven
internal check valve. Large wrench flats and
rope hole.
Shell —Stainless steel pump shell offers
high corrosion resistance.
Shaft — Hexagonal3/8", 300-grade stainless
steel pump shaft; offers generous impeller
drive surfaces.
Shaft Bearing — Exclusive self-
lubricating Nylatron bearing resists wear
surface from sand.
Motor Bracket — Tested -tough, fiberglass -
reinforced thermoplastic; incorporates an
integral suction screen.
►; PENTAIR 1 511411WS

Field Dosing Tank Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
ORDERING OR
CATALOG
NUMBER
HP
STAGES
MAX. LOAD
AMPS
VOLTS
PHASE/
CYCLES
CORD
LENGTH
PUMP END
LENGTH
PUMP +
MOTOR
LENGTH
STEP10
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
10'
13"
21-1/2"
STEP10X100FT-05121
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
100'
13"
21-1/2"
STEP10X30FT
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
30'
13"
21-1/2"
STEP10X50FT
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
50'
13"
21-1/2"
STEP20
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
10'
13-1/4"
22-1/4"
STEP20X30FT
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
30'
13-1/4"
22-1/4"
STEP20X50FT
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
50'
13-1/4"
22-1/4"
STEP30-05121
1/2
3
9.5
115
1/60
10'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30X30-05121
1/2
3
12.0
115
1/60
30'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30X50-05121
1/2
3
12.0
115
1/60
50'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
10'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30X100-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
100'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30X30-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
30'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30X50-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
50'
11-1/2"
22-1/2"
STEP30-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
10'
14"
27-1/2"
STEP30X100-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
100'
14"
27-1/2"
STEP30X30-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
30'
14"
27-1/2"
STEP30X50-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
50'
14"
27-1/2"
STEP30-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
10'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP30X100-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
100'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP30X30-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
30'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP30X50-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
50'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP50-05121
1/2
2
9.1
115
1/60
10'
11-1/4"
21-1/2"
STEP50-05221
1/2
2
9.1
230
1/60
10'
11-1/4"
21-1/2"
STEP50-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
10'
13-1/4"
26-3/4"
STEP50X100FT-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
100'
13-1/4"
26-3/4"
STEP50X30FT-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
30'
13-1/4"
26-3/4"
STEP50X50FT-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
50'
13-1/4"
26-3/4"
STEP50-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
10'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP50X100FT-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
100'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP50X30FT-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
30'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
STEP50X50FT-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
50'
15-1/4"
30-1/4"
511411WS

Field Dosing Tank Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
Asses
Pu
3-7/8"
Jacketed Cord
10,
(Standard)
30', 50', 100'
(Optional)
Dimensions (in inches) are for estimating purposes only.
511411WS

Field Dosing Tank Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE
0 25 50 75 100
I I I I I
300
S>,
Fq
j0
A
250
W 200
W
LL
Z
50
LLJ
200
175
F 150
W
W
LL
Z 125
C3
W
= 100
J
F
0 75
50
25
0 10 20 30
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
250
y
F 200
W W
W
W LL
2 Z
Z
a W 150
2
J
a �
F
O F 100
CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE
0 25 50 75 100
I I I I I
300
ST�A2
O �/2yA
50
0 10 20
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
r 80
N
60 W
W
W
Z
0
W
40 =
J
F
O
10
30
CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
35
30
25 W
W
W
W
2
20 Z
0
a
W
15 =
J
F
O
10
5
0 — 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
293 WRIGHT STREET, DELAVAN, WI 53115 WWW.STA-RITE.COM PH. 888-782-7483 ORDERS FAX [phone]
PE NTAI
Because we are continuously improving our products and services, Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
511411WS (11/17/17)
a' I MMS
..
6
.�.M
-\-.
.M...
`MMM
mmmmm
M
.=....NW=
.
....
`_
.�......
60
100
50
W
F
80
W
LL
40
Z
Z
a
p
60
W
W
30
2
J
J
F
~O
40
20
~
20
10

NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER
SYSTEM APPROVAL
fNNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM NO: IWWS 2015-03-R2
Issued To: E-Z Treat Company
PO Box 176
Haymarket, VA 20168
703-408-2911; Fax: [phone]
Contact: Carl Perry, President
Michael Stidham, Vice President
For: E-Z Treat Model 600 Pretreatment Systems
Approval Date: April 24, 2015
June 15, 2015
January 6, 2017
Tank Size and Sampling Revisions
Addition of Single Bulb UV Unit
In accordance with General Statute 130A-343, 15A NCAC 18A. 1969 and .1970, a proposal by E-Z Treat
Company for an approval of subsurface wastewater systems utilizing the E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems
has been reviewed, and found to meet the standards of an innovative system when all of the following
conditions are met:
I. General
A. Scope of this Innovative Approval
1. Design, installation, use, and operation and maintenance guidelines for E-Z Treat
Pretreatment systems to meet TS-I and TS-II effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC
18A .1970. Refer to Rule .1970(a) Table VIII — Effluent Quality Standards for Advanced
Pretreatment Systems for treatment performance levels.
2. Operation, maintenance and monitoring requirements for E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and
associated subsurface systems to ensure the treatment performance standards are met.
B. This Innovative System Approval is applicable to domestic strength sewage systems
(non -industrial wastewater) utilizing E-Z Treat Pretreatment Systems that have a design flow not
exceeding 3,000 gallons per day (gpd).
Use of E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems for facilities with an influent waste strength that exceeds
domestic septic tank quality effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1970(b) may be
proposed by E-Z Treat Company and a North Carolina Professional Engineer to the Department
for review and approval on a case -by -case basis, prior to permitting by the local health
department (LHD). The system design must include the proposed raw wastewater strength
(BOD5, COD, TN, TSS, fats, oils and grease, etc.), the expected organic loading rate (in pounds

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 2 of 10
of BOD), and hydraulic loading rate on the pretreatment system, and the calculations, references,
and any other needed information to support the proposed design.
C. Any site utilizing these systems shall have wastewater with sufficient alkalinity to facilitate
biological treatment processes. The influent shall not have a pH or toxins that significantly
inhibit microbial growth.
D. Use of E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems that have a design flow exceeding 3,000 gallons per day
may be permitted after approval by the Department on a case -by -case basis in accordance with
the Large Systems State Review/Approval Process (Rule 15A NCAC 18A.1938).
II. System Description
The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system consists of the following components: a Department approved
septic tank; a recirculation tank (or chamber); single or multiple E-Z Treat Pretreatment pods; and a
final dosing tank (or chamber). Additional treatment may be used to ensure that treatment
performance standards shall be met.
The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system can utilize either a two tank configuration or a three tank
configuration. The two tank configuration has the following components: the first tank is a septic
tank and the second separate tank has a recirculation chamber and final dosing chamber. The three
tank configuration consists of three separate tanks: a septic tank, a recirculation tank, and a final
dosing tank.
III. Siting Criteria
The E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated drainfields shall be sited and sized in accordance
with Rule .1970 for TS-I and TS-II systems. Drip irrigation systems used with E-Z Treat
Pretreatment systems shall be sited and sized in accordance with the manufacturer specific drip
approval. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and associated drainfields shall meet all applicable
horizontal setback requirements and be located to prevent surface/subsurface water inflow/infiltration.
IV. System Sizing
The system sizing criteria shall be based upon the long term acceptance rate specified in the
appropriate portion of the rules or the Innovative and Experimental system approval for the type of
ground absorption system to be used.
V. Special Site Evaluation
A special site evaluation may be required based on the proposed ground absorption system. Refer to
manufacturer specific drip approvals and Rule .1970(p).
VI. Design Criteria
A. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system shall be designed in accordance with the following criteria.
1. All tanks, septic, recirculation, and dosing, must be approved by the Department and E-Z
Treat Company specifically for use with the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system.
2. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system can utilize either a two tank configuration or a three tank
configuration. The two tank configuration has the following components: the first tank is a

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 3 of 10
septic tank and the second separate tank has a recirculation chamber and final dosing
chamber. The three tank configuration consists of three separate tanks: a septic tank, a
recirculation tank, and a final dosing tank.
3. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system consists of a septic tank, a recirculation tank/chamber, a
final dosing tank/chamber, and E-Z Treat media pod(s) as specified in Table 1 below.
Table 1 — Model
600 and Tank Volumes
Design Daily
Flow
(gpd)
Minimum
Septic Tank
Volume
(gallons)
Minimum
Recirculation/Pump
Tank Volume
(gallons)**
Number of Media
Pods
< 480
1,000
1,250
1 Model 600 pod
4 Bedrooms
1,000
1,800
1 Model 600 pod
5 Bedrooms
1,250
2,000
1 Model 600 pod
6 Bedrooms
1,500
2,200
2 Model 600 pods
601 — 1,500
V = 1.17Q* +
500
V = 1.17Q + 500
1 Model 600 pod per
600 gallons
1,501 — 3,000
V = 0.75Q +
1,125
V = 0.75Q + 1,125
1 Model 600 pod per
600 gallons
*Q — design daily flow
**Recirculation/pump tank minimum size based on total internal tank volume.
4. Septic tanks will have an inlet sanitary tee and a Department approved, appropriately sized
effluent filter on the outlet end approved by the E-Z Treat Company for use with the E-Z
Treat.
5. The minimum required volume in the recirculation chamber/tank prior to discharge to the
dosing tank/chamber shall be the design daily flow.
6. The recirculation tank/chamber will contain the recirculating splitter valve or an external
splitter box may be used. The recirculation tank/chamber shall have an inlet sanitary tee.
The sanitary tee shall be visible and reachable from the riser opening to serve as the influent
sampling point.
7. When the recirculation tank and dosing tank are combined, the baffle wall between chambers
shall extend to the top of the tank and shall be constructed so that the liquid levels in either
compartment are independent. Liquids will not by-pass between compartments except as
designated by the system's treatment flow path.
8. The final dosing tank must meet the minimum size requirements of Rule .1952(c)(1). For
drip irrigation systems, the requirements of the manufacturer specific drip approval for dosing
tanks shall also be met.
9. A drainback configuration without a pump check valve is required for the force main
supplying the media pod.
10. Recirculation pump shall be either Sta-Rite Model number STEP 20 or manufacturer
approved equal.
11. The E-Z Treat media pod is constructed of a polymer suitable for use in contact with
wastewater. The Model 600 pod is approximately 7 ft 4 inches x 4 ft with a surface area
approximately of 30 square feet and is 42 inches in depth. The pod is fitted with a
weatherproof cover properly secured. The pod is designed and constructed to create channels
down the sidewalls to facilitate air flow. The sidewall channels provide airspace to the
bottom of the pod. The bottom of the vessel is designed to provide total drainage of the
treated effluent back to the recirculation tank/chamber.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 4 of 10
12. As the effluent enters the recirculation tank/chamber, this tank/chamber acts to further
separate the septic tank effluent. The effluent entering the recirculation tank/chamber is
charged by the recirculation pump to the media pod(s). The effluent is sprayed over the
media mattress(es) using a spray manifold of evenly spaced wide-angle spray nozzles. The
nozzles are manufactured with a free passage of 0.0625 inches in diameter. The system is set
to recirculate effluent through the media pod on an average of 4 to 6 times prior to discharge.
13. The effluent is sprayed on mattress(es) measuring a total area of 30 square feet. The
mattress(es) are fabricated from a non -biodegradable, chemically resistant, loose weave
polypropylene material. The openings in the weave allows for effluent and air flow while
containing the media. The media inside the mattress(es) are made of a styrene material. The
specific gravity of this material meets the following criteria: light enough to prevent
compaction which results in a loss of effective surface area, and provides a reduction in
channeling across the media (short-circuiting).
14. Effluent passes through the media and enters a schedule 40 pipe located at the bottom of the
pod. The effluent than gravity feeds back to the recirculation tank/chamber and the process is
repeated.
15. The effluent bypass valve or splitter box is piped to intercept filtered wastewater and deliver
it to the recirculation tank/chamber or the dosing tank/chamber, based on liquid volumes.
16. The Control Panel for the E-Z Treat System will consist of: recirculation pump on/off timer,
discharge pump alarm, and high/low water alarm. Control panels shall meet the requirements
of .1952 and shall be approved in writing by E-Z Treat Company for use in their systems.
17. Separate control and alarm circuits will be provided. The E-Z Treat systems will utilize a
device for the recording of measurements of daily water flows. The device shall provide a
means for determining at least the daily, 7-day, and 30-day flow monitoring requirements of
Rule .1970. This information will be stored in the data logger for drip irrigation systems
(provided by the manufacturer of the drip irrigation control panel). For pressure manifold and
LPP systems, the Aquaworx control panel or manufacturer approved equal shall be used. The
operator in responsible charge (ORC) of the system authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company must be able to access the panel directly on site and shall be available to the L14D
with 24-hour notice in the event a direct connection is necessary.
18. The UV disinfection system shall be rated for the appropriate discharge rate from the E-Z
Treat pod. The UV disinfection system will be one of the following:
a. E-Z Set UV-10005 (single bulb);
b. E-Z Set UV-1000 (dual alternating bulbs); or
c. Other UV systems specifically approved by the Department and E-Z Treat Company.
19. All access riser hatches shall be secured by approved tamper -resistant hardware approved by
the manufacturer or by other means approved by the manufacturer as equal. Riser
construction, attachment to tanks and security systems shall be pre -approved by the
Department and E-Z Treat Company in accordance with the E-Z Treat specific approvals for
the septic tanks and pump tanks, as applicable.
20. Buoyancy calculations shall be completed by a NC Professional Engineer if any parts of the
tanks, pods, or other system components are installed in a seasonal high water table.
Additional ballast may be required.
21. Influent samples shall be taken from the inlet sanitary tee into the recirculation tank. Effluent
samples shall be taken from the final pump doing tank or a spigot or sampling port that is
placed on the force main from the final dosing tank.
B. E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be designed by a designer authorized in writing by E-Z
Treat Company or a NC Professional Engineer. Systems over 1,000 gallons per day shall be
designed by a NC Professional Engineer.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 5 of 10
VII. Installation and Testing
A. A preconstruction conference shall be required to be attended by the designer authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company, engineer (if applicable), installer authorized in writing by E-Z
Treat Company, and L14D prior to beginning construction of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system.
B. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be installed according to directions provided by E-Z
Treat Company. Additionally, all E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems and components used with, but
not manufactured by E-Z Treat Company shall be installed in accordance with all applicable
regulations and manufacturer instructions.
C. All individuals/companies installing E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be in possession of all
necessary permits and licenses before attempting any portion of a new or repair installation. The
company/individual must be a Level IV installer and authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company.
D. Watertightness of the tanks shall be tested by either of the following protocols: 24-hour
hydrostatic test or a vacuum test.
1. Hydrostatic Test1, 2
a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes.
b. Fill tank with clean water to a point at least two inches above the pipe connections or the
seam between the tank and the riser, whichever is highest.
c. Measure the water level.
d. Allow the tank to sit for 24 hours.
e. Re -measure the water level.
f. If the water level change is th-inch or less or one percent of the liquid tank capacity, the
tank passes the leak test.
g. If the water level change is greater than th-inch, any visible leaks can be repaired and the
tank may be topped off with water and allowed to sit for a minimum of one hour.
h. The tank passes the leak test if there are no visible leaks (flowing water or dripping in a
steady stream) and no measureable drop in water level after one hour. Otherwise, the
tank fails the leak test.
2. Vacuum Testa
a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes.
b. A vacuum of four (4) inches of mercury should be pulled on the tank and held for five (5)
minutes.
c. During the testing, the tank manufacturer or their representative can seal the tank if it is
found to be leaking.
d. If the tank is repaired, the vacuum must be brought back up to four inches and held for
five minutes.
E. The distribution of flow to the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system and to the septic tank shall be
measured during start-up and set to be in accordance with the system design with start-up settings
recorded.
t Victor D'Arnato and Ishwar Devkota, Development of Prefabricated Septic and Pump Tank Construction and Installation Standards for North
Carolina.
2 National Precast Concrete Association, Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks, Second Edition, October 2005, 24.
s National Precast Concrete Association, Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On -Site Wastewater Tanks, Second Edition, October 2005, 24.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 6 of 10
F. Specified site preparation steps and construction specifications for the ground absorption system
shall be strictly adhered to, including specified depth of trenches in relation to site limiting
conditions, cover material specifications (if needed), trench installation method, etc.
G. The installer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company, the engineer or designer authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company, and the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall
conduct an inspection/start-up of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system and all associated system
components. The L14D personnel will attend and observe the inspection/start-up. During the
inspection/start-up to include:
1. System watertightness testing.
2. Control panel operation and alarm settings.
3. Pump model numbers and time clock settings.
4. Pressure head on the E-Z Treat pod wastewater distribution system.
5. Return flow to the septic tank set per design and recorded, when applicable.
6. Riser hatches have tamperproof bolts, and/or riser lock ring.
VHL Operation, Maintenance, Monitoring, and Reporting
A. E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be classified, at a minimum, as a Type Va system in
accordance with Table V(a) of Rule .1961(b). Management and inspection shall be in accordance
with Rules .1961 and .1970.
B. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems require an operation and maintenance agreement between the
system owner and E-Z Treat Company, Inc., its authorized representative, or with an operator
authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company as per Rule .1970. The system shall be inspected
according to Rule .1961 by a certified subsurface operator authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company according. The ORC shall be either an employee of E-Z Treat Company or authorized
in writing by E-Z Treat Company to operate and maintain the system. The operator authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company must have proper equipment and training to access and program
the control panels on site.
C. All E-Z Treat Pretreatment systems shall be operated and maintained according to the latest
version of E-Z Treat Company's O&M manual.
D. At each E-Z Treat Pretreatment system inspection the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company shall, at a minimum, observe, monitor, and record the following:
1. Wastewater level in all the tanks.
2. Sludge, scum, and grease levels in all the tanks.
3. Clogging of effluent filter.
4. Watertightness of tanks, risers, and pipe penetrations at the tanks.
5. Operation of pumps, floats, valves, electrical controls, and alarms.
6. Drainfield pump delivery rate (drawdown test), determination of the average pump run time,
and drainfield dosing volume.
7. Any structural damage, accessibility issues, adequate ventilation, excess odors, ponding of
effluent, insect infestations, vegetative growth over the drainfield, or surfacing of effluent on
the drainfield area.
8. Sample of E-Z Treat Pretreatment system effluent collected from the sampling point to check
for effluent clarity and odor and a sample of influent, as required.

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 7 of 10
9. Readings from pump cycle counters and run time meters and any water meter readings, as
applicable.
10. Current operational set up for TS-II nitrogen removal enhancement (percent returned to septic
tank), and recommendation for modifications (if needed).
11. System operating conditions, from the review stored data for indication of 7-day and 30-day
flows and flow variances or other abnormal conditions.
E. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall also conduct other additional
observations, measurements, monitoring, and maintenances activities as specified in the Operation
Permit and as recommended by the manufacturer.
F. Sampling and Testing
1. All sampling shall be done in accordance with Rule .1970(n)(3) and (5). E-Z Treat systems
shall be sampled annually (semi-annually for systems with a design flow of 1,501 to 3,000
gpd).
2. TS-II systems influent shall be analyzed for TKN.
3. Effluent for all systems shall be tested for effluent CBOD5 and NH4-N. Systems specified to
meet the TS-II standard shall also have the effluent analyzed for TN (TKN and NO3-N).
Systems designed to meet the TS-II standard with design flows of 1,501 gpd to 3,000 gpd
shall have the effluent analyzed for fecal coliforms.
4. Additional sampling of effluent or influent may be determined to be necessary by the ORC
authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company during a system inspection to assist with
troubleshooting or to verify system performance.
5. Effluent samples shall be taken from the final dosing tank/chamber or a sampling port located
downstream from the final treatment process.
6. Influent samples shall be taken from a sampling port located between the septic tank and
recirculation tank/chamber.
7. Adjustments in the monitoring schedule and number of parameters sampled may be proposed
by E-Z Treat Company and approved by the Department pursuant to Rule .1970(n)(3)(B) or
(C).
G. Notification and Performance of Maintenance and Repairs
1. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall alert E-Z Treat Company, the
LHD, and the system owner within 48 hours of needed maintenance or repair activities
including but not limited to landscaping, tank sealing, tank pumping, pipe or control system
repairs, media replacement, and/or adjustments to any other system component.
2. System troubleshooting and needed maintenance shall be provided to maintain the pump
delivery rate and average pump run time within 25% of initial measurements conducted
during system startup. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall notify
the system owner, E-Z Treat Company, and the LHD whenever the pump delivery rate
efficiency or average pump ran times are not within 25% of initial measurements conducted
prior to system start-up.
3. The septic tank will be pumped as needed upon recommendation of the ORC authorized in
writing by E-Z Treat Company and in accordance with the E-Z Treat Pretreatment system
operation and maintenance instructions. However, at a minimum, the septic tank will be
pumped whenever the solids level exceeds 25% of the tank's total liquid working capacity or
the scum layer is more than four inches thick.
4. The tanks shall be pumped by a properly permitted septage management firm, and the septage
handled in accordance with 15A NCAC 13B .0800.
5. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall notify the LHD, E-Z Treat

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 8 of 10
Company, and the system owner in writing whenever repairs are indicated. All maintenance
activities shall be recorded in the ORC reports provided to the system owner, LHD, and E-Z
Treat Company.
H. Reporting
1. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall provide a completed written
report to the system owner, E-Z Treat Company, and the LHD within 30 days of each
inspection. At a minimum this report shall specify:
a. The date and time of inspection,
b. System operating conditions according to Section VII.D, VII.E, and VII.F.
c. Results from any laboratory analysis of any influent and effluent samples,
d. Maintenance activities performed since the last inspection report,
e. An assessment of overall system performance,
f. A list of any improvements or maintenance needed,
g. A determination of whether the system is malfunctioning, and the specific nature of the
malfunction,
h. Any changes made in system settings, based on recommendations of the manufacturer,
and
i. A summary report of data retrieved from the control panel verifying actual daily, 7-day,
and 30-day flows, flow variances, and other operating conditions.
IX. Responsibilities and Permitting Procedures
A. Prior to the installation of an E-Z Treat Pretreatment system at a site, the owner or owner's agent
shall file an application at the LHD for the proposed use of this system. After the LHD conducts a
soil and site evaluation, the LHD may issue an Improvement Permit or Authorization to Construct
or amend a previously issued Authorization to Construct allowing for the use of a E-Z Treat
Pretreatment system.
B. The Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct shall contain all conditions the site
approval is based upon, including the proposed used of the Innovative system. The Operation
Permit will include all conditions specified in the Improvement Permit and the Authorization to
Construct.
C. When a special site evaluation is required pursuant to Rule .1970(p)(1) or a drip approval, as
applicable, an evaluation and written, sealed report from a Licensed Soil Scientist regarding the
site shall be provided to the LHD. The report shall contain the information as specified in Rule
.1970(p)(2) and "Requirements for Submittals of Soil Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal
System Designs". The LHD may request the assistance of their Regional Soil Scientist in
evaluating this report prior to permit issuance.
D. The E-Z Treat Pretreatment system shall be designed by one of the following: a designer
authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a North Carolina Professional Engineer. Systems
over 1,000 gallons per day, or as otherwise required for drip irrigation systems, shall be designed
by a North Carolina Professional Engineer.
E. Prior to issuance of an Authorization to Construct for an E-Z Treat Pretreatment system, a design
submittal prepared by a designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company or a North
Carolina Professional Engineer shall be submitted for review and approval by the LHD. The

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 9 of 10
design submittal shall include the information required in "Requirements for Submittals of Soil
Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal System Designs".
F. It is recommended that local authorized environmental health practitioners attend a design
training session offered by the manufacturer/authorized representative prior to permitting the
system. Also, at the request of the LHD, a Regional Engineer will review the design.
G. The designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall certify in writing that the E-Z
Treat Pretreatment system was installed in accordance with the approved design prior to
Operation Permit issuance.
H. A North Carolina Professional Engineer shall certify in writing that a system designed by an
engineer was installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications prior to
Operation Permit issuance.
I. For sites required to be evaluated by a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist (see
Section V and IX.C), the health department may specify as a condition on the Improvement
Permit and Authorization to Construct that a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist
oversee critical phases of the drainfield installation and certify in writing that the installation was
in accordance with their specified site/installation requirements prior to the Operation Permit
issuance.
J. The ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company shall be present during the final
inspection of the system prior to the issuance of the operation permit. The ORC shall be certified
as a NC Subsurface Operator and authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company.
K. The LHD issues the Operation Permit after the following:
1. Field verification of installation completion;
2. Receipt of written documentation from the designer authorized in writing by E-Z Treat
Company or the engineer, as applicable, that the system has been designed, installed, and is
operating in accordance with the approved plans; and
3. All necessary legal documents have been completed, including the contract between the
system owner and the ORC authorized in writing by E-Z Treat Company.
K. On an annual basis, E-Z Treat Company shall provide a report to the On -Site Water Protection
Branch including the number and location of new system installations during the previous year,
and effluent data and operator reports for each operational E-Z Treat Pretreatment system
installed in North Carolina under this Innovative Approval. Effluent data should be compiled and
submitted electronically. If available, a web -based system for data posting of laboratory results
should be utilized. These reports shall provide information to the Department based upon the
monitoring data and observations made from the Innovative systems installed pursuant to this
Approval. This should include an assessment of system performance in relation to the established
treatment performance standards; an assessment of physical and chemical properties of the
materials used to construct the system, in terms of strength, durability, and chemical resistance to
loads and conditions experienced, recommended areas of applicability for the system; and any
conditions and limitations related to the use of the system. The report shall also include an
updated list of authorized designers, installers, and ORCs.
X. Repair of Systems

IWWS-2015-03-R2
January 6, 2017
Page 10 of 10
The provisions of 15A NCAC 18A .1961(1) shall govern the use of the E-Z Treat Pretreatment
System for repairs to existing malfunctioning wastewater systems.
Approved By: Date:

�4C�
00
C c
v
a
.�00
00
00
�o
0o U
a�
A U
Q U
0
F-
U
c
r1
0.

0 NSF International
OFFICIAL LISTING
NSF International Certifies that the products appearing on this Listing conform to the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 245 - Wastewater Treatment Systems - Nitrogen Reduction
This is the Official Listing recorded on December 1B, 2015,
E-Z Treat
P.O. Box 176
Haymarket, VA 20618
703-753-4770
Facility: Rocky Mount, NC
Model Number
#600
#1200
Rated
Capacity
Gallon /Day
600
1200
Note; Additions shall not be made to thin document without prior evaluation and acceptance by NSF International.
1 of 1
789 N. Dixbaro Road. Ann Arbor. Michigan 4f;105-9733 USAC0173848
1-800-NSF-MARK 11 734-769-8010
www.tisf.org

XSF
NSF International
OFFICIAL LISTING
NSF International Certifies that the products appearing on this Listing conform to the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 350 - Onsite Residential and Commercial Water Reuse Treatment Systems
This is the Official Listing recorded on December 18, 2015.
9-Z Treat
P.O. Box 176
Haymarket, VA 20618
703-753-4770
Facility: Rocky Mount, NC
Rated
Capacity
Model Number Gallons/Day Classification Type
#600 600 Class R Wastewater
#1200 1200 Class R Wastewater
NOTE: Class R - Single family residential dwellings
Note: Additions shall not be made to this document without prior evaluation and acceptance by NSF International.
1 of 1
789 N. Dixboro Road. Ann Arbor. Michigfln 451 OS-9?33 USA c0173848
1-800-NSF-M aRK / 734-769-8010
wti«v.nst arg

((%)
CAST -A -SEAL 402/402F
Submittal Specification
A flexible pipe-io-structure connector shall be employed in the
connection of the sanitary sewer pipe to precast structures. The connector
shall be CAST A -SEAL® 402/402F as manufactured by Press -Seal
Corporation, Fort Wayne, Indiana, or approved equal. The connector shall
be the sole element relied on to assure a flexible, watertight seal of the pipe
to the precast structure. The connector shall consist of a rubber gasket and
an external take-up clamp.
The rubber gasket element shall be constructed solely of syn-
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATION
and SELECTION
torque -setting wrench available from the connector manufacturer.
Selection of the proper size connector for the structure and pipe
requirement, and installation thereof, shall be in strict conformance with the
recommendations of the connector manufacturer. Any dead end pipe stubs
installed in connectors shall be restrained from movement per ASTM C 923.
The finished connection shall provide sealing to 13 psi (mini-
mum) and shall accommodate deflection of the pipe to 7 degrees (mini-
mum) without loss of seal.
theft or natural rubber, and shall meet or exceed the physical property Vacuum testing shall be conducted in strict conformance with
requirements of ASTM C 923. ASTM C 1244 prior to backfill. Other testing shall be conducted in strict
The external take-up clamp shall be constructed of Series 300 conformance with the requirements of the connector manufacturer.
non-magnetic stainless steel and shall utilize no welds in its construc-
tion. The clamp shall be installed by torquing the adjusting screw using a
CAST-A-SEAL402
PIPE SIZE
PIPE O.D. RANGE
WALLTHICKNESs•
APPLICATION
452.0250
1.25' - 2" (31 - 51 mm)
1.5" - 2.75" (38 - 70 mm)
2.5' - 6" (64 -ISO MM)
STANDARD
44? i
`- Ur ilireT ;:
is mm)
2..$ " (54 -:t50. ", -
.. STR/rf3AR[3 '..
452.0402F1
4" (100 mm)
4.2" - 4.7" (107 - 119 mm)
2.5" - 4.0" (64 - 102 mm)
Closed Face
(14¢ rrrnl)
6'2' - 6.7"057 ; T7.0:mm)
2.5'- 6" (64 -.YStJ mrrr}
S<Ti W DARD
CAS ADAPTER
3" (75 mm)
3.2" - 3.6' (81 - 91 mm)
Use with 4" CAST -A -SEAL
PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
CAST-A-SEAL4021402F meets and/or exceeds
all requirements of ASTM C 923, including physical prop-
erties of materials and performance testing, including:
• 13 psi minimum in straight alignment
• 10 psi at minimum 7'angle
• 10 psi minimum under shear load of
150 Ibs/in. pipe diameter
CAST -A -SEAL 402/402F meets and/or exceeds the
requirements of the following Standards, Specifica-
tions, Codes, and Test Methods:
• ASTM C 923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors
Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes,
and Laterals
• ASTM C 1644 Standard Specification fnr Resilient
Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete On -Site
Wastewater Tanks and Pipes
ASTM C 1478 Standard Specification for Storm Drain Resilient
Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer
Structures, Pipes and Laterals
ASTM C 1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer
Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test
IAPMO/ANSI Z1000 Standard for Prefabricated Septic Tanks
IAPMO/ANSI Zt 001 Standard for Prefabricated Gravity
Grease Interceptors
• NPCA Best Practices Manual for Precast Concrete On -Site
Wastewater Tanks
• NOWRA Model Code Framework
TYPICAL TEST RESULTS for CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F (as in ASTM C 1644, C 923. and C 1478)
Test
ASTM Test Method
Test Requirements
Typical Result
CHEMICAL RESIS-
NO WEIGHT
TANCE; 1N SULFURIC
D 534, AT 22-C FOR
NO WEIGHT LOSS
LOSS
ACID and 1N
48 HRS
NO WEIGHT LOSS
NO WEIGHT
HYDROCHLORIC ACID
LOSS
TENSILE STRENGTH
❑ 412
1200 PSI, MIN,
2100 PSI
M50AMON AT
RRFAK
D 412
350%, MIN.
525%
D 2240 (SHORE A
*-5 FROM THE
HARDNESS
DUROMETER)
MANUFACTURER'S
<2
SPECIFIED HARDNESS
DECREASE OF 15%,
ACCELERATED
D 7 1°G
MAX. OF ORIGINAL
13%TENSILE
CHANGE, -14%ELONGATION
OVEN -AGING
7 DAYS
FOR OR D
ENSILE STRENGTH, DE-
CREASE OF 20%, MAX.
OF ELONGATION
CHANGE
D 395, METHOD B,
DECREASE OF 25%,
COMPRESSION TEST
AT 70°G FOR 22 HRS
MAX. OF ORIGINAL DE-
13%
FLECTI ON
D 471 IMMERSE 0.75
INCREASE OF 10%,
ABSORPTION
BY 2-IN.SPECIMEN
N DISTILLED WATER
MAX.ATER
ORIGINAL
3.50%
AT 70'C FOR 48 hrs
WEIGHT
OZONE RESISTANCE
D 1171
RATING 0
PASS
LOW -TEMP,
BRITTLE POINT
D 746
NO FRACTURE AT-4o°C
PASS
TEAR RESISTANCE
D 624, METHOD B
200 LBFAN. (MIN.)
450 LBFlIN.
Press -seal believes all information is accurate as of its publication data:. Information, specifications, and prices
are all subject to change without notice. Press -Seal is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Copyright 2012.
63
Phone: [phone] PRESS -SEAL CORPORATION Email: [e-mail]
Fax (260} 435-1908 Protecting Our Planet's Clean Water Supply Web: www.press-seal.com
rra vaar:armg eesraerNr • rsnvrse nnas.r�.�feer

H
CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F
What It Is
CAST -A -SEAL 4021402F is a watertight
flexible connector that is cast into the structure
when the concrete is poured. The connector is
folded into the casting position and placed on the
reusable heavy-duty solid plastic mandrel that is
installed directly to the form. After the concrete is
cured, the form is opened, removing the mandrel
from the gasket, but leaving the CAST -A -SEAL
4021402F connector embedded in the concrete.
The gasket is then simply unfolded at thejobsite
and is tightened around the pipe using the sup-
plied stainless steel take-up clamp.
Why It's Better
• Simple cast -in design provides flexible
watertight connection.
* Eliminates infiltration and exfiltration_
* Improves on -site system performance
and minimizes maintenance.
• Protects groundwater from unintended
discharges.
• Use in on -site treatment structures, grease
interceptors, manholes, wet wells, pump
and lift stations, stormwater structures, or
any application requiring a flexible
watertight connector.
CAST -IN BOOT -TYPE
CONNECTOR
for 1-1/4" to 6"PVC Pipe
(32 mm - 150 mm)
-low It Performs
CAST -A -SEAL 402(402F meets or exceeds
all requirements of the following Standards,
Codes, Specifications and/or Test Methods:
ASTM C 1227 IAPMO Z1000
ASTM C 1644 1APM0 Z1001
ASTM C 923 NPCA Best Practices
ASTM C 1244 NOWRA Model Code
ASTM C 1478
Scan (or click) Here To View More Info
On This Product On The Web!
" y
rd
T
f
'I
Attach mandrel
Invert gasket Place gasket
Strip form and Invert gasket to outside
to outside form
into casting and mandrel in
mandrel, leaving of tank, insert pipe and
wall.
position. form and pour.
gasket in place. tighten take-up clamp.
Press -Seal believes all information is accurate as of its publication date. Information, specifications, and prices
are ali subject to change without notice- Press -Seal is not responsible for any inadvertent errors. Copyright 2012.
Phone:[phone]
Fax: [phone]
62
PRESS -SEAL CORPORATION
Protecting Our Planet's Clean Water Supply
ISO 900J.2008RM deml • INWEC 17025Acrmdi&d
Email: [e-mail]
Web: www.press-seal.com
rs�

= E set
by INFILTRATOR
EZset by Infiltrator risers and lids are made from glass reinforced polypropylene,
providing superior strength and durability. They come in green or black and in
20", 24", and 30" diameters making them ideal for use with any concrete or
plastic tank. The slip resistant lids are fastened using stainless steel screws
and can be further secured by installing locking rings.
20" Riser System
■ 20" x 6" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 20" x 12" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 20" Lids (Green or Black)
20" x 6" Riser
20" x 12" Riser
24" Riser System
■ 24" x 6" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 24" x 12" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 24" x 18" Risers (Green or Black)
■ 24" Lids (Green or Black)
Ell 1
24" x 6" Riser
el
24" x 12" Riser
24" x 18" Riser
Adapter Flange 24" Lid
30" Riser System
30" x 12" Risers (Green or Black)
30" Lids (Green or Black)
30" x 12" Riser
30" Lid
- Adhesive Sealant
- 20"
Locking Rings
- 20"
Safety Pans
- 24"
Locking Rings
- 24"
Safety Pans
- 24"
Adapter Rings
- 30"
Locking Rings

CDEZset
.125 TYP.
WALL THICKNESS
125 TYP.
WALLTHICKNESS
125 TYP.
WALLTHICKNESS
by INFILTRATOR
20" x 6" Riser Cutaway
26"
24"
l 121
6.05"
SECTION A -A
SCALE 1 : 6
26.375"
24" x 6" Riser Cutaway
24" x 18" Riser Cutaway
INFILTRATOR WATER TECHNOLOGIES, LLC ("Infiltrator")
EZset by Infiltrator LIMITED WARRANTY
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP LIMITED WARRANTY
(a) This limited warranty is extended to the end user of an EZset by Infiltrator riser and lid system and other accessories.
An EZset system manufactured by Infiltrator, when installed and operated in accordance with Infiltrator's installation
instructions and local regulation by a licensed installer, is warranted to you: (i) against defective materials and workmanship
for one (1) years after installation. Infiltrator will, at its option, (i) repair the defective product or (ii) replace the defective
materials. Infiltrator's liability specifically excludes the cost of removal and/or installation of the EZset system.
(b) In order to exercise its warranty rights, you must notify Infiltrator in writing at its corporate headquarters in Old Saybrook,
Connecticut within fifteen If 5) days of the alleged defect.
(c) YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL LOSSES OR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY
CAUSE WHATSOEVER SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (a) ABOVE. INFILTRATOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, HOWEVER OCCASIONED, WHETHER BY
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THIS LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES
YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.
q��_
INFILTRATOR®
systems inc.
4 Business Park Road
P.O. Box 768
Old Saybrook, CT 06475
860-577-7000•Fax [phone]
1-800-221-4436
www.infiltratorwater.com
.125 TYP.
WALL THICKNESS
12.05'
L
.125 TYP.
WALL THICKNESS
125 TYP.
WALLTHICKNESS
Riser Specifications
22°
20" x 12" Riser Cutaway
24" x 12" Riser Cutaway
30" x 12" Riser Cutaway
(d) THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY INFILTRATOR AND SUPERSEDES ANY PRIOR,
CONTRARY, ADDITIONAL, OR SUBSEQUENT REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN. INFILTRATOR
DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES TO THE GREATEST EXTENT ALLOWED BYLAW ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FINESSE FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OTHERWISE ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING,
COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, OR USAGE OFTRADE. NO PERSON (INCLUDING ANY EMPLOYEE, AGENT, DEALER, OR
REPRESENTATIVE) IS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THIS PRODUCT,
EXCEPT TO REFER YOU TO THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, THIS WARRANTY
IS NOT A WARRANTY OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE, BUT ONLYA WARRANTY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE.
(a) YOU MAYASSIGN THIS LIMITED WARRANTY TO A SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OFYOUR HOME.
(F) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF INFILTRATOR HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CHANGE THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IN ANY
MANNER WHATSOEVER, OR TO EXTEND THIS LIMITED WARRANTY.
CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
There are certain conditions or applications over which Infiltrator has no control. Defects or problems as a result of such
conditions or applications are not the responsibility of Infiltrator and are NOT covered under this warranty. They include failure
to install the EZset system in accordance with instructions or applicable regulatory requirements or guidance, altering the
EZset system contrary to the installation instructions and disposing of chemicals or other materials contrary to normal EZset
system usage.
The above represents the Standard Limited Warranty offered by Infiltrator. A limited number of states and counties have
different warranty requirements. Any purchaser of an EZset system should contact Infiltrator's corporate headquarters in Old
Saybrook, Connecticut, prior to such purchase to obtain a copy of the applicable warranty, and should carefully read that
warranty prior to the purchase of an EZset system.
U.S. Patents: 4,759,661; 5,017,041; 5,156,488; 5,336,017; 5,401,116; 5,401,459; 5,511,903; 5,716,163; 5,588,778; 5,839,844 Canadian Patents: 1,329,959; 2,004,564 Other patents pending. Infiltrator,
Equalizer, Quick4, and SideWinder are registered trademarks of Infiltrator Water Technologies. Infiltrator is a registered trademark in France. Infiltrator Water Technologies, is a registered trademark in Mexico.
Contour, MicroLeaching, PolyTuff, ChamberSpacer, MultiPort, PosiLock, QuickCut, QuickPlay, SnapLock and StraightLock are trademarks of Infiltrator Water Technologies.
PolyLok is a trademark of PolyLok, Inc. TUF-TITE is a registered trademark of TUF-TITE, INC. Ultra -Rib is a trademark of IPEX Inc.
© 2013 Infiltrator Water Technologies, LLC. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A. SET01 0613ISI

W� I MW
Toll Free: 888-999-3290
Bristle Filter Instructions
For STF-110 4" (Installation &Maintenance)
Instructions for installation in standard 4" outlet "Tee" of seDtic tank.
• Orient the filter so that the wire handle faces opposite the discharge outlet.
• Push filter into top of "Tee" until the 90 degree wire handle touches the top of the
"Tee". The filter is now "installed", as shown in the picture to the right.
• The flexibility of the STF-110 bristle filter allows it to be used in just about any situa-
tion. If you need help with a custom installation please call Sim/Tech Filter toll free at
888-999-3290.
Installed Filter
Recommended maintenance schedule
For maximum protection, it is recommended that the filter be replaced annually. If not, it should be inspected
at least once per year. The filter is capable of lasting three years under normal conditions. Such factors as
garbage disposals, pets, laundry, etc. may cause the need for more frequent inspection or service.
Instructions for performing maintenance in standard 4" outlet "Tee" of septic tank.
STF-130
Maintenance
Sleeve
• Before removing filter, one of two options must be performed. These options
need to be performed to prevent any outflow of unfiltered effluent from the
tank while the filter is removed.
Option 1
Insert a STF-130 maintenance sleeve (sold separately) with the handle
coupling on the same side of the "Tee" as the outlet hole. Push the sleeve
into the "Tee" until the handle coupling hits the top of the "Tee". Do not
remove the sleeve until a filter has been put back in the "Tee".
Option 2
Have the tank pumped down by a professional septic service company.
• After performing one of the options above, remove filter by pulling up on the
filter handle.
• Place the used filter in the provided plastic bag for proper disposal.
• Install a new replacement filter as described in the installation instructions at
the top of the page.
• If a maintenance sleeve was used (option 1), remove the sleeve from the outlet
"Tee"
Maintenance
Sleeve partially
inserted into
"Tee"
U.S. Patent #
6,811,692

T
STF?"'0-7R4'
"dia.
M
r
The STF=1111 seriesrteq
Effluent Fil,
ro
It's Superior
5uperiar to slatted, uniform designs.
Flexible b
-sa tilo - r e-side" Lial
.; i . Y r m r■. a w� r 4w r I.
0
0
19F The Boqit
V I 4ew p —mIzFoSt -ommon dpbris.
M! P. - Up N-- cr
It's Simple
only rhaire in effluent filers.
=01 9 1 F L*F�z7f/�LJ ERT

STF-110-7R is 4%6"
sanitary Tee(cut-a-way)
i itratiun of the most common solids
t=ound in today's wastewater systems
• I/er4-*atFi-_ dk_-.A-wiyrr has appllieations for
residential, commercial and industrial
systems and fit many different types
of tees and housings
* Flexible brhvtla-dmory►s is simple to
iristal'l and service. even in rmystems vvith limited
• 5elt-h3rhfng hrisirfes hold tlhe filter firmly
in plate with no need for receivers or
canisters and eliminate filter float -up
qMm" • Hc-hris so-paratinrr area naturally sorts
sollds according to size and mass for longer filter life
• Allarvsi sbFufuyicaf maturhW trrscessary in vvaf% pwvatew
trE atr"2"t sly. $tens&
* Durable enough to be eserviced and economical enough to
he replaced
• Fr r<ra# -6afutloen for protecting and servicing all types of wastewater
systems at a fraction OF the cast of inferior designs
Designers after our proven TF-11 D effluent filter that currently protects residential septic systems all
over the world, the latest additions to this series of filters were designed with more demanding
residential, commercial and industrial systems with larger housings and pre -cast tanks with built in
square baffles in mind -
We achieve superior fiItralion of the most comrnan solids found in today's wastewater systems with
our non -uniform bristle design. This design is much more efficient than uniform I slotted designs which
can pass larger more harmful debris into the system.
The flexible self-locking bristles make it simple to install and service, even in systems with
limited access. They also hold the filter firmly in place with no need for receivers or can.Wer,5
and eliminate filter float -up.
The filters employs a debris separation space which naturally sorts solids according to size
and mass. This makes the filter function more efficiently and greatly increases its life -span..
It also allows for biological maturing which is necessary in all wastewater treatment systems.
The TF-110 series frlters use triangular polypropylene
bristles wound together with a 316 stainless -steel ware.
This makes them durable enough to be serviced and
economical enough to be replaced. This provides an
economical solution for protecting and servicing all types
of wastewater systems at a fraction of the cost of interior
desiga
ns.
STF-Tla-M in pre -oast sTf-i3o changing sJaeve fs requored A black elVierarrt flow white seFviciR9
-010 -r?k wrfh square without the need to pump down the tarrk.
befffe. — 40
STF-? 10 in 4' sanitary
Yea (cut -a -way view)
For- thie protiectij7n amid pierfar-niarm- a olf tvasretvatier mAjHr ems bet
vvVVV"..gat- :;,tech. 0gMr.
US Patent # 6, 8f 1, 692

septic tank brie
FEATURES
r
4 " Y0110
Easy, affordable solution for servicing
septic tanks
*: Designed with non -directional bristles
for unrestricted flow of effluent
:*Allows biological maturing and
sloughing to rraxirrize septic tank
efficiency
Provides well over' 2 mile of filtration
media with over 319 cu. in. of open
area to eliminate clogging
+ 2,215 sq. i n . of filtering surface allow
a flow rate of over 1200 GPD, filtering
to 1/1 " diam t er
+ Filtering surface is achieved with
unique triangular bristle that .more
than doubles the filtering surface, with
no uniform holes or slots to plug
*:' 0 degree handle for easy installation
and removal
*: Adapts to all types of 4 plipe
*:p elf -locking bristles hold the filter
firmly in place, eliminating `filter float up'
•: Flexible design makes it easy to install
in hard to reach places and makes
replacing the filter a breeze
Constructed of polypropylene bristles,
wound together with a 316 S.S_ core
: The filters designed shape creates a
debris separation space which naturally
sorts debris according to size and mass,
ensures even fi ter usage for a long
lifaspan and maximizes circular flog
Ord ar part No. TF-110
TF-11 30
CAD detail drawing available in D F format
RELATED PRODUCTS
TF-1 10-6VV page 4
TF-110-7R page 4
TF-11D-BB page 4
TF-130 page 14
TF-4TEE page 14
l,.N_ _ Patent 9 6, 811. 69
W,
MWMWI
who
1
r
Li
RAGE
3 Toll Free 888-999- 90 Office 1-:58 -10 0 Fax [phone] Frail simtech freeway_nat Web v, w w_gag-simtech_corn

8
GARY IB. JOHNSON
MICHIGAN # 32831
WISCONSIN # E-25985
MINNESOTA # 41217
SIM/TECH FILTER
NEW STF-I 10 DISPOSABLE SEPTIC TANK FILTER
TURD PARTY VERIFICATION
The Disposable Septic Tank Filter is constructed as a twisted -in -wire brush with 26" long
brush body, V4" tip and 2 1/4" long handle end with 90 degree bend- Brush body will have
a major diameter of 4.313" for a length of 9 1/2" starting V2" from the 90 degree handle
bend, then will transition down to 3 Y2" diameter over the next 2 %2" and held at 3 '/2"
diarnetter,for the next 14".
There will be a scallop cut into the O.D. in the major diameter beginning 2 1/2" from the
top, transitioning down to 3 !,T' over the. next 2", and then transitioning up to the major
diameter over the next 2".
The stem will be 11 -gauge stainless steel and the fill material will be .012 yellow
polypropylene -
The filter has a total of 2,962 lineal feet of bristle equaling 35,544 lineal inches of bristle.
By calculating the total length x the total perimeter of SiniffecWs uniquely shaped
bristle, it gives us a filtering surface of 2,215 square inches.
GARY B.
N EER
3 a]
0 F
l
Volume of a Arx26" Septic Tee
Volume of the STF- I 10 Filter
Volume as open for fluid
326.7 cubic inches
4.265 cubic inches
322.435 cubic inches

8
TtURD PARTY VERIFICATION OF FILTRATION ON TBE STF- 110
AND THREE OT MR GRAVITY SEPTIC TANK, FILTERS
• Test was checking for filtering qualities with particulate that could be found in septic tank effluent
• This test used five types of particulate added to a clean tank
• The five types of particulate were hair, seeds, tissue paper, lint, and chain saw chips (see table A below)
• Test tank was riled manually every five minutes while performing tests to represent a large influx of
water
Water was introduced into the test tank, at 210 gallons per hour
• Test was run to a 2" head height above outlet flow
• Recorded length of time to achieve a 2" head height (see table B below)
• Recorded what was caught in a 1500 micron sieve during the total run time (see table B below)
• Recorded what was caught in a 600 micron sieve below the 1500 micron sieve during total run time (see
table B below"
• Recorded particulate caught while changing filters 15 minutes after ending test using manufacturers
recommended instructions (see table B below)
• Recorded particulate removed with filters themselves (all filters were removed slowly) (see table B
below)
• All part ' iculate was recorded in grams using a OHAUS Scout 11 Scale (Serial #BJ380398) with capacity
400 times 0.1 g (purchased scale 11/1710111
)
Human hair
2
Horse hair
2
Dog hair
I
Cat hair
I
Tomato seeds
2
Pepper seeds
2
Cucumber seeds
2
Dill seeds
2
Charmin tissue paper
2
Scott tissue paper
2
Northern tissue paper
2
Lint
2
Chainsaw chips
4
TABLE B
Sim/Tech
Tuff-Tite
Zabel
ner
Zoeller
Zoeller
Time to achieve 2" head height
I hr. 40 min.
7 min-
6 min.
2
Particulate caughl in 1500 micron sieve
0
0
0
0
0
Particulate caught in 600 micron sieve
0
0.2
0.3
1.2
Particulate caught while changing filter
0
0.3
1 0
0
Particulate contained within
6.3
2.2
2.3
*Ended test at 2 hours, total head height was at 1 3/41,
Note: All filters except Sim/Tech caught seeds in 1500 micron sieve but was not recordable in 1/10a scale
?-1

• Test done with clean water and no particulate
Filters placed in a standard outlet tee of S & D type with a 17" tailpiece to outlet level
Test tank was a plastic 55 gallon drum
There was an accurate method to measure head height above outlet level
Test was done for a '/2" and P head height above outlet level
AN filters tested using the above conditions
head hei ht abbove outlet flow
I -I" iead hekght above outlet now
15, 1
MWISIM"
# * 0
4
'L of 814, &
GARY B.
JOHN N
EER
32 31

It is my opinion that the Simqech filter will prove to be a superior septic tank filter
because of ifs basic design; bristles to catch any "paper like" debris on the outside surface
( guided there because of the bristles bending at the ends under pressure of the flow ) .
A dead zone near the center to collect small particles as they M out of the flow. Plus the
incalculable water paths through, and around, the filter fibers.
Gary B. Johnson P.E.
363 Silver Creek- Rd
Petoskey, Mi 49770
of "Ic.V
GARY B-
JOH is
EER
3!8:31

P43LYAkOX Inc.
Innovations in Precast, Drainage Zabel®
& Wastewater Products tD
A Division of Polylok Inc.
PL-122 Filter
PL-122 Effluent Filter
The PL-122 was the original Polylok filter. It was the first filter on the market with an automatic shut-off ball installed
with every filter. When the filter is removed for regular servicing, the ball will float up and prevent any solids from
leaving the tank. Our patented design cannot be duplicated.
Features:
• Offers 122 linear feet of 1/16" filter slots, which
significantly extends time between cleaning.
• Has a flow control ball that shuts off the flow of effluent
when the filter is removed for cleaning.
• Has its own gas deflector ball which deflects solids away.
• Installs easily in new tanks, or retrofits in existing systems.
• Comes complete with its own housing. No gluing of
tees or pipe, no extra parts to buy.
• Has a modular design, allowing for increased filtration.
PL-122 Installation:
Ideal for residential waste flows up to 3,000 gallons per day
(GPD). Easily installs in any new or existing 4" outlet tee.
1. Locate the outlet of the septic tank.
2. Remove the tank cover and pump tank if necessary.
3. Glue the filter housing to the outlet pipe, or use a
Polylok Extend & Lok if not enough pipe exists.
4. Insert the PL-122 filter into tee.
5. Replace and secure the septic tank cover.
PL-122 Maintenance:
The PL-122 Effluent Filter will operate efficiently for
several years under normal conditions before requiring
cleaning. It is recommended that the filter be cleaned
every time the tank is pumped, or at least every three years.
1. Do not use plumbing when filter is removed.
2. Pull PL-122 cartridge out of the tee.
3. Hose off filter over the septic tank. Make sure all solids
fall back into septic tank.
4. Insert filter back into tee/housing.
Polylok offers the only filter on the market
where you can get more GPD by simply
snapping our filters together!
Patent Numbers
6,015,488 & 5,871,640
Filter Ready Adapter
Connects to Septic Tank Wall
Accepts 1/2" PVC
:tension Handle
Alarm Switch
(Optional)
122 Linear Ft. of
1/16" Filtration
Slots
ilter Housing with
" & 4" Pipe Adapter
" Filtration Slots
3,000 GPD
(D
Deflector
:)matic Shut -Off Ball
Outdoor SmartFilter® Alarm
Polylok, Zabel & Best filters accept
the SmartFilter® switch and alarm.
www.polylok.com 1-877-765-9565

CSC
The Public Health and Safety Organization
NSF Product and Service Listings
These NSF Official Listings are current as of Wednesday, April o6, 2016 at 12:15 a.m. Eastern Time. Please contact
NSF International to confirm the status of any Listing, report errors, or make suggestions.
Alert: NSF is concerned about fraudulent downloading and manipulation of website text. Always confirm this information
by clicking on the below link for the most accurate information: http://info.nsf.org/Certified/Wastewater/Listings.asp?
Standard=o 6&Com an = 8o&
NSF/ANSI 46
Evaluation of Components and Devices Used in
Wastewater Treatment Systems
Polylok Inc.
3 Fairfield Boulevard
Wallingford, CT o6492
United States
877-765-9565
203-265-6340
Facility: Cheshire, CT
Septic Tank Effluent Filters[l]
PL-122 PL-250
P L-525
PL-625
PL-68
[1] Performance tested using bead size 0.338 cm ± 0.005 cm (1/8" ± 0.002"). Meets the full
requirements of NSF/ANSI 46-2010.
Facility: Evansville, IN
Septic Tank Effluent Filter Components[il
Alol-12x20 A101-12x28
Awl-8x32 A18o1-4x18141
A3ol-12x36 A301-8x18
Ai0i-12x36 Aloi-8x18
A1801-4x22141151 A.301-12x20
A301-8x26 A3o1-8x32
Aiol-8x26
A3ol-12x28
[11 Septic Tank Effluent Filter Components are exempt from bearing the NSF Component Mark
and shall bear the NSF Unit Mark.

[4] Filter cartridges Certified in ABS and PVC materials.
[5) Failure sensing and signaling equipment of this product not evaluated by NSF.
Septic Tank Effluent Filters[2] 131
A1OO-12x20
A1oo-12x20-VC
Aioo-12x20/BALL
Aloo-8x18-VC
A1oo-8x26-VC
Aloo-8x32-VC
A1800-4xi8-VT-B40
A1800-4x18-VTF-B35A1800-4x1$-VTF-B4O
A18OO-4X22-VT-B40
Ai8OO-4X22-VTF-B35A1800-4x22-VTF-B40
A300-12x20/BALL
A300-12x28-VC
A3oo-i2x36-VC
A300-8x32-VC
A600-12x20
Moo-12x2o/BALL
A6OO-8x18-VC
A600-8x26-VC
A6OO-8x32-VC
A1OO-12x28-VC M00-12x36-VC
A1800-4x18-30142-68 Al800-4xi8-VT-B35
A1800-4x22-30142-68A1800-4x22-VT-B35
A300-12x20 A3oo-12x20-VC
A3oo-8X18-VC A3oo-8X26-VC
Moo-12x28-VC A600-12x36-VC
[2] Suffix VC denotes a filter cartridge with Versa -Case assembly.
[3] Performance tested using bead size 0.338 cm ± 0.005 cm (1/8" ± 0.002"). Meets the full
requirements of NSF/ANSI 46-2010.
NOTE: All filters come Smartfilter ready.
Number of matching Manufacturers is 1
Number of matching Products is 52
Processing time was o seconds

E 1111111111'111EAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
E-Z Treat is a
modular system with proven
performance in residential and commercial
applications. E-Z Treat is prepackaged in a
"pod" featuring synthetic media encapsulated in
a flexible mesh container. E-Z Treat protects
sensitive watersheds through removal of
nitrogen and other constituents.

Applications
Residential
Commercial or community
Intermittent or seasonal use
Space constrained sites
Harsh climates
Nitrogen sensitive areas
Water Reuse
Models bearing the NSF mark
are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350
E� .TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Why Choose E-Z Treat?
o Produces water reuse quality effluent
o Certifed to NSF/ANSI Standards 40, 245, and 350
o Proven results for over 15 years through third party feld testing
o Spray nozzles maximize oxygen contact through small water droplet size
o Simple to use and suitable for wide range of applications
o Prepackaged, lightweight pod for easy installation
o Synthetic media:
- Resists biological clogging
- Provides large, open surface area
- Allows free air flow
- Requires no media cleaning
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

Pre -assembled Pod
Flexible configurations
Multiple sizes available
Lightweight pods
Non -clog media
High level denitrification
Optimized for water reuse
E-Z�� T
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
1. Collection
Sewage flows from the home
or facility into a watertight
primary tank or chamber.
The solids settle and the
liquid effluent flows by gravity
through an effluent filter to
the system.
2. Treatment
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating
Synthetic Filter provides
passive biochemical treatment
through an active biof lm matrix. The styrene media is very uniform and provides
ample surface area for biological growth. The styrene media contains many
voids to accommodate optimum air and liquid flow. The spray nozzles create
very small water droplet size (mist), thereby maximizing oxygen contact.
3. Dispersal
The re -circulation chamber contains a float ball by-pass valve and re -circulation
pump. The by-pass valve connects to the 4" return line from the E-Z Treat pod.
The by-pass valve allows the effluent to be constantly re -circulated through
the styrene media. Treated effluent exits the by-pass valve and flows into a
gravity drainfeld or into a pump
chamber for dosing LPP, drip
irrigation, or other pressurized NSF Testing Performance Summary
drainfelds. Effluent is suitable Parameters Effluent, Avg.
for reuse. UV disinfection may
be required. BOD5 2 mg/I
TSS 2 mg/I
DO 3.3 mg/I
Turbidity 2 NTU
E. coli * 2 MPN/100ml
PH 6.8 —7.5
Total Nitrogen Reduction 64%
*with optional UV disinfection
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

Standard Model Package:
Item Description
1 STEP-2&Re-circulation Pump, 112 HP
2 Float By -Pass Valve
3 Control Panel
4 Styrene Media
*Septic tank effluent filter is supplied by others
Please Note: pump is changed to
STEP-30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat
❑3 4❑O's.
r ®�
FN
del 1200
93.00
lL VALVE
PON
1" 6AlL
Ell
'PAP
RF T EA
Models bearing the NSF mark
are certified Class I
E� � to one or more of the fol lowing standards:
� NSF/ANSI 40
�_ NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350
Models bearing the NSF mark
are certified Class I
E� � to one or more of the fol lowing standards:
� NSF/ANSI 40
�_ NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350

E�Z,--,--.TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Installation
or
Inspection Checklist
NSF
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI40
NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

Pre -construction Meeting
❑
Pre -construction meeting held?
Personnel present at pre -construction meeting (check all that apply):
❑ Owner
❑ Builder
❑ Engineer or Designer
❑ Regulator
❑ Installer
❑ Service Provider
Septic Tank
❑
Septic tank sized per code or certification criteria?
❑
Is septic tank installed per manufacturer's requirements?
N
❑
Does septic tank, riser(s), and access cover(s) meet applicable structural standards?
r+
0)
❑
1/16" commercial effluent filter/screen installed on outlet?
❑
Is effluent filter/screen able to be removed for cleaning?
fu
r+
❑
Is septic tank accessible?
0�
❑
Are septic tank, risers, and access covers watertight?
n
0
Re -circulation Tank
I
❑
Re -circulation tank sized per code or certification criteria?
N
❑
Is re -circulation tank installed per manufacturer's requirements?
(p
❑
Does re -circulation tank, riser(s), and access cover(s) meet applicable structural standards?
(i
r+
❑
Is re -circulation tank accessible?
0•
❑
Are re -circulation tank, risers, and access covers watertight?
❑
All piping from septic tank to re -circulation tank installed per code?
n
❑
Is the by-pass valve installed in the re -circulation tank properly?
S
(D
❑
Is the by-pass valve inlet connection from E-Z Treat pod installed properly?
f�
❑
Is the by-pass valve outlet connection to gravity drainfield or to drainfield pump tank/basin
_X,
installed properly?
(A
e'+
Pump
❑ Is pump installed per manufacturer's requirements and code?
❑ Is pump accessible and removable?
❑ Is quick disconnect method (union, camlock, or pitless adapter) installed? (Don't install a check valve!)
❑ Is 1/8" drainage and anti -siphon hole drilled in the PVC pump supply pipe just above the discharge
end of the pump?
❑ Is pump installed, connected, and tested?
(type, gauge and length of wire, connected using water -proof connectors and the conduit sealed -off)
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

Force Main
❑
Is force main been installed with pressure rated fittings/pipe and per code?
❑
Are PVC fittings and pipe cleaned, primed, and glued properly?
❑
Is the force main sized according to manufacturer's recommendations?
❑
Is force main watertight?
❑
Is the force main installed to allow for drain -back to prevent freezing of piping, if applicable?
E-7
Treat Pod
❑
Stone pad size large enough for pod to set on (6'W x 91 x 4'H)?
❑
Stone pad depth sufficient and leveled for pod to drain towards 4" outlet?
❑
Is pod leveled and sloped 1" toward the bottom outlet drain?
❑
Is 4" return line to by-pass valve installed and per code?
❑
Are PVC fittings and pipe cleaned, primed, and glued properly?
N
❑
Is the return line sized according to manufacturer's recommendations?
r
❑
Is return line watertight?
—
❑
Pod lid secured and cleaned off?
0)
r+
p�
Soil Grading Around Pad
n
❑
Is area covered with suitable topsoil (free from large stones or sharp objects) around the pod?
❑
Is suitable topsoil packed around pod?
❑
Is suitable topsoil been lightly compacted around lid of pod to prevent settling?
(A
❑
Is the area been seeded and straw placed on top of topsoil for stabilization?
fD
n
COlrlucn ranC, and EIM;LFIGaI
r+
O�
Check all that apply:
n
0
Type of timer: ❑ Analog ❑ Digital
S
Elapsed Time Meter: ❑ Yes ❑ No
nCycle
Counter: ❑ Yes ❑ No
Panel heater: ❑ Yes ❑ No
(A
e'+
❑
Is control panel installed per manufacturer's requirements and code?
❑
Is a NEMA 4X junction box used for all float and pump connections?
❑
Are floats installed, connected, and tested?
(type, gauge and length of wire, connected using water -proof connectors, and the conduit sealed -off)
❑ Is power connected per code?
(type, gauge and length of wire, and the conduit sealed -off)
❑ Is conduit used between control panel and re -circulation tank?
❑ Is the re -circulation pump timer set based on the manufacturer's criteria?
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

E� TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Design Guide
and
Installation Manual
NSF
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI40
NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 Treatment Process Overview 1
2.0 Design
1
2.1
Re -circulation Tank Sizing 1
2.2
Filter Performance 2
2.3
Operating Costs 2
2.4
E-Z Treat Loading Rates 2
2.5
System Overview 3
2.6
Spray Manifold System 7
2.7
Filter Media Mattress Material 7
2.8
Decentralized Design Options for Commercial,
Community, or Large On -site Systems 8
3.0 Installation Instructions
12
3.1
Pre -construction Meeting
12
3.2
Off Loading Treatment System
12
3.3
Excavating and Installing the Pod
13
3.4
Piping the E-Z Treat Pod Supply and Return
13
3.5
Installing the By -Pass Valve
13
3.6
Installing the Re -circulation Pump
14
3.7
Setting Pump Control Floats
14
4.0 Start-up 15
Appendix 1: Model 600 Configurations 18
Appendix 2: Model 1200 Configurations 20
Appendix 3: Typical Commercial Configurations 22
Appendix 4: High Strength Waste Case Study 24

1.0 Treatment Process Overview
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system operates as a fixed media, packed bed filter
system. In these treatment systems, larger solids contained in the applied effluent are
retained within the media by filtration, typically in the upper level of the filter media. A bacterial
film forms on the surface of media grains and provides for removal of soluble organic material
and small colloidal matter by absorption by the bacteria in the film. Decomposition of the
absorbed material occurs during rest periods in the filter, when there is no application of
effluent. The organic material becomes an energy source for the bacteria to maintain them-
selves and produce new cells. Over time, as the filter matures, the film layer forms through-
out the depth of the filter media and by-products of the biological process pass out of the fil-
ter. Re -circulation of the water leaving the filter back through the filter surface provides for
additional treatment by the bacteria in the media bed, as well as a mechanism for moving par-
tially decomposed organic materials, bacterial waste products and other debris from the fil-
ter. This keeps the pore spaces within the media from clogging. Treatment using recirculating
media filtration systems is generally an aerobic process and re -aeration of the media, which
occurs during the resting (non -dosing) periods, is essential for proper treatment.
Table 1 Recommended System & Re -circulation Chamber
Sizes for Residential Applications
2.0 Design I I , W. � , 0 9 ., Mr. P.M -4
..,
Many types of media are
")11�Model 600 Model
used in packed bed filters.
300
750
300
1 1
Washed, graded sand
400
750
400
1 1
was the most common.
500
900
500
1 1
Other granular media
600
900
600
1 1
used include crushed
700
1000
700
1 1
glass, garnet, anthracite,
800
1000
800
2 1
plastic, expanded clay,
900
1500
900
2 1
expanded shale, open -cell
1000
1500
1000
2 1
foam, extruded poly-
1100
1500
1100
2 1
styrene, and bottom ash
1200
2000
1200
2 1
from coal-fired power
1300
2000
1300
2 1
plants.
1400
2000
1400
2 1
Notes:
1. Tank sizing
are not exact and
may vary (+ or-10%)
based on availability of locally
Media characteristics
produced tanks.
can limit the number of
2. Forseasonal
or intermittent
use applications,
please contact us for design guidance.
doses possible. Media
re -aeration must occur
between doses. As the
effective size of the media decreases, the
time for drainage and re -aeration of the
media increases. The BOD5 loading should
decrease with decreasing effective size
of the sand.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
2.1
For single-family home systems, the re-
circulation tank is typically sized to be equal
to 0.75 to 1 times the design peak daily flow.
©2017 E-Z Treat

2.2 filter Performance
When treating domestic strength sewage
(300 mg/I BOD5 or less) up to the design flows
and loads, a properly maintained E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter will typically
perform better than the 30-day average
requirements of NSF Standard 40 Class 1
(25 mg/I CBOD5 and 30 mg/I TSS).
Reductions in the CBOD5 and suspended
solids (TSS) influent concentrations will be
attained within a few weeks of commissioning
and should be consistently achieved over the
lifetime of the styrene media.
CBOD5 and suspended solids (TSS) treatment
performance in the styrene media is not
subject to significant variation with ambient
air temperature fluctuations.
2.3 operating Costs
Power costs for pumping at 3 to 4 kWh/day
are in the range of $9 to $12/month.
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
system incorporates technology resulting
from years of independent research in
re -circulation sand bio-filtration. Our system
applies each area of this technology in a pre-
packaged system. This ensures consistent
field performance in reducing BOD, TSS and
Total Nitrogen. The system addresses media
size and composition, drainage and ventilation,
optimum dosing cycles per hour, depth of
filter media, pre-treatment of effluent,
pre -filtering of effluent to ensure particle size,
even distribution of effluent over the media,
and piping design that optimize treatment
within the system.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
Table 2
NSF Testing Performance Summary
BOD5
2 mg/I
TSS
2 mg/I
DO
3.3 mg/I
Turbidity
2 NTU
E. coli
2 MPN/100ml
pH
6.8 — 7.5
Total Nitrogen Reduction
64%
*with optional UV disinfection
2.4 E-Z Treat Loading Rates
In accordance with the EPA Design Guidelines
and field testing of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating
Synthetic Filter Model 600 can be continuously
loaded at 750 GPD and 2 lb BOD. Model 1200
can be continuously loaded at 1400 GPD and
4Ib BOD. EPA research and testing has
proven that system designs, such as the E-Z
Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system,
will produce a high quality effluent at loading
rates in excess of 25 gal/ft2/day.
©2017 E-Z Treat

2.5 System Overview
Prior to entering the re -circulating pump tank
the effluent will be treated in an anaerobic
chamber fitted with an effluent filter; this
filter should remove any solids greater
than 1/16". The second chamber will be a
re -circulation chamber fitted with a float ball
by-pass valve and re -circulation pump. The
float ball by-pass valve connects, inside the
re -circulation tank, to the 4" return line from
■
41
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
the pod. Thefloat by-passvalve maintains a
constant liquid volume in the re -circulation
tank. The float by-pass valve allows the
effluent to be constantly re -circulated through
the synthetic filter discharging only the daily
forward flow volume after it has passed
through the pod. In designs using an external
splitter box the float by-pass valve would be
eliminated from the re -circulation chamber.
Standard Model 600 Package:
1 I Model 600 Pod
2 I STEP-20 Re -circulation Pump, 1/2 HP
3
4
5
Float By -Pass Valve
Control Panel
Septic Tank Effluent Filter (supplied by others)
Recirculation Pump is changed to
STEP 30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat.
©2017 E-Z Treat 3

STEP-20 Re -circulation Pump Recirculation Pump is changed to
STEP 30 1/2 hp by E-Z Treat.
Table 3 Pump Specifications
Shell
Stainless steel
Discharge
10, 20 and 30 GPM models: fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic; 50 GPM models: stainless steel
Discharge Bearing
Nylatron®
Impellers
Delrin®
Diffusers
Polycarbonate
Suction Caps
Polycarbonate with stainless steel wear ring
Thrust Pads
Proprietary specification
Shaft and Coupling
Stainless steel 300 grade
Intake
Fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic
Intake Screen
Polypropylene
Jacketed Cord
300 volt "SOOW" jacketed 10" leads (2-wire with ground); optional 20", 30", 50" and 100" lengths available
Delrin° is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours & Company
Nylatron° is a registered trademark of Polymer Corporation
S.T.E.P. Plus° is a registered trademark of Pentair Water
In order to provide the best products possible, specifications ar subject to change
Table 4 Pump Performance — 20 GPM
CO
0
300 r
250
200
100
50
Capacity Liters per Minute
25 50 75 100
0 10 20
Capacity Gallons per Minute
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
30
80
60
E
40 a
20
©2017 E-Z Treat

2.6 Spray Manifold Systei,6
To maximize the effectiveness of every
cubic inch of the media material, the
Model 600 employs a spray manifold
with 8 evenly spaced wide-angle spray
nozzles and Model 1200 employs
12 nozzles. The nozzles are plastic
construction with a free passage of
0.0625" in diameter; this large free
passage helps prevent nozzle clogging
while maintaining a consistent misting
spray. The manifold is assembled
with a pressure gauge and valves
allowing for flow rate adjustments.
2.7 Filter Media Mattress Material
MOD
ZMGE
I- Wt VALVE
III
Model1200 91.50 `SPRAYHOZU
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
system employs a manufactured synthetic
media which is encapsulated in a mattress
like container. The mattress is fabricated from
a non -biodegradable; chemically resistant,
loose weave polypropylene material with a
weave pattern at 90 degree intersections
creating 0.078 square openings allowing
effluent and air to flow freely while containing
the media material.
This media is very uniform and provides ample
surface area for biological growth. The media
also has enough voids to accommodate good
air and liquid flow. These void spaces also
allow the passage of very small solids that
would clog many filters. The media is very
lightweight making it resistant to compaction
which can lead to poor air and liquid flows, a
problem that plagues many media filters.
The media consists of lightweight, non -
biodegradable plastic spheres.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
6ALLVALVE
Polypropylene Mattress Material
Styrene Media
©2017 E-Z Treat

3.0 Installation Instructions
E-Z Treat Company or its representative will conduct on -site training with each installer before
they are certified to install E-Z Treat systems. The training will include instruction on proper
site prep, locating pod, equipment handling, excavation, pod placement, piping, wiring and
start up of the E-Z Treat system. Annual classroom training will be a requirement for installers
to maintain their certification. As a condition of E-Z Treat certification, contractors must have
proper state and local licenses and appropriate insurance policies. E-Z Treat distributors will
only sell or authorize installations by E-Z Treat certified installers.
The E-Z Treatment pod will ship pre -assembled, requiring only field piping of the pod supply line
and discharge line, installing the re -circulation pump, 4" float by-pass valve and the re -circulation
control. When installing the E-Z Treat system the order of components installation is not
critical and each segment can be installed independently.
3.1 Pre -construction Meeting
A pre -construction meeting is recommended
before any construction commences. This
meeting is an opportunity for the owner,
builder, engineer/designer, local regulatory
agencies, service provider and installer to
clarify property lines, building location, system
location, power sources, drainage areas, final
site grading and answer general questions.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
3.2 Off Loading Treatment System
The E-Z Treat Re -circulation Synthetic Filter
pod is injection molded polyethylene weighing
about 300 pounds. Because of the relative light
weight and toughness of the material, special
handling is not required. Two people can easily
unload the pod. If machinery is used to off load
the pod or transport it to the excavated hole;
nylon straps, chains or cables used to lift the
pod should be in good condition and rated for
at least 1000 pounds. The re -circulation pump
and control will be shipped in factory sealed
cardboard box, these items are not fragile but
should be handled with reasonable care not
dropped or thrown.
©2017 E-Z Treat

3.3 Excavating and Installing the Pod
The first consideration when installing the
E-Z Treat pod is to assure the pod is not
located in a drainage area and the pod is
located above the seasonal high water table,
this will protect the pod from floating and
prevent surface water infiltration.
Excavate a hole approximately
6'W x 9'L x 4'H.
Place 3/4" to 1" stone or equal to a height of
4" in the bottom of the excavation forming
a level base for the pod to set, this will
prevent settling of the pod and allow for
leveling of the pod.
Backfill the pod with clean fill soil, free of
rocks and foreign material. Do not compact
the fill, allow the soil to settle naturally.
Once the pod is placed in the excavation
adjust the pod to slope 1" toward the 4"
PVC outlet this assure proper drainage.
3.4 Piping the E-Z Treat Pod Supply
and Return
Once the pod is placed and leveled,
connect 4" PVC pipe between the outlet
of the pod and the by-pass valve located
in the re -circulation tank.
Attach 1" PVC supply line between the 1"
inlet on the pod and the re -circulation pump.
3.5 Installing the By -Pass Valve
The by-pass valve is located in the re -circu-
lation tank and one side is connected to the
4" PVC drain line coming from the pod and
the other side is connected to the 4" PVC
effluent discharge line or into the effluent
pump tank.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
Model 600 Pod
Floz
4" Outlet
Weir
©2017 E-Z Treat 13

3.6 Installing the Re -circulation Puml
Connect the 1" PVC pipe between the inlet of
the pod and the re -circulation pump.
Always provide a quick disconnect device for
removing the pump, this can be accomplished
with a union, camlock coupler or pitless
adapter.
DO NOT install a check valve in the pump
supply line this will prevent the supply line to
the pod spray manifold from draining and
may cause freezing.
To ensure complete drainage of the spray
manifold drill an 1/8" hole in the PVC pump
supply pipe just above the discharge end of
the pump.
3.7 Setting Pump Control Floats (see page 6)
The control panel will come with three liquid
level floats:
Float Settings
1. Low Level Alarm Float protects the
pump from run dry damage by turning
off the pump and sound an audible
and visual alarm. Set float to activate
if the effluent level drops to 4" above
the pump intake.
2. Timer Enable Float activates the
pump run time and assures the pump
only runs when there is sufficient
effluent in the re -circulation tank. Set
float to activate when effluent level in
the recirculation tank is filled to 50%.
3. High Level Alarm Float will sound an
audible and visual alarm when the
effluent in the re -circulation tank is
too high. Set float to activate when
the effluent level in the in the re-
circulation tank is level with the top
of the by-pass valve.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
1/8" Hole
©2017 E-Z Treat 14

4.0 Start-up
Septic Tank and Re -circulation Tank
The septic and re -circulation tank shall be
inspected prior to start up to:
Verify the lid and riser assemblies are
watertight. Check for any damaged, water
weeping marks, holes or cracks. The sys-
tem must remain watertight to perform
properly.
Inspect the outlet effluent filter installation
to insure it is installed in accordance with
the effluent filter manufacturer's specifi-
cations.
Inspect the liquid level in the recirculation
tank, the liquid should be sufficient to
activate the Timer Enable Float.
4. Inspect the location of the float controls.
They should be securely attached to the
float bracket, free to float without
obstructions and the location of the floats
should correspond with the float diagram
on page 10.
Power Supply
1. Verify the main power supply to the re-
circulation panel has properly sized
breakers, the proper voltage and is
installed in protection water tight conduit.
Check the voltage and motor amp draw. If
the readings are beyond the limits speci-
fied on the pump have an electrician check
the main service line feeding the system
control panel.
By -Pass Valve
1. Verify the main power supply to the re-
circulation panel has properly sized
breakers, the proper voltage and is
installed in protection water tight conduit.
Check the voltage and motor amp draw. If
the readings are beyond the limits specified
on the pump have an electrician check
the main service line feeding the system
control panel.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
Flush the Spray Manifold
1. At initial system start-up, remove the end
caps from the spray manifold. Operate the
re -circulation pump by turning the pump
control to the "HAND -ON" position. Let
the pump run for one minute then turn the
pump control to the "OFF" position repeat
this procedure three times to flush any
construction debris such as dirt or pipe
shavings from the spray manifold. Replace
the end caps hand tight —do not use
wrenches or pliers. Re -set the pump con-
trol selector switch to the "AUTO" position.
2. Using the ball valve located in the manifold
supply line adjust the manifold pressure to
20 to 25 PSI.
3.Observe the system as it re -circulates.
Visually verify all liquids flows freely
through the system.
Setting the Re -circulation Pump Control
1. Check the functions of the E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter control panel.
Control: Main Control "ON/OFF" switch
Function: Turns power ON or OFF
Control: System Setting Switch
"MANUAL ON" and "AUTO ON"
Function: "MANUAL ON" overrides all float
switches and time clock switches. "AUTO ON"
allows for normal operations dictated by the
time clock and float switches.
Control: Timer
"MINUTES ON" and "MINUTES OFF"
Function: Controls run time of re -circulation
pump i.e. GPD re -circulated through media
Control: High and Low WaterAlarm "ALARM ON",
"ALARM AUTO" and "ALARM SILENCE"
Function: "ALARM ON" will manually turn on
the audio/visual alarms. "ALARM AUTO" is the
normal operational setting and "ALARM SILENCE"
turns off the alarms.
2. Check re -circulation pump. Place the system
in the manual mode by turning the re -circu-
lation pump switch to "ON': The re -circula-
tion pump should begin to supply effluent
to the spray nozzles in the treatment pod.
©2017 E-Z Treat

Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms
I. Place the system in the normal operating
mode by turning the re -circulation pump
switch to "AUTO". Verify the timer
ON/OFF set the ON/OFF time to match
Table 5 below.
2. Verify the accuracy of the system ON/OFF
Timer. To accomplish this use a stop
watch and verify the length of time the
re -circulation pump is OFF then verify the
time the re -circulation pump is ON. Those
times should match the ON/OFF Timer
settings in the control panel.
3. Confirm the operation of the visual and
audible "HIGH" and "LOW" water alarms.
The control has an alarm switch clearly
marked Alarm "ON", Alarm "AUTO" and
Alarm "SILENCE". Place the Alarm Switch
in the "ON" position, you will hear a loud
buzzer and see a red flashing light. Move
the switch to the Alarm" SILENCE"
position the red light and buzzer will go
dormant. Once the alarms have been
triggered return all settings to their
original position of Alarm "AUTO"
Table 5 Timer Settings
4. Verify the floats are operational by manually
raising and lowering the floats to simulate
the systems normal operation. Verify proper
operation of "High Level Float" by lifting
the float while the system timer is in the
"OFF" time mode, the re -circulation pump
should turn on over riding the "OFF" timer,
the Visual and Audible alarms should
activate. Return the float to its normal
position the re -circulation pump will turn
off. Reset the alarms and manually lower
the "Low Water Float" with timer in the
"ON" mode, the re -circulation pump will
turn off and the visual/audible alarms will
activate. Return the float to the normal
position and the re -circulation pump will
run. Reset the Alarms.
5. Verify all control breakers are in the "ON"
position and all control switches are in
the "AUTO" position before closing and
securing the system.
300
750
300
2.5
24
2.5
39
400
750
400
2.5
20
2.5
28
500
900
500
2.5
16
2.5
22
600
900
600
2.5
14
2.5
18
700
1000
700
2.5
21
2.5
15
800
1000
800
2.5
18
2.5
13
900
1500
900
2.5
15
2.5
11
1000
1500
1000
2.5
13
2.5
9
1100
1500
1100
2.5
12
2.5
8
1200
2000
1200
2.5
10
2.5
7.5
Note: Tank sizing are not exact and may vary (+or-10%) based on availability of locally produced tanks.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 16

M
Appendix 4 High Strength Waste Case Study
Below are the test results of E-Z Treat Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter system in a high strength
waste application. This was a repair of a failed High Strength Aerobic Treatment Unit at a
restaurant. The effluent from the ATU plugged the drip field and the tubing had to be replaced.
The health department required the effluent to achieve residential strength quality before
dispersal to the subsurface drip tubing. The solution was to install two Model 1200 pods. The
state required monthly testing the first six months and annual testing thereafter. The average
daily flow is 1,500 GPD. The system has been operation since 2009 and the media has not
been replaced or cleaned.
Table 6 BOD Loading
Parameter Effluent, Avg
Daily Flow
1,500
Influent BOD loading
1900 mg/I
Influent BOD mass load
24 Ibs/day
BOD mass load per pod
12 Ibs/day
Table 7 Commercial Test Results (sample restaurant)
Influent sample location: First septic tank outlet
Effluent sample location: E-Z Treat outfall
Note: System repairs completed by 7/9/2009
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 24

Recirculation Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
The STEP Plus 4" submersible filtered
effluent pumps in 10, 20, 30 and 50 GPM
models offer dependable performance
and value for high pressure filtered
effluent applications.
These STEP Plus pumps will handle
"dry run" conditions.
The 10, 20, 30 and 50 GPM are industry
standard 3-3/4" in diameter.
Filtered Effluent... for residential,
commercial, and agricultural use.
Shell - Stainless steel
Discharge -
10, 20 and 30 GPM models:
fiberglass -reinforced thermoplastic;
50 GPM models: stainless steel
Discharge Bearing — Nylatron®
Impellers — Engineered composite
Diffusers — Engineered composite
Suction Caps — Engineered composite with
stainless steel
wear ring
Thrust Pads — Proprietary spec.
Shaft and coupling — Stainless steel300
grade
Intake — Engineered composite
Intake Screen — Polypropylene
Jacketed Cord — 600 Volt "SOOW"
or 300 Volt "SJOW" jacketed 10' leads
(2-wire with ground); optional 20', 30', 50'
and 100' lengths available
In order to provide the best products possible, specifications are subject to change.
Proven "Floating Impeller" Staging
System —Incorporates 1st -in -class
performance, sand handling and thrust
management staging system with the
industry exclusive "dry -run" design
element. Reinforced engineered composites
and stainless steel, offering high resistance
to corrosion and abrasion.
Discharge — Tested -tough, fiberglass -
reinforced thermoplastic, with proven
internal check valve. Large wrench flats and
rope hole.
Shell — Stainless steel pump shell offers
high corrosion resistance.
Shaft — Hexagonal3/8", 300-grade stainless
steel pump shaft; offers generous impeller
drive surfaces.
Shaft Bearing — Exclusive self-
lubricating Nylatron bearing resists wear
surface from sand.
Motor Bracket— Tested -tough, fiberglass -
reinforced thermoplastic; incorporates an
integral suction screen.
►; PENTAIR 1 S11411WS

Recirculation Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
,.� ,.
CATALOG
NUMBER
,,
HP
STAGES
MAX. LOAD
AMPS
VOLTS
PHASE/
CYCLES
CORD
LENGTH
STEP10
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
10'
STEP10X10OFT-05121
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
100'
STEP10X30FT
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
30'
STEP10X50FT
1/2
7
12.0
115
1/60
50'
STEP20
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
10'
STEP20X100FT-05121
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
100'
STEP20X30FT
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
30'
STEP20X50FT
1/2
5
12.0
115
1/60
50'
STEP30-05121
1/2
3
9.5
115
1/60
10'
STEP30X100FT-05121
1/2
3
12.0
115
1/60
100'
STEP30X30FT-05121
1/2
1 3
1 12.0
j 115
j 1/60
j 30'
STEP30X50FT-05121
1/2
3
12.0
115
1/60
50'
SIEP30-05221
1/2
3
4./
230
1/6U
I
STEP30X100FT-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
100'
STEP30X30FT-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
30'
STEP30X50FT-05221
1/2
3
4.7
230
1/60
50'
STEP30-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
10'
STEP30X100FT-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
100'
STEP30X30FT-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
30'
STEP30X50FT-10221
1
5
9.1
230
1/60
50'
STEP30-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
10'
STEP30X100FT-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
100'
STEP30X30FT-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
30'
STEP30X50FT-15221
1-1/2
6
11.0
230
1/60
50'
STEP50-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
10'
STEP50X100FT-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
100'
STEP50X30FT-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
30'
STEP50X50FT-10221
1
3
9.1
230
1/60
50'
STEP50-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
10'
STEP50X100FT-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
100'
STEP50X30FT-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
30'
STEP50X50FT-15221
1-1/2
4
11.0
230
1/60
50'
NOTE: Cord Length shall be determined by site condition
S11411WS

Recirculation Pump
STA-RITE'ST.E.P Plus Series NOTE: by ase
see pump curve
provided by E-Z Treat
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175
I I I I I I I
225
200
175
F 150
W
W
LL
Z 125
13
x 100
J
F
OF 75
50
25
N---------
_�'_------
---`------
-M�%imm
--
---�
0 10 20 30 40
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
.60
-50
-10
i 0
50
F 80
W
W
LL
Z
Q 60
w
x
J
F
40
U I LU JU 4U JU bU /U OU
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
10
3 511411WS

Recirculation Pump
STA-RITEO ST.E.P Plus Series
4" high -head multi -stage submersible effluent pumps
1-1/4" NPT
DISCHARGE
2" NPT DISCHARGE
(50 GPM ONLY)
10 GPM, 1/2 HP = 13"
20 GPM, 1/2 HP = 13-1/4"
30 GPM, 1/2 HP = 11-1/2"
30 GPM, 1 HP = 14"
30 GPM, 1-1/2 HP = 15-1/4"
50 GPM, 1 HP = 13-1/4"
50 GPM, 1-1/2 HP = 15-1/4"
10 GPM, 1/2 HP = 21-1/2"
20 GPM, 1/2 HP = 22-1/4"
30 GPM, 1/2 HP = 22-1/2"
30 GPM, 1 HP = 27-1/2"
30 GPM, 1-1/2 HP = 30-1/4"
50 GPM, 1 HP = 26-3/4"
50 GPM, 1-1/2 HP = 30-1/4"
Dimensions (in inches) are for estimating purposes only.
293 WRIGHT STREET, DELAVAN, WI 53115 WWW.STA-RITE.COM PH. 888-782-7483 ORDERS FAX [phone]
PE NTAI
Because we are continuously improving our products and services, Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
S11411WS (09/10/14)

225
200
175
150
W
W
LL
Z- 125
4
W
= 100
J
75
50
25
Recirculation Pump
E-Z Treat
Mod.#600
20PSI @ Spray Manifold or 46 Ft Head
@20 PSI Flow Per Spray Nozzle 1.7 GPM
8 Nozzles Per Mod.#600
Total Flow Required 13.6 GPM
CAPACITY LITERS PER MINUTE
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175
•4
i
0 10 20 30 40 50
CAPACITY GALLONS PER MINUTE
60
50
W
40 2
Z
10
0

NON-CORRO
REFLECTIVE & PRC
SLEEVE --
RP A4lNIIFACN9lG.�AM' ��
pr
R P A4INIIFACr WN0 6 ICN Of
RRDI®9l
5
USER PIPE
I GRADE
INLET
d" WELL CAP
17.Oa
LAMP
urasso�xn�SPEGF@ N�n1! Crwi!
Du,�era�orRs.cEwwcHes oxnwr� PATENT If US 7,550,742 B?
ro�anr .
rucrbr��x open TIT' E:
nHGLUR: M1xCHS 1�10 L
MOM UV-1 U2 ❑AUL LAMP
Nf H8H1'GEOMARIC QA
�- LYIMNLN
FLOW RATE SIZE DWG. P=.
10 GALLONS A
A MINUTE
—C—n. o6n Ti r LE WkWNG SCALE- 120 WEIGHT- SHEEP 1 OF 1
i 4 3 2

MINI - C L I IC Sensor: Rain
This sensor halts scheduled irrigation when it detects a preset level of rain
has fallen to stop water waste.
KEY BENEFITS
• Shuts off sprinkler system automatically when it rains
• Adjustable from''/s" to 3/4" of rainfall
Debris tolerant for reliable operation ■` "`
• Mountable to gutters using (P/N SGM)
• Stainless steel guard with Mini-Clik sensor for commercial applications
(P/N SG -MC)
• Compatible with most irrigation controllers
MINI-CLIK SG -MC
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS Height:2" stainless steel sensor guard
Length: 6" enclosure for Mini-Clik
• Switch rating (24 VAC): 5 A (includes Mini-Clik)
• Includes 25 of 20 AWG sheathed, two -conductor, UL-approved wire Height: Sv2"
• Approvals: UL, cUL, FCC, CIE, RCM Length:3"
Width: 4"
• Warranty period: 5 years
Amok
4&
MINI-CLIK SGM
Model Description Optional gutter mount
P Height: h"
MINI-CLIK Wired rain sensor Length:3"
MINI-CLIK-NO Wired rain sensor with normally open
switch
SG -MC Stainless steel sensor guard with Mini-Clik
sensor
SGM Optional gutter mount
MINI-CLIK INSTALLATION
Visit hunterindustries.com RESIDENTIAL& COMMERCIAL IRRIGATION Built on Innovation' 135

Badger Meter
Model I-P-5/8'; 5/8" x 3/4"
DESCRIPTION
Recordall' Disc Meters
Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8", 5/8" x 3/4", 3/4" & 1"
NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372 Certified
Model 55-1"
Model 25-5/8" 5/8" x 3/4"
The Recordall Disc Series meters meet or exceed the most recent revision
of AWWA Standard C700 and are available in a lead-free bronze alloy. The
meters comply with the lead-free provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act,
are certified to NSF/ANSI Standards 61 and 372 (Trade Designations: MLP-LL,
M25-LL, M35-LL, M55-LL, M70-LL) and carry the NSF-61 mark on the housing.
All components of the lead-free bronze alloy meter (housing, measuring
element, seals, and so on) comprise the certified system.
Applications: For use in measurement of potable cold water in residential,
commercial and industrial services where flow is in one direction only.
Operation: Water flows through the meter's strainer and into the measuring
chamber where it causes the disc to nutate.The disc, which moves freely,
nutates on its own ball, guided by a thrust roller. A drive magnet transmits
the motion of the disc to a follower magnet located within the permanently
sealed register.The follower magnet is connected to the register gear train.
The gear train reduces the disc nutations into volume totalization units
displayed on the register or encoder face.
Operating Performance: The Recordall Disc Series meters meet or exceed
registration accuracy for the low flow rates (95%), normal operating flow
rates (100 ± 1.5%), and maximum continuous operation flow rates as
specifically stated in AWWA Standard C700.
Construction: Recordall Disc meter construction, which complies with
ANSI/AWWA standard C700, consists of three basic components: meter
housing, measuring chamber and permanently sealed register or encoder.
The meter is available in a lead-free bronze alloy with externally -threaded
spuds. A corrosion -resistant engineered polymer material is used for the
measuring chamber.
Magnetic Drive: Direct magnetic drive, through the use of high -strength
magnets, provides positive, reliable and dependable register coupling for
straight -reading or AMR/AMI meter reading options.
Tamper -Proof Features: Unauthorized removal of the register or encoder
is inhibited bythe option of a tamper detection seal wire screw,TORX®
tamper -resistant seal screw or the proprietary tamper -resistant keyed seal
screw. Each can be installed at the meter site or at the factory.
Model 35-3/4"
\ 4.
Model 70-1"
Maintenance: Badger Meter Recordall Disc Series meters are designed and
manufactured to provide long-term service with minimal maintenance.
When maintenance is required, it can be performed easily either at the meter
installation or at any other convenient location.
To simplify maintenance, the register, measuring chamber, and strainer can
be replaced without removing the meter housing from the installation. No
change gears are required for accuracy calibration. Interchangeability of
parts among like -sized meters and meter models also minimizes spare parts
inventory investment. The built-in strainer has an effective straining area of
twice the inlet size.
Connections: Tailpieces/Unions for installations of meters on various pipe
types and sizes, including misaligned pipes, are available as an option.
Meter Spud and Connection Sizes
IV
ing
Ind
Tailpiece
Model
Size x Laying
„B„
Nut
Pipe
Designation Length
Bore Dia.
Spud Thread
Thread
(NPT)
5/8" x 7-1/2"
5/8"
3/4" (5/8")
1/2"
LP
5/8" x 3/4" x 7-1 /2"
5/8", 3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
5/8" x 7-1/2"
5/8"
3/4" (5/8")
1/2"
25
5/8" x 3/4" x 7-1 /2"
5/8", 3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
3/4" x 7-1/2"
3/4"
1"(3/4")
3/4"
35
3/4" x 9"
3/4"
1 " (3/4")
3/4"
3/4" x 1 " x 9"
3/4"
1-1 /4" (1 ")
ill
55
1" x 10-3/4"
1"
1-1/4"(1")
1"
70
1" x 10-3/4"
1"
1-1/4"(1")
1"
RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA (October 2015)
Product Data Sheet

Recordoll ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8'; 5/81'x 3/4'; 3/4"& I"
SPECIFICATIONS
Model LP
Model 25
Model 35
Model 55
Model 70
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
(3/4")
(111)
(111)
Typical Operating
Range
0.5...20 gpm
0.5...25 gpm
0.75...35 gpm
1...55 gpm
1.25...70 gpm
(0.11...4.5 m3/hr)
(0.11...5.7 m3/hr)
(0.17...7.9 m3/hr)
(0.23 ... 12.5 m3/hr)
(0.28...16 m3/hr)
0.25 gpm
0.25 gpm
0.375 gpm
0.5 gpm
0.75 gpm
Low Flow
(0.057 m3/hr)
(0.057 m3/hr)
(0.085 m3/hr)
(0.11 m3/hr)
(0.17 m3/hr)
Min. 95%
Min. 98.5%
Min. 97%
Min. 95%
Min. 95%
Maximum
Continuous
10 gpm
15 gpm
25 gpm
40 gpm
50 gpm
Operation
(2,3 m3/hr)
(3A m3/hr)
(5.7 m3/hr)
(9.1 m3/hr)
(11.3 m3/hr)
5/8" size:
5/8" size:
Pressure Loss
2 psi @ 10 gpm
3.5 psi @ 15 gpm
at Maximum
(0.14 bar @ 2.3 m3/hr)
(0.24 bar @ 3.4 m3/hr)
5 psi @ 25 gpm
3.4 psi @ 40 gpm
6.5 psi @ 50 gpm
Continuous
5/8" x 3/4" size:
5/8" x 3/4" size:
(0.37 bar @ 5.7 m3/hr)
(0.23 bar @ 9.1 m3/hr)
WAS bar @ 11.3 m3/hr)
Operation
1.5 psi @ 10 gpm
2.8 psi @ 15 gpm
(0.10 bar @ 2.3 m3/hr)
(0.19 bar @ 3.4 m3/hr)
Maximum
Operating
80' F (26' C)
Temperature
Maximum
Operating
150 psi (10 bar)
Pressure
Measuring
Nutating disc, positive displacement
Element
Available in NL bronze and engineered polymer to fit spud threadbare diameter sizes:
Meter
5/8" size:
Connections
5/8" or
5/8" ON 15 mm)
3/4" ON 20 mm)
1" (DN 25 mm)
1" ON 25 mm)
3/4" ON 15 mm)
5/8" x 3/4" size:
3/4" ON 15 mm)
iviHi'ERIALS
Model LP
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
Model 25
(5/8" & 5/8" x 3/4")
Model 35
(3/4")
Model 55
(1")
Model 70
(1")
Meter Housing
Lead-free bronze alloy
Housing Bottom Plates
Lead-free bronze alloy, cast iron,
engineered polymer
Cast iron, lead-free bronze alloy
Measuring Chamber
Engineered polymer
Disc
Engineered polymer
Trim
Stainless steel
Strainer
Engineered polymer
Disc Spindle
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Magnet
Ceramic
Ceramic
Ceramic
Polymer bonded
Ceramic
Magnet Spindle
Engineeredpolymer
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Engineered polymer
Stainless steel
Register Lid and Shroud
Engineered polymer, bronze
Page 2 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
DIMENSIONS
Meter Size
Model
A
Laying Length
B
Height Reg.
C
Centerline Base
Width
Approx. Shipping
Weight
5/8"and 5/8"x 3/4"(15 mm)
LP
7-1/2" (190 mm)
3.70" (94 mm)
1.26" (32 mm)
3.75" (95 mm)
3 lb (1.4 kg)
5/8" (15 mm)
25
7-1/2" (190 mm)
4-15/16" (125 mm)
1-11/16" (42 mm)
4-1/4" (108 mm)
4-1/21b (2 kg)
5/8" x 3/4" (15 mm)
7-1/2" (190 mm)
4-15/16" (125 mm)
1-11/16" (42 mm)
4-1/4" (108 mm)
4-1/21b (2 kg)
3/4" (20 mm)
35
7-1/2" (190 mm)
5-1/4" (133 mm)
1-5/8" (41 mm)
5" (127 mm)
5-1/2 lb (2.5 kg)
3/4" (20 mm)
9" (229 mm)
5-1/4" (133 mm)
1-5/8" (41 mm)
5" (127 mm)
5-3/4 lb (2.6 kg)
3/4" x 1" (20 mm)
9" (229 mm)
5-1/4" (133 mm)
1-5/8" (41 mm)
5" (127 mm)
6 1 b (2.7 kg)
1" (25 mm)
55
10-3/4" (273 mm)
6" (152 mm)
2-1/32" (52 mm)
6-1/4" (159 mm)
8-3/4 lb (3.9 kg)
1" (25 mm)
70
10-3/4" (273 mm)
6-1/2" (165 mm)
2-5/16" (59 mm)
7-3/4" (197 mm)
11-1 /2 lb (5.2 kg)
REGISTERS / ENCODERS
Standard —Sweep -Hand Registration
The standard register is a straight -reading, permanently sealed magnetic drive register. Dirt, moisture, tampering and lens fogging problems are eliminated.
The register has a six -odometer wheel totalization display, 360'test circle with center sweep hand, and flow finder to detect leaks. Register gearing is made of
self-lubricating engineered polymer, which minimizes friction and provides long life. Them ulti-position register simplifies meter installation and reading. The
register capacity is 10,000,000 gallons (1,000,000 ft3,100,000 ml).
A Model 25 register is used in the following example:
"W 1 ",,,,
9 25
Recordalr
_ O
,7 Gallons 3;
%6 5 4:
i
\.9 M �.1 1
25
Recordalr
O
-,-"" o O -
'-.7 Cubic Feet .3�
6 .6 4
',i..
0,09 25 0,01
Recordalr
-0,0a o:�=
-� o O
,0,07_ m_3 _ 0,03;
00000�
0,06 0,04
0,05
,,I..
Optional —Encoders for AMR/AMI Reading Solutions
Model
Gallon
Cubic
Feet
Cubic
Meter
LP
10
1
0.1
25 (5/8")
10
1
0.1 /0.01
25 (5/8" x 3/4")
10
1
0.1 /0.01
35
10
1
0.1
55
10
1
0.1
70
10
1
0.1
AMR/AMI solutions are available for all Recordall Disc Series meters. All reading options can be removed from the meter without disrupting water service.
Badger Meter encoders provide years of reliable, accurate readings for a variety of applications and are also available pre -wired to Badger Meter approved
AMR/AMI solutions. See details at www.badgermeter.com.
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 3

Recordall ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8','5/8"x 3/4','3/4"& I"
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
Model LP 5/8"
Mimi,
MEN
ME
15-
mmm
ME
MIMI
Qj
Model LP 5/8" x 3/4"
1 10 In An 100
20
15
0
J
d 10
U1
a`
5
0
Model 25 5/8"
1 10 100
A r R ?n an rn Rn
25
20
15
0
v �
d 10
v
5
0
Page 4 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
Model 25 5/8" x 3/4"
1 a r a 10 an rn 52n100
25
20
v� 15
o —
J Ui
N
N a 10
v
a`
5
Model 35 3/4"
1 1 0
J 4 h R
25
20
15
v
�a
v 10
a`
5
0
100
)n 4n hn An
Model 55 1"
1 " 10 ^� o� 100
25
20
v_ 15
�d
v 10
a
5
0
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 5

Recordoll ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8'; 5/8"x 3/4'; 3/4"& I"
PRESSURE LOSS CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Rate of Flow in Gallons per Minute
25
20
15
v
� d
v 10
d
5
0
ACCURACY CHARTS
Model 70 1"
1 10 100
in nn tin on
n A Q
Model LP 5/8"
1.0 10
iy
v�
X5) 5
OQj t
N
N
0
a
T -
V
t0
7 5
V
V
Q
L�
10
�v
15
Model LP 5/8" x 3/4"
1.0 10
10.
iy
v�
X5) 5
OQj t
N
N
0
a
T -
V
t0
7 5
V
V
Q
L�
10
N
15
100
100
Page 6 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA October 2015

Product Data Sheet
ACCURACY CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Model 25 5/8"
1 1.0 1 .10 100
10
Nam_
0 5
Ul
Q t
N
V
v 0
d
U
V -
f0
7
V 5
Q
1+
10
15
Model 25 5/8" x 3/4"
1 1.0 I I 1 10 100
m■■■■■�m�
M■■■■
M
MEMI■■■■■
Qj
MENEM
Qj
Model 35 3/4"
October 2015 RDM-DS-00464-EN-03 AWWA Page 7

Recordoll ° Disc Meters, Lead -Free Bronze Alloy, Sizes 5/8'; 5/811x 3/4'; 3/4"& I"
ACCURACY CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Model 55 1"
1 1.0 10 100
0
Pv�
o .m 5
Q) +
v
v
a` 0
a
T —
V
R
3 5
V
V
Q
N
510
Model 70 1"
1 1.0 10 100
m
LU 5
>
N )•� +
Ov
0
U
V -
r0
7
V 5
Q
Uly
C510
(Y
15
Making Water Visible°
MAKING WATER VISIBLE and RECORDALL are registered trademarks of Badger Meter, Inc. Other trademarks appearing in this document arethe property oftheir respective entities
Due to continuous research, product improvements and enhancements, Badger Meter reserves the right to change product or system specifications without notice, except to the
extent an outstanding contractual obligation exists. 0 2015 Badger Meter, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.badgermeter.com
The Americas I Badger Meter 14545 West Brown Deer Rd I PO Box 245036 1 Milwaukee, WI 53224-9536 1 800-876-3837 1 414-355-0400
Mexico I Badger Meter de las Americas, S.A. de C.V. I Pedro Luis Ogaz6n N°32 I Esq. Angelina N°241 Colonia Guadalupe Inn I CPO 1050 1 Mexico, OF I Mexico [phone]
Europe, Middle East and Africa I Badger Meter Europa GmbH I Nurtinger Str 76 172639 Neuffen I Germany I [phone]
Europe, Middle East Branch Office I Badger Meter Europe I PO Box 3414421 Dubai Silicon Oasis, Head Quarter Building, Wing C, Office #C209I Dubai / JAE [phone]
Czech Republic I Badger Meter Czech Republic s.r.o. I MaHkova 2082/26 1 621 00 Brno, Czech Republic I [phone]
Slovakia I Badger Meter Slovakia s.r.o. I Racianska 109/13 1 831 02 Bratislava, Slovakia 1 [phone]
Asia Pacific I Badger Meter 180 Marine Parade Rd 1 21-06 Parkway Parade I Singapore 449269 1 [phone]
China I Badger Meter 1 7-1202 199 Hangzhong Road I Minhang District I Shanghai I China 2011011 [phone] Legacy Document Numbers: RDM-DS-00062, 63, 64, 65, 66, and 73

E� TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
uv
Installation and
Maintenance
Guide
Note: Installation Only
Maintenance is in O&M Section
NSF
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSF/ANSI40
NSF/ANSI 245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 UV Light System Installation
2.0 UV Light System Maintenance
Appendix 1: E-Z Treat UV System Configurations 3
Appendix 2: NSF Test Data
C
r+
r+
O�
0
C
M
4

C
r+
r+
O�
M
C
M
1.0 UV Light System Installation
The E-Z Set UV system is shipped as three components, the UV housing, the UV lamps and the
UV lamp control panel
1. The PVC inlet and outlet on the dual bulb
UV housing are reversible, allowing flow in
either direction. The inlet of the single bulb
configuration is the 4" hub and the outlet is
the 2" hub. The inlet and outlet will accept
any Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 PVC pipe
or locally approved water tight pipe con-
nection. The housing must be installed so
the UV lamps are in the vertical position.
2. UV lamp control panel can be installed
indoors or outdoors. The panel msut be
secured in a manner that is consistent with
local regulations. The UV lamp control
requires a dedicated 120 volt power source
that complies with local electrical codes.
E-Z Treat UV System
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
3. The UV lamps should be wiped clean in
accordance with the cleaning instructions
and inspected for cracks or chips prior to
installing the lamps into the UV housing.
4. Once the inlet and outlet connections to
the UV housing are complete, insert the
UV lamp assemblies into the UV housing.
Caution: UV lamp housing connections
should be hand -tightened. DO NOT use
wrenches, pliers, or other tools to tighten.
5. Fill UV housing with water/effluent before
applying power to the UV lamps.
6. Turn power "ON" to the UV system.
Table 1
NSF Testing Performance Summary
Parameter
Effluent, Avg
BOD5
2 mg/I
TSS
2 mg/I
DO
3.3 mg/I
Turbidity
2 NTU
E. coli
2 MPN/100ml
pH
6.8 — 7.5
Total Nitrogen Reduction
64%
*with optional UV disinfection
©2017 E-Z Treat 1

Appendix 1 E-Z Treat UV System Configurations
"WELL CAP
4" RISER PIPE
TO GRADE
4"OR Z'
OUTLET
4" INLET
�
o
o
�
M
M
UV LAMP
4"RISER PIPE
TO GRADE
34.00
4" WELL CAP
UV LAM
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
Model 101
Single Lamp
Model 102
Dual Lamp
Model 404
Two Dual Lamps in Series
©2017 E-Z Treat

C
r+
r+
0
C
M
M
n
PO
Appendix 2 NSF Test Data
Table 2
NSF Testing Pathogen Performance Testing
Date
Influent E. coli
Effluent E. coli
10/21/13
980,000
< 1.1
10/23/13
687,000
< 1.0
10/25/13
1,610,000
< 1.1
10/28/13
5,840,000
< 1.1
10/30/13
1,720,000
< 1.0
11/1/13
816,000
< 1.0
11/4/13
435,000
< 1.0
11/6/13
816,000
< 1.0
11/8/13
921,000
< 1.0
11/11/13
816,000
< 1.1
11/13/13
770,000
< 1.0
11/15/13
579,000
< 1.0
11/18/13
1,990,000
3.1
11/20/13
1,050,000
1.0
11/22/13
1,550,000
1.0
11/25/13
770,000
< 1.1
11/26/13
411,000
< 1.0
11/27/13
613,000
< 1.0
12/2/13
461,000
< 1.0
12/4/13
1,300,000
< 1.0
12/11/13
411,000
< 1.0
12/13/13
517,000
< 1.0
12/16/13
687,000
< 1.1
12/18/13
387,000
< 1.0
12/20/13
548,000
1.0
12/23/13
579,000
< 1.0
12/27/13
517,000
< 1.0
12/30/13
387,000
< 1.0
1 /1 /14
260,000
< 1.0
1/3/14
1,200,000
< 1.0
1/6/14
127,000
< 1.0
1/8/14
387,000
< 1.0
1/10/14
156,000
< 1.0
1/13/14
345,000
1.0
1/15/14
210,000
2.0
1/17/14
102,000
< 1.0
1/20/14
62,700
< 1.0
1/22/14
158,000
< 1.0
1 /24/14
81,600
< 1.0
1 /27/14
161,000
< 1.0
1/29/14
326,000
< 1.0
1 /31 /14
866,000
< 1.0
2/3/14
4,880,000
< 1.0
2/5/14
461,000
4.1
2/10/14
397,000
< 1.0
2/12/14
461,000
< 1.0
2/14/14
411,000
< 1.0
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
Table 3
NSF Testing Pathogen Performance Summary
Median
517,000
1.0
Min
62,700
1.0
Max
5,840,000
4.1
Avg
834,474
1.0
Std Dev
1,066,222
1.0
©2017 E-Z Treat

APPENDICES
Product Specifications
'Product specifications and other technical information throughout provided by Geoflow, Inc. (except
for controllers).

Spin -Clean Filters
Description
The filters are placed between the pump and dripfield to screen out any debris. The
Spin -Clean type filter is most commonly used with E-Z Set Drip systems. (Other filters
are available).
Body — Two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal. Molded from high heat ABS
and chemical resistant glass reinforced plastic.
Screen - Sintered stainless steel. Sintering is a process in which three pieces of
stainless steel mesh are transformed into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150
mesh. Screen collars molded from vinyl for long life and durability.
Spin Plate - Directional spin plate is molded of PVC or fiberglass.
Vortex Spin Action - Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto
the inside of the stainless steel screen. A centrifugal motion starts inside the screen
chamber, throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity, moves the debris
down the screen wall to the %" flush outlet at the base of the filter.
To stay clean, the filter flush valve must be partially to fully open allowing debris to flush
away. This can be done with continuous or automatic flushing.
Item
Number
Size
(MPT)
Max. Flow
(GPM)
Max.
Pressure
Width
Height
Size of
flush
port
Area of
filtration
sq. inches
AP4E-1
1"
15gpm
80 psi
6"
7"
%" MPT
23.4
AP4E-1.5
1.5"
45gpm
100 psi
12"
15.5"
3/4" MPT
60.8
AP4E-2
2.0"
70gpm
80 psi
12"
16"
3/4" MPT
60.8
Note: Filters can be used in parallel to deliver higher flow rates and/or decrease
pressure loss through the filters.
Specifications:
1" Filter:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic
with a 1 inch male pipe thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be
capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional
3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is
all stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be
molded from vinyl. The 1" filter shall be E-Z Set Drip Spin -Clean filter model number
AP4E-1.
December 2008

1.5" Filter:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic
with a 1.5 inch male pipe thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be
capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional
3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be
woven stainless steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth.
The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be
molded from vinyl. The 1 Y2" filter shall be E-Z Set Drip Spin -Clean filter model number
ANE-1.5.
2" Filter:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic
with a 2 inch male pipe thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be
capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional
3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be
woven stainless steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth.
The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be
molded from vinyl. The 2" filter shall be E-Z Set Drip Spin -Clean filter model number
ANE-2.
December 2008

3/4" Vortex Filter
16
p �12
y C.
w ,yy
8
Q a
F 4
0 1
2 3 4
5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Flow - GPM 1 Vortex Filter
20
18
H16
�14
�12
Q 10
a 8
6
4
21
5
10
15 20
Flow - GPM
1.5" Vortex Filter
12
10
8
a 6
w y
4
Q °
2
F
0
10
20
30 40 5 0
Flow -GPM 2" Vortex Filter
8
6
p 4
�a
w
w
,yy
Q a 2
� y
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow - GPM
Pressure loss charts for Spin -Clean filters
December 2008

1/2 Gallon Pressure Compensating Dripline
Standard products:
WFPC16-2-24 E-Z Set Drip PC 24"/.53gph
WFPC16-2-18 E-Z Set Drip PC 18"/.53gph
WFPC16-2-12 E-Z Set Drip PC 12"/.53gph
WFPC16-2-6 E-Z Set Drip PC 6"/.53gph
(Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon request)
E-Z Set Drip PC Specification:
A. Dripline shall be nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene E-Z Set Drip
model WFPC16-2-24 (or-18;-12; -6) by E-Z Set Dip. Dripline shall have turbulent flow drip
emitters regularly spaced on 24" (or 18"; 12"; 6") centers, bonded to the inside wall, capable
of a nominal discharge rate of .53gph under pressure conditions of 7-60psi. All emitters shall
be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The pressure compensating emitters shall
incorporate a silicone rubber diaphragm. The dripline shall have and outside diameter (O.D.)
of approximately 0.64 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of approximately 0.55 inches.
B. The dripline shall be equipped with an anti -bacterial inside lining to prevent bacteria from
growing within the dripline. The anti -bacterial shall be Ultra -Fresh TA° DM-50. The dripline
shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall contain bactericide protection, the middle
layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification.
C. The dripline shall be protected from root intrusion through the use of nano-ROOTGUARDO.
The drip emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan0 to inhibit root intrusion for a minimum
period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for
this period.
Flow Rate vs. Pressure
Pressure
Head
All WASTEFLOW PC
1/2 ph dripline
7-60 psi
16 —139 ft.
0.53 gph
Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure
Allows a minimum of 10 psi in the line.
Recommended operatingpressure 10-45 psi
Pressure
Psi ft.
Emitter Spacing
6" 12" 18" 24"
10 psi
23.10 ft
15 psi
34.65 ft.
174'
260'
321'
20 psi
46.20 ft.
120'
229'
330'
424'
25 psi
57.75 ft.
260'
377'
478'
30 psi
69.30 ft.
150'
288'
415'
535'
35 psi
80.85 ft.
313'
448'
576'
40 psi
92.40 ft
172'
330'
475'
612'
45 psi
103.95 ft
354'
501'
651'
50 psi
115.5 ft.
363'
523'
675'
55 psi
127.05 ft.
377'
544'
700'
60 psi
138.6 ft.
403'
563'
727'
Kd = 2.070
December 2008

Wasteflow PC 0.53 gph.
Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run
60
50
a
40
0
a 30
20
10
a
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Length(ft)
1 Gallon Pressure Compensating Dripline
Standard products:
WFPC16-4-24 E-Z Set Drip PC 24"/1.02gph
WFPC16-4-18 E-Z Set Drip PC 18"/1.02gph
WFPC16-4-12 E-Z Set Drip PC 12"/1.02gph
WFPC16-4-6 E-Z Set Drip PC 6"/1.02gph
(Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon request)
E-Z Set Drip PC Specification:
A. Dripline shall be nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene E-Z Set Drip
model WFPC16-4-24 (or -18; -12; -6) by E-Z Set Dip. Dripline shall have turbulent flow drip
emitters regularly spaced on 24" (or 18"; 12"; 6") centers, bonded to the inside wall, capable
of a nominal discharge rate of 1.02gph under pressure conditions of 7-60psi. All emitters
shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The pressure compensating emitters shall
incorporate a silicone rubber diaphragm. The dripline shall have and outside diameter (O.D.)
of approximately 0.64 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of approximately 0.55 inches.
B. The dripline shall be equipped with an anti -bacterial inside lining to prevent bacteria from
growing within the dripline. The anti -bacterial shall be Ultra -Fresh TA° DM-50. The dripline
shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall contain bactericide protection, the middle
layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification.
C. The dripline shall be protected from root intrusion through the use of nano-ROOTGUARD®.
The drip emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan® to inhibit root intrusion for a minimum
period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for
this period.
December 2008

Flow Rate vs. Pressure
Pressure
Head
All WASTEFLOW PC
1 gph dripline
7-60 psi
16 —139 ft.
1.02 gph
Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure
Allows a minimum of 10 psi in the line.
Recommended operating pressure 10-45 psi
Wress"ure
psi ft.
Emitter Spacing
6" 12" 18" 24"
10 psi
23.10 ft
50'
95'
140'
175'
15 psi
34.65 ft.
63'
115'
172'
211'
20 psi
46.20 ft.
74'
146'
210'
265'
25 psi
57.75 ft.
88'
171'
242'
315'
30 psi
69.30 ft.
94'
180'
266'
335'
35 psi
80.85 ft.
103'
199'
287'
379'
40 psi
92.40 ft
110'
211'
305'
385'
45 psi
103.95 ft
116'
222'
321'
429'
50 psi
115.5 ft.
232
334'
431'
55 psi
127.05 ft.
240'
347'
449'
60 psi
138.6 ft.
249'
360'
465'
Wasteflow PC 1.02 gph.
Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run
e0
70
so
m 50
0
.a
40
30
m
m
w
20
C
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Length (ft)
1
December 2008

I Gallon Classic Dripline (non -pressure compensating)
Standard products:
WF16-4-24 E-Z Set Drip 24"
WF16-4-18 E-Z Set Drip 18"
WF16-4-12 E-Z Set Drip 12"
WF16-4-9 E-Z Set Drip 9"
(Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon request)
E-Z Set Drip Classic Specification:
A. Dripline shall be nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene E-Z Set Drip with
turbulent flow emitters. E-Z Set Drip model WF16-4-24 (or -18; -12; -9) by E-Z Set Dip.
Dripline shall have turbulent flow drip emitters regularly spaced on 24" (or 18"; 12"; 9")
centers, bonded to the inside wall, capable of a nominal discharge rate of 1.Ogph at 15psi.
All emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The dripline shall have and
outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately 0.64 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of
approximately 0.55 inches. The drip emitter flow passage shall be 0.053" x 0.053" square.
B. The dripline shall be equipped with an anti -bacterial inside lining to prevent bacteria from
growing within the dripline. The anti -bacterial shall be Ultra -Fresh TA° DM-50. The dripline
shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall contain bactericide protection, the middle
layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification.
C. The dripline shall be protected from root intrusion through the use of nano-ROOTGUARDO.
The drip emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan0 to inhibit root intrusion for a minimum
period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for
this period.
Pressur
si
ad
All WASTEFLOW
Classic Dripline
10 p112�3.10
ft
0.81 gph
15 p.65
ft.
1.00 gph
20 psi46.20
ft.
1.16gph
25 psi
57.75 ft.
1.31 gph
30 psi
69.30 ft.
1.44 gph
35 psi
80.85 ft.
1.57 gph
40 psi
92.40 ft
1.68 gph
45 psi
103.95 ft
1.80 gph
Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure
Flow variation +/- 5%.
Pressure Head
psi ft.
Emitter Spacing
24" 18" 12"
10 psi
1 23.10 ft
170'
165'
100'
15 psi
34.65 ft.
170'
165'
100,
20 psi
46.20 ft.
170'
165'
100,
25 psi
57.75 ft.
170'
165'
100,
30 psi
69.30 ft.
170'
165'
100,
35 psi
80.85 ft.
170'
165'
100,
40 psi
92.40 ft
170'
165'
100,
45 psi
103.95 ft
170'
165'
100,
December 2008

Wasteflow Classic 1 gph.
Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run
S
6
m
5
0
a
q
y
3
y
2
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Length(R)
Kd = 0.9 Cv < .05
OR
I
December 2008

Solenoid Valves
Standard products:
SLV-100-NC
1" Normally Closed Valve
SLV-100-NO
1" Normally Open Valve
SLV-150-NC
1.5" Normally Closed Valve
SLV-150-NO
1.5" Normally Open Valve
SLV-200-NC
2" Normaly Closed Valve
SLV-200-NO
2" Normally Open Valve
(Other valves
are also available).
Solenoid valve specification:
A. The Solenoid Valve is electrically operated and used as zone valves, to flush the
dripfield and Vortex filter and to "quick fill' the drip system. When used for zones
and flushing it is normally closed and when used for "quick fill' it is normally
open.
B. The valve shall have a dual ported diaphragm. In operation, the diaphragm ports
constantly flex, inhibiting sand, silt and debris from blocking the valve action.
C. The porting design permits equal pressure on both sides of the diaphragm wall,
regardless of line pressure when valve is not operating, and nearly equal
pressure across the wall when operating. This feature prevents diaphragm
"stretching", a common cause of valve failure in valves that are ported through
the seat.
D. The DW Valve diaphragm shall be made of nylon fabric reinforced Buna-N
rubber; a grooved rib interlocks with cover and body to prevent leakage.
E. Nylon exhaust orifice shall be non -corrosive and have an opening sized larger
than the diaphragm ports so that any pieces of sand or silt passing through the
diaphragm will not be trapped beneath the solenoid actuator.
F. The solenoid shall be constructed of molded epoxy resin having no carbon steel
components exposed thereby eliminating possible external corrosion and
deterioration. The solenoid shall be completely waterproof, with an 0-ring seal,
and comply with NEC Class II circuit requirements for 24VAC operation.
G. The actuator shall be Teflon coated stainless steel and brass with a molded -in
place rubber exhaust port seal; a stainless steel spring assures positive seating.
H. The valve shall have a high strength plastic glass -filled body and cover
designed to operate in heavy duty commercial applications. The valve
shall have stainless steel cover bolts or screws for service access.
There shall be a shock cone on diaphragm seat to eliminate water hammer in all
except extreme cases.
The valve shall have a flow control stem for throttling the valve from full open to
close positions.
K. The valve shall have an easy -to use, hand operated manual bleed lever control
that bleeds valve to downstream; has stops for open and closed positions.
The solenoid valves shall be model number SLV-_ _ _ - _ _ by E-Z Set Drip.
December 2008

Electrical data:
Wiring requires a single lead from the controller to each
solenoid valve, plus a common neutral to all solenoids. (Type
OF wire, UL listed, is typically used).
Standard 24V ACV (50-601-1z)
Current Holding 0.24A 5.76 VA
Current Inrush 0.46A 11.04VA
Maximum allowable loss 4.8 Volts for the 24V AC system.
WIRE
GAUGE
RESISTANCE
(OHM/1000')
MAXIMUM
LENGTH WIRE
18
6.39
800'
16
4.02
1,275'
14
2.58
2,000'
12
1.62
3,200'
10
1.02
5,100'
8
0.641
8,000'
6
0.403
12,750'
4
0.253
20,500'
2
0.158
32,500'
14
12
10
a
O 8
w
c
Cn
en
w
L+"
d
0
2
U
Solenoid Valve Flow vs pressure Chart
20 40 60 80 100 200 400 600 800
FLOW RATE - GPM
December 2008

Model No.
Size
FPT
Length
Height
Width
Weight
PSI
Ran e
SLV-100
1"
4.3"
4.5"
3.0"
12.5 oz
10-150
SLV-150
1.5"
6.3"
7.2"
5.0"
2.2lbs.
10-150
SLV-200
2"
9.0"
7.4"
5.4"
2.97lbs.
7-140
FPT
Pressure rating ANSI: Class 125
ISO: PN 10
Max Temperature 180 degrees F
December 2008

AIR VENTS
1" Air Vacuum Relief Valve Specification
The air vacuum relief valve provides instant and continuous vacuum relief and non -continuous air
relief. Both the body and the removable dirt cover shall be constructed of molded plastic. The
body and the dirt cover shall be connected with a 3/4 inch hose thread. The ball shall be
constructed of low density plastic and the internal seat shall be constructed of vinyl. The air
vacuum relief valve shall seal at 5 psi. Inlet size shall be a 1 inch male pipe thread. The air vent
shall be E-Z Set item number AVBK-1.
Note: Maximum flow of 50 gpm per 1" air vacuum relief.
PRESSURE REGULATORS
ITEM
NUMBER
OUTLET
PRESSURE
FLOW RANGE
MAX. INLET
PRESSURES
INLET SIZE
OUTLET SIZE
PR-20MF
20 psi
2 - 20 gpm
150 psi
1" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-20HF
20 psi
10 - 32 gpm
100 psi
1.25" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-20XF
20 psi
20-90 gpm
90 psi
3" I.D. socket
3" I.D. socket
PR-30MF
30 psi
2-20 gpm
150 psi
1" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-30HF
30 psi
10-32 gpm
100 psi
1.25" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-30XF
30 psi
20-90 gpm
100 psi
3" I.D. socket
3" I.D. socket
PR-40MF
40 psi
2-20 pgm
150 psi
1" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-40HF
40 psi
10-32 gpm
100 psi
1.25" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-40XF
40 psi
20-90 gpm
125 psi
3" I.D. socket
3" I.D. socket
PR-50MF
50 psi
2 - 20 gpm
150 psi
1" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-50HF
50 psi
10 - 32 gpm
100 psi
1.25" FIPT
1" FIPT
PR-50XF
50 psi
20-90 gpm
125 psi
3" I.D. socket
3" I.D. socket
Pressure Regulator Specification
Pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures of psi and withstand
severe water hammer extremes. It shall handle flow rates between _ and _ gpm. Flow
restriction shall be negligible until the factory preset operating pressure of _psi is reached.
Regulating accuracy shall be within +/- 6%. Inlet size shall be . Outlet size shall be
. Pressure regulator shall be constructed of high impact engineering grade
thermoplastics for strength and durability. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless
steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the normal water
passage. Each regulator shall be water tested for accuracy. Preset pressure regulators shall be
E-Z Set model number PR -
December 2008

DRIP FITTINGS
Dripline Fittings
The lockslip fittings shall be molded of high grade plastic. The drip tubing is pushed over a barb
end, then secured with a locking nut. The fitting has the ability to be removed and reapplied
with the locking nut.
Lockslip Adapters. The Lockslip adapter is used to connect the dripline to a PVC fitting. The
adapter glues into a 3/4 inch slip fitting. The lockslip adapter shall be E-Z Set Drip part number
LSLIP-600.
b. Lockslip Couplings. The coupling is used to connect two pieces of
dripline together. The lockslip coupling shall be E-Z Set Drip part
number LC-600.
c. Lockslip Elbows : The elbow is used to connect dripline to dripline
in a 90 degree configuration. The lockslip elbow shall be E-Z Set Drip
part number LEL-600.
December 2008

E-Z Set Drip Guidelines
Dripline for Wastewater
December 2008
DIAGRAM 1: TYPICAL DRIPFIELD LAYOUTSYSTEM COMPONENTS: ...........................................
SYSTEM COMPONENTS: ........................................................................................................................................ 4
1 .
E-Z SET DRIPLINE................................................................................................................................................4
2.
CONTROLLERS......................................................................................................................................................5
3.
Pumps..................................................................................................................................................................5
4.
FILTERS................................................................................................................................................................5
5.
SUPPLY MANIFOLD...............................................................................................................................................5
6.
RETURN MANIFOLD..............................................................................................................................................5
7.
PRESSURE REGULATOR.......................................................................................................................................5
8.
AIR VACUUM BREAKER........................................................................................................................................6
9.
FILTER FLUSH VALVES.........................................................................................................................................6
10.
FIELD FLUSH VALVES.........................................................................................................................................6
11.
ZONE VALVES....................................................................................................................................................6
12.
QUICK FILL VALVES............................................................................................................................................6
13.
HEADWORKS.....................................................................................................................................................6
DESIGN PARAMETERS...........................................................................................................................................6
1. SELECT AREA........................................................................................................................................................6
2. WATER QUALITY..................................................................................................................................................7
3. SOIL APPLICATION DESIGN..................................................................................................................................7
4. DEPTH AND SPACING...........................................................................................................................................7
5. SOIL LAYERS AND TYPES.....................................................................................................................................7
6. ADDING FILL TO THE DISPERSAL FIELD...............................................................................................................7
7. MULTIPLE ZONES.................................................................................................................................................7
8. WATER APPLICATION FORMULA..........................................................................................................................8
WORKSHEET - DISPERSAL FIELD DESIGN FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM.................................................................9
WORKSHEET- SELECT PUMP...............................................................................................................................I I
SYSTEM INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................12
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES.....................................................................................................................................12
InstallingLockslip fittings............................................................................................................................13
Valve Installation and Operation.................................................................................................................13
SUBSURFACE DRIP INSTALLATION METHODS.........................................................................................................14
WINTERIZATION.......................................................................................................................................................15
AS BUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION............................................................................................................................16
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................................................18
ROUTINEAND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................18
HOME OWNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD............................................19
APPENDICES - Product Specifications
December 2008 Page 1

INTRODUCTION
E-Z Set Drip systems disperse effluent through '/2" pressurized pipes. They are designed using the grid
concept, with supply and flush manifolds at the end of each dripline, creating a closed loop system. The
grid design provides a complete and even wetted area.
Drip is a highly efficient method to dispose of effluent. Small, precise amounts of water are uniformly
applied to the soil from multiple points.
The main advantages of the E-Z Set Drip system are:
• Can be used under difficult circumstances, including high water tables, tight soils,
rocky terrain, steep slopes, around existing buildings, trees, or other vegetation.
• The system does not require gravel. It is easy to install directly into indigenous soil
and fill material.
• Disposal of water is maximized by means of evapotranspiration.
• Uptake of nutrients by plants is increased.
• Fifteen year warranty for root intrusion, workmanship, and materials.
• Non -intrusive.
• Easily automated.
NOTES:
• These guidelines are for secondary treated effluent.
• Please follow your State and local regulations for onsite wastewater dispersal. This document is
intended to be a guide, and should be used only as a supplement to your local regulations.
• With the exception of controllers, product specifications and technical information throughout
provided by Geoflow, Inc.
December 2008 Page 2

DIAGRAM 1 : TYPICAL DRIPFIELD LAYOUT
from
JIM
December 2008 Page 3

SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
See Diagram 1 on page 3.
A typical drip system installation will consist of the elements listed below:
(See appendices for product specifications.)
1. E-Z SET DRIPLINE
The dripline disperses the effluent into the field area. The dripline is connected to the supply and return
manifolds with Lockslip fittings. Typical spacing between each dripline and between drip emitters is 24" on
center. The pipe has no joints that may pull apart during installation and is ideal for tractor mounted
burying machines. It is sold in 500-ft rolls. Rolls of alternative length, diameter, and emitter spacing may
be special ordered.
Dripline features:
a) NANO-ROOTGUARD®'
The risk of root intrusion with an emitter slowly releasing effluent directly into the soil is well known
to anyone who has observed a leaking sewer pipe. All E-Z Set drip emitters are guaranteed to be
protected against root intrusion with nano-RoOTGUARD. This patented process fuses the root -growth
inhibitor, TREFLAN®z into each drip emitter during manufacturing. Treflan is registered with the
United States EPA for this application. The nano-ROOTGUARD technology slowly releases Treflan in
minute quantities to prevent root cells from dividing and growing into the barrier zone. It is
chemically degradable, non -systemic, and virtually insoluble in water (0.3 ppm). Nano- ROOTGUARD
carries a 15 year warranty against root intrusion.
b) Bactericide protection
E-Z Set Drip has an inner lining impregnated with a bactericide, Ultra Fresh TAd3 DM-50, to inhibit
bacterial growth on the walls of the tubing and in the emitter. This minimizes the velocity required to
flush E-Z SET Dripline. The velocity only needs to remove fine particles from the dripline; it is not
necessary to scour growth off the inside wall of the tubing.
When a minimum flushing velocity is requested, 0.5 feet per second is used with E-Z Set Dripline to
get the settled particles at the bottom of the pipe back into suspension. (This equates to 0.375 gpm
per drip lateral.) Check your local regulations for information on flushing velocity requirements.
c) Turbulent Flow Path
E-Z SET Drip emitters are pre -inserted in the tubing 6", 9", 12", 18", or 24" apart, with 24" being
utilized most often. Angles in the emitter flow path are designed to cause turbulence in order to
equalize flow between emitters and keep the emitters clean.
Nano-ROOTGUARD is a registered trademark of A.I.Innovations
2 Treflan is a registered trademark of Dow Agro Sciences
3 Ultra -Fresh is a registered Trademark of Thomson Research Associates.
December 2008 Page 4

d) E-Z SET Classic and E-Z SET PC Dripline
Both Classic and PC have turbulent flow path emitters with nano-
��;_; ROOTGUARD and bactericide protection. The PC has the added element
of a silicone rubber diaphragm that moves up and down over the emitter
outlet to equalize flow regardless of pressure between 7 and 60 psi. To
ensure a long life, the recommended operating range is 10 to 45 psi.
For Classic, the flow rate delivered by the emitter is a function of the
pressure at the emitter. The Classic dripline has the advantage of no
AliIIIIIIISIGAN moving parts or rubber that may degrade over time. Also, the flow during a
dosing cycle and flushing cycle are very similar with the Classic because
when the flush valve is opened, the pressure is reduced, causing the flow
from the emitters to decline. PC driplines require higher flow for flushing
than dosing, as the emitter flow rate does not go down during the flushing
cycle.
2. CONTROLLERS
Controllers are used for time dosing and time flushing of the filter and dripfield. E-Z Set Drip controllers
typically include a programmable logic control interface for field modifications. They can be used on
systems ranging in size from one to as many zones as is needed. All controllers include a surge arrestor,
elapsed time meter and counter for each pump. Custom panels are available as needed.
3. Pumps
Dripfields depend on pumps to dose effluent under pressure to the field. These must be sized according
to flow and pressure requirements. E-Z Set provides drip pumps for all E-Z Set drip systems.
4. FILTERS
E-Z Set Drip systems use a variety of filters. Typically, a Spin -Clean screen filter is used; however; Vac-
Kleen and disc filters can also be used, depending on application.
5. SUPPLY MANIFOLD
This carries the water from the dosing tank to the dispersal area. Rigid PVC is usually used, and should
be designed to gravity drain back to the pump tank in freezing conditions unless manifolds are buried
below frost and protected from freezing. The velocity in the manifold should be between 2 feet per
second and 5 feet per second (fps). Refer to PVC pipe sizing chart in the appendix to determine the best
diameter for your application.
6. RETURN MANIFOLD
In order to help clean the system periodically, the ends of the driplines are connected together into a
common return line, most often made of rigid PVC. This line will help equalize pressures in the system.
Flushing should be done frequently during the installation period. The return manifold should be installed
to gravity drain back to the pump or pretreatment tank in freezing climates, unless it is buried below frost
and protected from freezing.
7. PRESSURE REGULATOR
Pressure regulators fix the inlet pressure at a given rate. Under normal operating conditions, pressure in
most systems should be 10 psi to 45 psi.
December 2008 Page 5

8. AIR VACUUM BREAKER
Air vacuum breakers are installed at the high points to keep soil from being sucked into the emitters due
to back siphoning or backpressure. This is an absolute necessity with underground drip systems. They
are also used for proper draining of the supply and return manifolds in freezing conditions, when
manifolds are designed to gravity drain back. Air vents are located in field boxes just below grade. One is
used on the high end of the supply manifold and one on the high point of the return manifold. Additional
air vents may be required in undulating terrain. Freezing conditions require the air vacuum breaker be
protected with insulation.
J. FILTER FLUSH VALVES
The filter flush valve can be manual or electronic, and is used to flush debris from the filter (When
electronic, these valves are normally closed solenoid valves). If manual, it should be left cracked open
slightly to flush continuously (certain States and/or filters may require automated electronic flushing).
10. FIELD FLUSH VALVES
The field flush valve can be manual or electronic, and is used to flush fine particles out of the drip system
(when electronic, these valves are normally closed solenoid valves). If manual, it should be opened for
full flushing at least every six months and left cracked open slightly to flush continuously and/or provide
for drainage of the flush line in freezing conditions (certain states may require automated electronic
flushing).
11. ZONE VALVES
Used to divide single dispersal fields into multiple zones, these can be hydraulically activated index
valves or solenoid valves (when solenoid valves are used, they are normally closed valves).
12. QUICK FILL VALVES
The quick fill valve is used to rapidly fill large zones with long lengths of run, and to equalize distribution
on steep slopes. These valves are normally open solenoid valves, and are plumbed at some point
between the supply and return line, depending on design (all systems will not necessarily have a quick fill
valve).
13. HEADWORKS
The Headworks is a pre -assembled unit including the filter, flush valves, and pressure gauge in a field
box. It is installed between the pump and the field, typically below grade. The Headworks should be
insulated in freezing climates.
DESIGN PARAMETERS
1. SELECT AREA
Select the area with careful consideration to the soil, the terrain and your State and County regulations.
Be sure the field is in a good landscape position - not in a flood plain or bottom of a slope where
excessive water may collect after rain. Surface water and gutters should be directed away from the
proposed field area.
December 2008 Page 6

2. WATER QUALITY
Determine the quality of the water entering the system (it should be at least secondary effluent quality).
Be aware of water conditions intrinsic to the area. If iron, manganese, or other conditions that may affect
treatment or dispersal are prevalent, be sure to eliminate upstream of the wastewater treatment plant or
drip system with ozone, ultraviolet or other methods.
3. SOIL APPLICATION DESIGN
Refer to your State and local codes for soil absorption rates.
4. DEPTH AND SPACING
Driplines are usually spaced 2 feet apart with 2 feet between emitters so that each emitter supplies a 4
sq. ft area. These lines are typically placed at depths of 6-10 inches below the surface (some states
allow surface application). Closer and/or further spacing can be used based on site specific conditions.
Using closer spacing of lines will not reduce the minimum size of the field area and using increased
spacing of lines will not reduce the minimum number of feet of dripline required. Refer to your State and
local codes for depth of bury and spacing requirements.
5. SOIL LAYERS AND TYPES
The topsoil or surface soil is generally the most biologically active and permeable soil for accepting water.
The topsoil also dries the fastest after a rainfall event, and will maintain the highest water absorption rate.
The quality and homogeneity of the soil may present a problem. If the soil was not properly prepared and
there are pieces of construction debris, rocks and non -uniform soils, it is very difficult to obtain uniform
water spread. In many cases, particularly if the soil is compacted, soil properties can be greatly improved
by ripping and disking (check your local regulations prior to disturbing any proposed drainfield area).
6. ADDING FILL TO THE DISPERSAL FIELD
Some dispersal sites require that additional soil be brought in to increase separation distance from a
restrictive layer.
Placing drip lines in selected fill material above the natural soil provides an aerated zone for treatment
However, dispersal still occurs in the natural soil, and the field size must be based on the hydraulic
capability of the natural soil to prevent hydraulic overload.
Any time fill material is to be used, the area to receive the fill should have all organic material removed or
it must be incorporated into the natural soil to prevent an organic layer from forming and restricting
downward water movement.
The fill material should be applied in shallow layers with the first 4 to 6 inches incorporated into the
natural soil to prevent an abrupt textural interface. Continue this process until all fill has been
incorporated.
Check your local regulations regarding the use of fill material.
7. MULTIPLE ZONES
Drip dispersal fields can be divided into multiple zones or subzones with solenoid valves or index valves
for the following reasons:
a. Steep slopes with a risk of low head drainage can be subdivided to distribute the water at
system shut -down more uniformly in the field.
b. Smaller zones reduce the required flow per minute which consequently reduces the size of
the pump, valves, filters, supply and return lines.
c. The dispersal field is located in multiple areas on the property.
December 2008 Page 7

On multiple zones, a single Headworks unit can be used for filtration and flushing by placing zone valves
downstream of the Headworks box. All zones would require a check valve on the individual flush lines
upstream of each line joining a common flush line (to keep flush water from one zone entering any other
zone during the flush cycle).
8. WATER APPLICATION FORMULA
To determine the rate of application for various designs, use the following formula:
Water application (inches per hour) = (231 x (emitter flow rate gph)) / ((Emitter spacing inches) x (dripline
spacing inches))
Example: Dripline with 1.3 gph flow rate emitters spaced 24" apart and dripline spaced 24" apart.
Water application = (231x1.3)/(24x24) = 0.52 inches of water per hour.
December 2008 Page 8

WORKSHEET
The following worksheet is available on an Excel spreadsheet. If you would like a copy, please phone
703-408-2916, or email mstidham (o)ersettank.com.
To calculate the area required for your drip dispersal system you must know:
1. The quantity of effluent to be disposed of (in gallons per day), and
2. The soil acceptance rate (i.e. gallons per day per square foot).
WORKSHEET - DISPERSAL FIELD DESIGN FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM
Worksheet
Formula
A)
Quantity of effluent to be dispersed per day
Based on State regulations, gallons per day,
gpd
(typically GPD/bedroom x number of bedrooms).
B)
Hydraulic loading rate
Based on soil analysis and State regulations,
loading rate (gal/day/sq. ft.)
(gallons per day per square foot).
C)
Determine the total area required
Divide gpd by loading rate. (A)/(B)
square ft
D)
Choose the spacing between each dripline and
Standard spacing is 2 ft.
each emitter
i) ft. between driplines
ii) ft. between emitters
E)
How many linear feet of dripline in the total
(Area / 2 ) for 2ft. line spacing. (C)/2.0 or
area?
(Area / 1) for 1 ft. line spacing. (C)/1.0 or
ft.
(Area / 0.5) for 6" line spacing. (C)/0.5
F)
Calculate the number of emitters
(Linear ft. of dripline / 2) for 2 ft emitter spacing.
emitters
(E)/2 or
(Linear ft. of dripline / 1) for 1 ft emitter spacing.
(E)/1 or
(Linear ft. of dripline /0.5) for 6" emitter spacing
(E)/0.5
December 2008 Page 9

G)
Choose PC or Classic dripline
See appendices for dripline specifications.
Classic dripline or
PC dripline
H)
Determine dripfield pressure
Standard pressure is 20 psi.
psi
See appendices for dripline specifications.
1)
Determine feet of head required at dripfield
Multiply pressure above by 2.31 to get head
ft. of head
required.
(H) x 2.31
J)
What is the flow rate per emitter?
PC — either 0.53 or 1.029ph
gph / emitter
Classic — see flow rates in appendices.
K)
Determine total flow for the area
Number of emitters multiplied by the emitter flow
gph
rate at the design pressure.
Gph = (F)x(J)
gpm
Gpm = gph/60
L)
Select pipe diameters for manifolds and sub
Based on total flow from (K) above, in gpm. See
mains
schedule 40 friction loss charts in appendices.
inches
M) Select size of Headworks
Based on total flow from (K) above, in gpm. See
flow and head loss for each filter in appendices.
Headworks
N)
Sketch a layout of the driplines in the
See Maximum Length of Run table in appendices.
dispersal plot to make sure that the maximum
lateral length of each line is not exceeded.
December 2008 Page 10

WVKK,Fitt I-,tLtC: I PUMP (I -OR PURPOSE OF ESTIMATE VNLY!
Worksheet
O) Minimum pump capacity
P) Header pipe size
Q) Pressure loss in 100 ft. of pipe
R) Friction head in 100 ft. of pipe
S) Static head
i) Height from pump to tank outlet.
ii) Elevation increase or decrease
T) Total static head
U) Friction head
i) Equivalent length of fittings
ii) Distance from pump to field and
back to tank.
iii) Total equivalent length of pipe.
iv) Total effective feet.
v) Head required at dripfield
vi) Head loss through filter or
Headworks
vii) Head loss through zone valves
V) Minimum Total friction head
W) Minimum Total Dynamic Head
X) Minimum pump capacity
NOTE: Some States and Counties
require additional flow for flushing.
Please check your local regulations.
If you need help on flushing design,
see E-Z Set Drip Excel worksheet or
call E-Z Set at 703-408-2916.
gpm
inches
psi
ft. of head
Formula
From (K) above
From (L) above
Refer to PVC charts in appendices.
Multiply psi from (Q) above by 2.31
ft. Number of ft.
ft. Height changes from pump to dripfield.
ft. Add (Si) + (Sii)
ft. Estimate loss through fittings — usually
inconsequential for small systems.
ft. Measure length of manifolds
ft. Add (Ui) + (Uii)
ft. (Uiii) / 100 x (R)
ft See line (1) in Worksheet above.
ft See pressure loss for filters in
appendices or see pressure loss for
Headworks box in appendices. Multiply
pressure by 2.31 to get head loss.
ft See pressure loss charts in appendices.
Multiply pressure loss in psi by 2.31 to
get head loss.
ft Add (Uiv) + (Uv) + (Uvi) + (Uvii)
ft Add (T) + (V)
qpm From line item (0) above
December 2008 Page 11

SYSTEM INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
Handle your dripline and components with care. Nano-ROOTGUARD® is temperature sensitive. To
assure a long life, store the drip line out of direct sunlight in a cool place. Check and collect all tags from
dripline rolls. Verify the flow rate and model numbers match what is specified on the plan. Keep all tags in
job file for future reference.
a) All dripfield construction shall be done in accordance with Local rules and regulations.
b) Fence/tape off entire dripfield prior to any construction.
c) System is not to be installed when ground is wet or frozen.
d) Divert all downspouts and surface waters away from dripfield and tanks.
e) Excavation, filling and grading should have been finished before installation of the subsurface drip
system.
f) Be sure you have everything required for the installation before opening trenches. Pre -assemble as
many sets of components as practical above ground and in a comfortable place.
g) The soil should be moist but still should allow the proper operation of the installation equipment and
not cause smearing in the trenches. The soil surface should be dry so that the installation equipment
maintains traction.
h) Install a watertight dosing tank according to E-Z Set Drip specifications.
i) Determine the proper size for the supply and return manifolds. (See Worksheet line L.)
j) Install the PVC supply line from the dosing tank. (Please refer to your State guidelines for depth of
burial.)
k) Paint a line or flag between the two remaining corners at the opposite end of field where loops
and/or return trench will be located.
1) Install the dripline from the supply line trench to the painted/flagged line, as specified per
design/local code. Upon reaching the painted line/flags, pull the plow out of the ground and cut the
dripline 1' above the ground. Tape the end of the dripline to prevent debris from entering. Continue
this process until the required footage of pipe is installed. Take care not to get dirt into the lines.
m) Install the supply header with tees lined up at each dripline. Hook up the driplines to the supply
header. (Do not glue the dripline.)
n) Install the pre -assembled Headworks between the field and the pump tank on the supply line.
*Insulate the box in freezing conditions.
o) If using a pressure regulator, install it downstream of the Headworks at the dispersal field, on the
supply line. Although the pressure regulator can be buried directly into the soil, it is preferable to
install it inside a small valve box for easy access with unions on either side. *Insulate the box in
freezing conditions.
p) Install the floats in the dosing tank and wire to the control panel. The control panel should be
programmed to pump no more than the design flow, do not set to match the treatment capacity.
q) Install the pump. Fill the dosing tank with fresh water and turn on the pump. Check for flow out the
ends of all of the driplines. Let the pump run for 5-10 minutes to flush out any dirt. Shut off the pump
and tape the ends of the lines.
r) Dig along the painted/flagged line for loops and/or return manifold. The return line must have slope
back to the treatment tank or septic tank in freezing climates if it is not buried below frost and
protected from freezing. If loops are formed using solid line, they must be elevated slightly above the
dripline to allow for drainage in freezing climates.
December 2008 Page 12

s) Install the return header and connect all of the driplines.
t) Install air vacuum breakers at the highest points in the dispersal field. Use pipe dope or Teflon tape
and hand tighten.
u) Connect the return line back through the Headworks box. Open the field flush valve and turn on the
pump to flush lines, then close the valve and check the field and all piping and connections for leaks.
v) With pump still running, check the pressure at the air vacuum breaker(s). It should be between 10 to
45 PSI. (See the Worksheet line H for design pressure required on supply line.) Check the pressure
in the Headworks. It should be five psi or higher. If using a manual valve for field flushing, crack it
open until design pressure is reached and leave in that position. Turn off the pump.
w) Check the filter for construction debris and clean.
x) Set timers and counters as specified in design, and keep a record of these settings. In addition to
these settings, keep a record of all of the logs in the panel at the time of start up. Record final
pressure readings at startup as well. Date these records for future reference.
Installing Lockslip fittings
a) Hold the fitting in one hand and position the tubing with the other hand.
b) Move the sleeve back, and push the tubing onto the exposed stem as far as possible.
c) Push the sleeve out over the tubing and screw onto tubing, as though tightening a nut to a bolt.
*Hand tighten; do not use tools.
d) Test the connection to make sure the sleeve threads have gripped the tubing tightly.
Valve Installation and Operation
a) Wrap male adapters with Teflon tape and thread the adapters into the valve inlet and outlet just
past hand tight. CAUTION: over tightening may cause damage to the valve. (Note: arrows
indicate flow direction on valve.)
b) Using watertight electrical fittings, connect the valve common and an individual output wire to the
solenoid leads.
c) Flush the laterals by opening the internal manual bleed lever on the downstream side of the
solenoid. Be certain that flow control handle on top of valve is free spinning (on flow control
models).
d) Close the internal manual bleed after flushing the system
December 2008 Page 13

SUBSURFACE DRIP INSTALLATION METHODS
NOTE: Disturbing the soil may affect the pore structure of the soil and create hydraulic conductivity
problems. Please consult with your soil scientist or professional engineer before making the installation
technique decision.
INSERTION METHOD
ADVANTAGES
DISADVANTAGES
a) Hand Trenching*
• Handles severe slopes and
• Slow.
confined areas.
• Labor intensive.
• Uniform depth.
• Back fill required.
b) Oscillating or
• Fast in small to medium
• Depth has to be monitored
vibrating plow. (Use
installation.
closely.
the type that inserts
• Minimal ground disturbance.
• Cannot be used on steep
the dripline directly
• No need to back fill the
slopes.
in place, not one that
trench.
• Requires practice to set and
drags the dripline
operate adequately.
through the soil.)
c) Trenching
• Faster than hand trenching.
• Slow.
machine: Ground
• May use the 1" blade for
• Back fill required.
Hog, Kwik-Trench,
most installations.
E-Z Trench*
• Uniform depth.
d) Tractor with dripline
• Fast.
• The installation tool is
insertion tool
• Minimal ground disturbance.
designed specifically for this
• Does not stretch drip line.
purpose. (Ideally used on
• Adaptable to any tractor.
machine with down
pressure.)
December 2008 Page 14

WINTFRI7ATInN
Buried drip systems are not prone to frost damage because vacuum release and drain valves are
provided in their design. The dripline itself is made of polyethylene, and is not susceptible to freezing.
It drains through the emitters, so it will not be full of water after pumps are turned off. Please follow
these precautions:
a) Manifolds (supply lines and return lines) should slope back to their respective tanks. These lines
need to drain rapidly. If using electronic flush valves, be sure drain valves remain open long
enough for entire field to drain. If using manual filter flush valves or manual field flush valves, they
should be left cracked open slightly for drainage. Alternatively, the manifolds can be located
below frost depth. Under extreme conditions, return and supply manifolds must be insulated.
b) If using drain back method for frost protection, either remove check valve from pump line or
provide alternate method for draining this line.
c) Insulate all field boxes in freezing climates. This includes Headworks, zone valve(s), pressure
regulator(s) and air vacuum relief valve boxes.
d) In severe freezing conditions, use heat tape or a small heater in the Headworks box.
d) The top of air vacuum relief valves must be no higher than soil surface and insulated in freezing
climates.
e) If using a hydraulic indexing valve for zoning a system, be sure it is frost protected in freezing
climates. For proper operation, always locate indexing valve at highest point in system to allow for
drainage between cycles.
f) The driplines will self -drain through the emitters into the soil. If the cover crop over the dripfield is
not yet adequately established, add hay or straw over the field for insulation in freezing climates.
g) If necessary, mark all valve boxes with a metal pin so you can find it in the winter when covered
in snow.
December 2008 Page 15

AS BUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.
1. Site name:
2. Site address, including State:
3. Dripfield designed by:
4. Dripfield installed by:
5. Date of installation:
6. Daily design flow: gpd.
7. Soil loading rate: gpd/sq. ft.
8. What treatment system was used? Manufacturer and model number:
9. Number of zones in dripfield: If more than one zone, please describe
valve (size, manufacturer, part number, type):
10. Amount of dripline installed in each zone:
Zone 1 ft. Zone 2 ft. Zone 3 ft. Zone 4 ft.
11. Dripline model number Wor description:
12. Flow rate per zone:
Zone 1 gpm. Zone 2 gpm. Zone 3 gpm. Zone 4 gpm.
13. Depth dripline installed below grade: inches
14. Pump manufacturer, model number and number of pumps:
15. Filter model number Wor description:
If more than one zone, do the zones (a) share one filter or (b) each have their own filter?
16. Pressure in each zone:
Zone 1 psi Location pressure measured:
Zone 2 psi Location pressure measured:
Zone 3 psi Location pressure measured:
Zone 4 psi Location pressure measured:
17. Size (diameter) of feed manifold: inches. Depth of feed manifold: inches.
18. Size (diameter) of flush manifold: inches. Depth of flush manifold: inches.
19. Size of filter flush valve: inches.
Is filter flush valve manual or automatic?
20. Size of field flush valve: inches.
Is the field flush valve manual or automatic?
If more than 1 zone, do the zones (a) share 1 flush valve or (b) does each zone have its own flush
valve?
21. Was any fill material supplied on the dripfield?
December 2008 Page 16

If "yes" to 21 above describe fill quality and quantity added.
22. Please provide as -built drawings, including but not limited to direction of drip lines, location of air
vents, pressure regulators if applicable, Headworks (filter and valves) and pump tank.
December 2008 Page 17

E Z --- T
EZT-1 CD4Z-230-16
System Operation:
1-4 ZONE COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL
L,
This panel is designed to control the out flow of two tanks using a PLC and Touchscreen. Based off timer set points and
the float switch conditions in each tank the PLC will start/stop pumps and open/close valves, or it can manually control
them via the touchscreen. This controller is capable of remote access via PC or smart phone if, connected to a network
with internet access. This allows the user to receive emails or text notifications of alarm conditions. The controller also
logs data such as:
a. Pump Run Time (ETM) "Daily & Totalized))
b. Pump Starts "Daily & Totalized))
c. Filter Flush Count & Time On "Daily))
d. Zone Count and Time On «Daily»
e. Field Flush Count & Time On "Daily))
f. Secondary Timer Cycles «Daily»
g. High & Low levels
h. Pump Fail
i. UV Lamp Fail
j. Power Cycle
Recirculation Tank Pump Operation:
This tank has (3) float switches that will control the pump on time (dose) and off time (rest) using settings that can be
easily adjusted from the touchscreen based off site topography.
a. Float Switch-1 (Redundant Off & Low -Level Alarm): When lowered, this float turns off the
pump. It is a secondary off float which will operate if the Timer On & Off float fails.
Pumping will be disabled if in the automatic mode. This float also activates the alarm
light. The alarm light will remain on until the float is lifted.
b. Float Switch-2 (Normal Timer On & Off): This float activates the Normal Timer, which
cycles the pump on and off based on the values in the Normal Timer Setting. The timer
will control the pump cycle, beginning with the off cycle.
c. Float Switch-3 (High Level Alarm): When raised, this float activates the alarm light and
audible alarm. The audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the toggle switch towards
SILENCE on the side of the control panel. The alarm light will remain on until the float
is lowered.

EZT-1 CD4Z-230-16
Drip Tank Pump and Valve Operation:
1-4 ZONE COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL
This tank has (4) float switches that will control the pump on time (dose) and off time (rest) and the opening and closing
of valves, using settings that can be easily adjusted from the touchscreen based off site topography. The pump dosing
cycles will be controlled by the Normal Timer Float-5. If a high in -flow condition occurs the pump dosing cycle will be
controlled Secondary Timer Float-6. At the beginning of each dose cycle the filter flush valve will open for 15 seconds
(field adjustable). Once completed the system will then open the corresponding zone valve and begin its supply line pre -
charge time of 60 seconds (field adjustable). Then complete the Normal or Secondary preset zone dose time depending
on the condition of the float-6. When finished the dosing cycle the pump will run until the pump off delay is reached 10
seconds (field adjustable) the zone valve and field flush valve will remain open for 5 minutes (field adjustable) to allow
for drainage. After completing 10 field flush cycle counts (field adjustable) the field flush valve will open and flush each
zone 5 minutes (field adjustable).
a. Float Switch-4 (Redundant Off & Low -Level Alarm): When lowered, this float turns off the
pump. It is a secondary off float which will operate if the Normal Timer On & Off float
fails. Pumping will be disabled if in the automatic mode. This float also activates the
alarm light. The alarm light will remain on until the float is lifted.
b. Float Switch-5 (Normal Timer On & Off): This float activates the Normal Timer, which
cycles the pump on and off based on the values in the Normal Timer Setting. The timer
will control the pump cycle, beginning with the off cycle.
c. Float Switch-6 (Secondary Timer): This float activates the Secondary Timer function when
lifted. The timer will cycle the pump based on the values programmed in the Secondary
Timer Settings. Starting with the dose cycle first then the resting cycle. Both the
"Dose" and "Rest" time may be different from those for the Normal Timer. The Secondary
Timer function will remain active until the secondary timer float lowers. When the
Secondary Timer function has been completed, normal timer operation will automatically
resume.
d. Float Switch-7 (High Level Alarm): When raised, this float activates the alarm light and
audible alarm. The audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the toggle switch towards
SILENCE on the side of the control panel. The alarm light will remain on until the float
is lowered.
HOME SCREEN: System Overview

EZT-1CD4Z-230-16 1-4 ZONE COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL
a
a
a
Navigation Buttons
1. Status of UV Lamp If Connected
2. Displays Remaining Rest and Dose Times
3. Indicates Current Step of The Controller If A Dose Cycle Was Activated.
4. Tank Level Animation & Float Status: Empty Circle = Float Down, Filled Circle = Float Up
5. Status of The Pump: Red = Stopped, Green = Running, Blinking Red = Fail
6. Displays Current Date & Time
7. Displays Number of Cycle Remaining Until A Field Flush Occurs
8. Yellow Color Indicates That The Next Dose Will Go To That Zone
9. Status of The Valve: Grey = Closed, Green = Open
10. Displays That Corresponding Zone Hand -Off -Auto Switch In The Touchscreen Is In The Off Position
11. Displays That Only 3 Zones Are Selected In Zone Settings

EZT-1 CD4Z-230-16
Quick Start Instructions:
1-4 ZONE COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL
➢ Press: The Setup Menus button > Enter the level 2 password
➢ Press: Recirc. Pump Dose / Rest Times Button > Enter the Normal Rest and Dose times for cycling the pump in
the recirculation tank.
➢ Press: Drip Pump Dose / Rest Times Button > Enter the Normal and Secondary Rest and Dose times for cycling
the pump in the drip tank based off the topography of the site. Enter the delay pump off delay time (Default 10
Seconds). This how long the pump runs after the dose time is finished allowing valves to open for drainage.
➢ Press: Zone Settings Button: Enter how many zones are being used (Default4). If zone flow GPM is known enter
the values per corresponding zone.
➢ Press: Filter Flush Timer Button > Enter how long to flush the filter before each dose cycle. (Default 15 Seconds)
➢ Press: Supply Line Pre -charge Button > Enter how long to pre -charge the line before the dose timer activates.
(Default 60 Seconds)
➢ Press: Drain Cycle Settings Button > Enter how long to drain the line after a zone dose the line before the dose
timer activates. (Default 5 Mnutes)
➢ Press: Field Flush Settings Button > Enter how many cycles before a field flush is enabled (Default 10 Cycles). Also
enter how long you want the zone to be flushed (Default 5 Mnutes).
➢ Press: Alarm Timers Button > Enter the High & Low alarm on/off delays for each tank (All Defaultedto 5 Seconds).
➢ Press: More Button > Enter level 3 password in the Setup Menu if you need to disable UV Lamp Fault
➢ Press: Back Button To Go Home
➢ Press: H-O-A Button > Place Recirc. Pump, Drip Pump, Filter Flush, and Field Flush in auto mode.
➢ Press: More Button in the Hand Off Auto Control Screen > Place all zones used in auto mode.
➢ Navigate back to the Home Screen
SCREENS:

BACK CONTROLMORE
RECIRC_
PUMP
DRIP
PUMP
FILTER
FLUSH
FIELD
FLUSH
HOME
Recirc. Pump Cycles Im
Recirc. Pump Cycle ETM =
Recirc. Tank High Warms MM
BACK SETUP MENU
I
RECIRC. PUMP
DRAIN CYCLE
DOSE 1 REST TIMES
SETTINGS
DRIP PUMP
FIELD FLUSH
DOSE I REST TIMES
SETTINGS
ALARM
ZONE SETTINGS
TIMERS
FILTER FLUSH - I TIMER EMAIL 1 TEXT ADDRESSES
SUPPLY LINE NETWORK SETTINGS
PRE -CHARGE TIM
PUMP DOSE 1 REST
BDRIP
BACK TIMER SETTINGS
II HOMES
NORMAL
DOSE TIME
HH 1 MM 1 SS
HH 1 MM 1 SS
DRIP PUMP
OFF -DELAY
SECONDARY
SECONDARY
REST TIME
DOSE TIME
EMM
MM
HHIMMISS
HHIMMISS
BACKHAND -OFF -AUTO HOME
CONTROL
ZONE-1 ZONE-2 ZONE-3 ZONE-4
VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
DRIP ONLY STATUS I HOME
Drip Pump Cycles
Drip Pump Cycle ETM '=
Drip Tank High Alarms
Drip Secondary Timer Cycles
Zone 1 Cycles [0 10 ETM Min.
Zone 2 Cycles IM NM ETM Min.
Zone 3 Cycles NM NM ETM Min.
Zone 4 Cycles MM MM ETM Min
RECIRC. PUMP DOSE 1 REST
TIMER SETTINGS
NORMA
NORMAL
o-cT Tr
DOSE TIVE
MEE
ERE
II
I(
BACK I II HOME
Enter Estimated GPM per Zone
Enter
Zane 1
Zane 3
Number of
Zones 1 - 4
Zone 2
Zone 4
123.4 GPM]123.4 GPMI

FILTER FLUSH TIMER
BACK
FILTER FLUSH
Time
Setting
imm
DRAIN CYCLE SETTINGS
DRAIN CYCLE
ALARM TIMERS
BAC
RECIRCULATION TANK
High Alarm
High Alarm
On -Delay
Off -Delay
Low Alarm
Low Alarm
On -Delay
Off -Delay
�123 Sec! i123 Sec!
HOME
HOME
DRIP TANK
High Alarm
High Alarm
On -Delay
Off -Delay
Low Alarm
Low Alarm
OrvDalay
Off -Delay
i123 Sec! i113 Sec!
SUPPLY LINE PRE -CHARGE TIMER
PRE -CHARGE
Time
Setting
HOME
FIELD FLUSH
FIELD FLUSH
Total Cycles
Time
Before Flush
Setting
Remaining
�
Cycles Until.
Flush. A2
SYSTEM HISTORY
6ACK_ -
HOURS
HOURS
Totalized
Totalized
Recirc.
Drip
Pump
Pump
History �.
yc History
RECIRCULATION TANK
DRIP TANK 77
PUMP & ALARM LOGS
PUMP & ALARM LOGS
ALARMS I
FILTER & FIELD FLUSH
POWER CYCLE LOGS
LOGS
RE K
DRIPLOGS
RIP ZONJ
UGALLONS
FLOAT CYCLES
GALLONS
RECIRCULATION DRIP �
BACK PUMP & ALARM LOGS HOME BACK) PUMP & ALARM LOGS " "
Date Recirc. Pump CyclesETM Hours _ ! Date Drip Pump CyclesETM Hoursi
12/31/20 1234 -12.34 Il2/31/20 1234 1 -12.34

7
FILTER & FIELD FLUSH
6ACK LOGS
HOME
DRIP ZONE
BAC LOGS HOM E
Date Filter Flush Cycles Filter Flush Minutes
Date 7n-1 Cycles Zn-1 Mins. Zn-2 Cycles Zn-2 Mins.
12/31/20 1234 1234
12/31/20 1234 1234 1234 1234
ALARM HISTORY LIST
BACK
HOME
FLOAT CYCLES
BACK HOME
ccurrence
RECIRCULATION TANK DRIP TANK
High High
Level Level
Secondary
Timor
Timer Timer
Enable Enable
. .
ff
Float ❑ n oat
ESTIMATED GALLONS
E-MAIL 1 TEXT ADDRESSES
BACK
HOME
BACK HOME
Maximum 45 Characters
TOTALIZED
ZONE 1
E-MAIL gBCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTJVWXYZABCDEF
ZONE 2
E-MAIL ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTJVWXYZABCDEF
ZONE 3
® E-MAIL ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTJVWXYZABCDEF
ZONE 4
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEF
E-MAIL
EL
IDENTIFIER
BACK PLC NETWORK SETTINGS
® ADVANCED SETTINGS HOME
PLC CPU Pat 1 Network
723, j :723 ::723, : l 123 :
-P- Address:
.123. j .723, ::123, : l 123 :
Subset Mask:
RESET RESET
Recirc_ Pump Drip Pump
Totalizer History Totalizer History
---- - :--- - ---- - -
Ill Gateway: IffilifflM
SETTINGS
ESET RESET
• , Zone 1 ESET Zone 2 ESET Zone 3 Zone 4
Maintenance Port: 2101
H.W3s-
Gallons Gallons Gallons Gallons

EZT-1CD4Z-230-16 1-4 ZONE COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL
3
4
PASSWORD SCREEN:
Level 2
**********
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
S
9
0
BS
Q
W
E
R
T
Y
U
I
0
P
CLR
al
H
S
D
F
G
H
J
K
L
CRN
1970
Z
x
G
U
B
N
M
ENT
1. Displays The User Name
2. Press Arrows To Scroll Between Users, Once You Have Selected The User Name You Want Use The Keypad To
Enter In The Correct Password.
3. Lower- & Upper- Case Characters Pop-up Screen
4. Special Characters Screen Pop-up Screen
5. Level 1 Password = DRIP
6. For Level 2 Password Access Contact E-Z Treat

0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 11
1 d 1;7 inrh
S
E
C
rn
6
<--14
Enclosure Perspective
16�
ALDERON'
Industries
This drawing contains proprietary information
which must not be du licated, used, or disclosed
P
Mode' Number
EZT-1 CD4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B y
J. Sonnier
Page Number
e
in whole or in without written consent.
DWG
Checked By
B. Klabunde
15 16
Leading Edge Control Products
part prior
of
11015TH ST SOUTH
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect
power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes.
Date
1/19/2021
PRODUCTION REPORT
HAWLEV MN, 56549
2. Install in accordance with National Electric
Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
Revision

Mounting Panel Layout
Device tag
Part Description
ERP #
2
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
3
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
4
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
5
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
6
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
7
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
8
Block, End Barrier, PXC, D-ST 4
1004862
9
Saddle Jumper, PXC, FBS 2-5
1004974
10
Saddle Jumper, PXC, FBS 2-5
1004974
11
Block, End Barrier, PXC, D-ST 2,5-QUATTRO
1004937
12
Block, End Barrier, PXC, D-ST 2,5-TWIN
1004468
13
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
14
Block, End Clamp, PXC, 35-5
1005000
15
Block, End Barrier, PXC, D-ST 4
1004862
16
Saddle Jumper, PXC, FBS 3-5
1004975
17
Saddle Jumper, PXC, FBS 4-5
1005310
18
Block, Partition Plate, PXC, ATP-STTB 4
1004947
19
Block, Partition Plate, PXC, ATP-STTB 4
1004947
20
Saddle Jumper, PXC, FBS 3-5
1004975
21
Saddle Jumper, PXC, FBS 3-5
1004975
23
Block, Partition Plate, PXC, ATP-STTB 4
1004947
25
Block, End Barrier, PXC, D-PTTB 2,5
1004939
26
Block, End Barrier, PXC, D-ST 4
1004862
27
Circuit Breaker Feet
1000632
28
Circuit Breaker Feet
1000632
29
Circuit Breaker Feet
1000632
30
Circuit Breaker Feet
1000632
31
Circuit Breaker Feet
1000632
32
Circuit Breaker Feet
1000632
BALLASTI.
Ballast, Fulham, WH3-120-C
1005234
BPI
Backplate, Aluminium, 18"x16"
1000361
CB1
Circuit Breaker, SQD, 2P. 20A
1001310
CB2
Circuit Breaker, SQD, 2P. 20A
1001310
CB3
Circuit Breaker, SQD, 1P, 10A
1000461
CRI.
PA, Relay, Screw Terminal, 120V, SPDT
1003211
CS1
Switch,Current,NK Tech, NO
1001837
DIN1
Rail Din, Steel, Low
1000426
DIN2
Rail Din, Steel, Low
1000426
F1
Block, Terminal, Fuse, PXC, PT 4-HESI
1004861
F2
Block, Terminal, Fuse, PXC, PT 4-HESI
1004861
F3
Block, Terminal, Fuse, PXC, PT 4-HESI
1004861
F4
Block, Terminal, Fuse, PXC, PT 4-HESI
1004861
<--12
Mounting Panel Layout
14�
ILDERO
ALDERON'
This drawing contains proprietary information
which must not be duplicated,used,ordisclosed
Mode' Number
EZT-1CD4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B y
I Sonnier
Page Number
9
in whole or in without written consent.
DWG
Checked By
B. Klabunde
13 16
Leading Edge Control Products
part prior
of
11015TH ST. SOUTH
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect
power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes.
Date
1/19/2021
PRODUCTION_ REPORT
HAWLEV MN, 56549
2. Install in accordance with National Electric
Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
RevI$lon

1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1
Device tag
Part Description
ERP #
1
Label, Brady, 1.06" x .49", BK
1001429
BP2
Inner Door, Hoffman, Poly Pro, 18x16
1004815
HMI1
PLC, HMI, 4.3" Color, IDEC, HG1G
1002803
SW2
Switch,Toggle,On/OFF,Gaynor
1000128
HMI1
Mounting Panel Layout
<--13
Mounting Panel Layout
15�
ALDERON'
Industries
This drawing contains proprietary information
whichmustnotbeduplicated,used,ordisclosed
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
Mode' Number
DWG
EZT-1CD4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B y
J. Bonnier
Page Number
9
14 16
Checked By
B. Klabunde
Leading Edge Control Products
of
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes.
Date
1/19/2021
11015TH ST. SOUTH
PRODUCTION_ REPORT
HAWLEV MN, 56549
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
I Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
Revision

0 1 1 1 2 1 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9
Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided - 2 X Pump Load Led Field Wiring
Legend . . . . . .
Size per manufacturing specifications for Pump/Motor 120/230 VAC 0-16A MAX 60 Hz Field Supplied
Alarm/Control Source Pump Source Pump Source Pump must contain integeral Device Tag Description PTr.ma,e
120 VAC, 60Hz 120/230 VAC, 60Hz 120/230 VAC, 60Hz thermal overload protection. BALLAST2 Ballast
CB1;CB2 Circuit Breaker 2 Pole 20 A 45 In-Ib
Bottom Feed Bottom Feed Bottom Feed Ground Motor PE to Ground Lug CB3 Circuit Breaker 1 Pole 10 A 45 In -lb
Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker CSl Current Switch NO 0.5-100A
Ll N Ll L2/N Ll L2/N F1...F3;F8 Fuse Terminal Block
(ITS Tn I7n (ITS (I7� (ITS F1...F3;F8 5 A Control Fuse
37 PUMPI;PUMP2 Customer Supplied AC Pump
I I 1.4 1.5 I I I I M1 BZK PVVS Power Supply 24VDC 30W
N1N2 CB1 5L3 6Tr �T2 SW2 Toggle Switch
I TB6 2 I I I I 31 r TB1;TB6 Terminal Block 30A
12 TB2 Double -Level Terminal Block 20A
WHT 4 41,3 112K 3L2 4T2
12 18 ,I ,I ,I �— — O I 32 — PUMP1 TB3;TB4 Terminal Block 20A
b \ \ \ 1 -_ TB5 Terminal Block 20A
CB3 TB4 1 2 I I L — — — — — O��v�12 M I 2T1 — — —�Tl PE I I TB5 Terminal Block 20A
1 I I TRANS1 Transformer, 24V
I IA3
J3B8LK
1 N3N4 N5N6 CB2 5L3 6T3 2 _32
RED 1.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 I I 33 r
12 B I I — — — — — — — — — — — 0 BLK
3L2 k-D — PUMP2
BLK
I L
Pf
2 L- 2 I 1 12K 1L1 i 2T1 Tl 34 1 PE
F8 1.1 /2.3 1.1
2 1 2 RED N1 N2
16
9 s
RED RED
16 18
1
F1 F2
2
4
RED
18
TB1
120VAC.1
R
7
RED
24
BLK
5
RED
30
GRN
18
WH18
1
PWS
]wHT17
18
ND1
PE
13
—
18
L PE N
COM
120 208 240
10
Power Supply
White
Black Red Orange
2
6
'18
PS5R-VC24
F1 - F3, F8 Fuse must be replaced with 5 Ampere
RED
18
BALLASTI
Black
white Yellow
RED
24 VDC 30W
TRANSI
type 5mm x 20 mm fast acting 250 V max
V+ V-
Spare fuses provided in packet
1
02
I
20
21
22
25
26
Blue
24 VAC
Yellow
DVAC
BLK
18
WHT
18
YEL
18
RED
18
RED
18
39
BLU
41
YEL
18
HTR1 I TB5
1
2
3
28
z9 3s
36
18
XL
L
fl fl x� I
19
11
23
4
27
BLU
18
BLU WHT/BLU
18 18
WHT/BLU
18
1
RED
WHT
1a
YEL
1a
CAUTION: Nonmetallic enclosures does not provide
2.4
1a
18
1a
IF
F3
grounding between conduit connections. Use grounding
B
CS'
24VDC.1
OVDC.1
2
bushings and jumper wires.
14
BLU UV Lamp
N3
2,6
2.1
40
RED
ATTENTION: Les boitiers non-metalliques ne permettent
Red
Blue 1. SW2
coM �No�
11
24 VDC.2
18
pas de mise a la terre entre les connexions de conduits.
TB2 27 26 3.4 OVDC.2 V Utilisez des manchons de mise a la terre et des flls de liaison.
UV Lamp 3.4 24VAC OVAC
<=INTRODUCTION/2 Schematic 2.4 2.7 2�
ALDERON
Indusl
This drawing contains proprietary information
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
Model
DWG Number
EZT-1 C D4Z-2 30-16
Quote Number
Drawn By
B. Nelson
Page Number
1 3
Checked By
B. Klabunde
dl is
Leading Edge Control Products
of
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes.
Date
1/19/2021
11015TH ST. SOUTH
HAWLEY MN, 11549
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring -Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
Revision

0 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9
Recirculation Drip Floats High Level Legend Field Wiring
High Level Secondary Timer F57 � � � � � � Field Supplied
Dose Enable FS3 Dose Enable FS6 O Device Tag Description
Redundent Off FS2 Redundent Off FS5 C) r Bl Buzzer 120V Sue
O S1 -0 r O S4 [1 r I I CF7 Relay, retinal, SPDlock 7.1In-Ib
I 1 � I I I I F4... F7 Fuse Terminal Block
I I 1 � 1 11 I I I I F4.LT1 S A Control Fuse
LT1 Red Beacon 15W
i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111;M2 Contactor 18 A- 120V Coil 15 In -lb 15 In -lb
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T PLCl PLC, 14I/100
i TB2 2 1 4 1 6 1 8 1 101 121 14 SWl Toggle Switch SPDT
24VDC.1 TB2 Double -Level Terminal Block 20A
TB2 1 3 5 B.. 7 9 11 13
45 18 B L F4-F7 Fuse must be replaced with 5 Ampere
BILE18 1 type 5mm x 20 mm fast acting 250 V max
1a Spare fuses provided in packet
44 47 54 59 60 63 t
67 70 7 R/ 1.0
BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU LU BLU BLU RED 18 18 18 18 18 8 18 18 18 68
BILE
PLC1 18
ICOM I0 Ilbb I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I10 Ill I12 bbI13 I14 I15
�I21
775
BILE BILE
18 18
24VDC IN
MICROSma rt COM
Analog IN
SW1
FGA-C24R10E (NO)1 of cNO) 2
Serial Test slence
u56 R OUT R .OUT R .. O
IS
SERIAL Ethernet OVDC 24VDC PE COMO 00 O1 02 03 COM1 04 05 06 07 COM2 010 O11u3.6 66 69 72 64 76 n 13NO 3NO
43 49 53 58 61 PNK PNK PNK 71 73 PNK PNK fNKGRY RED RED RED RED 18 18 18 GRY PNK 18 18 8 M1 M2
18 46 18 18 18 18 1a 18 14N0 .3T14NO
GRN
18
1 1 1 1 TB 2 16 18 20 22 24 26
F4 F5 F6 F7 TB2 11 11 191 211 21 251 IF
so 52 55 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I OVAC
PE
RED RED RED 12 14
OVDC•1 18 18 18 56 6z 1 IA11 IA11 IA11 IAl 1 IA11 IA1 1. CR1
1.4 GND1 — 18 RED I I I I I I
Zl Z2 Z3 Z4 ZF FF 11
Al Al Al 1 1 I I I I I I
i 241.5 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
M1 M2 CR1 LT1 B1 15 79 80
YEL EL
/� A2 A2 A2 2 2 Zone Control Zone Flush Filter Flush 1a 1a
120VAC.1 51
READ
57 WHT 16 TB2 29 30
18 18 18 18
1.0
WHT N5 / 1.1
N4 18 N6 / 1.1 Dry Alarm Contacts
<-- 1 1.1 Schematic 3
This drawing contains propnetary information Quote Number Drawn B J. Sonnier Page Number
ALDERON' Whichmustnotbedu licated,used,ordisclosed Mode' Number EZT-1CNZ-230-16 y 9
Industries P
Leading Edge Control Products in whole or in part without prior written consent. DWG Checked By B. Klabunde 2 Of 3
11015TH ST SOUTH Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes. Date 1/19/2021
HAWLEY MN, 56549 2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided. Revision

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Legend Field Wiring
. Field Supplied
Device Tag Description
CBLl Ethernet Cable Cat5
GNDI 8P Ground Bar 30In-Ib
HMI1 HMI Display 2.2In-lb
OVDC.2 24VDC.2
HMI1
USB2
GND1 81 HG 1G-4VT22TF-B «USB1
II1 I PE (T� (T� (T� (7� (T� (7� (T� (7� (T�
PE I SD I RD I RS I CS I SG I SDA I SDB I RDA I RDB LAN
CBL1
38.228 In
SERIAL
2.0
<-- 2
Schematic
= PRODUCTION_REPORT/1
ALDERON'
Industries
This drawing contains proprietary information
which must not be duplicated,
P
Mode' Number
EZT-1CD4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Q
Drawn B y
B. Nelson
Page Number
9
in whole or in without written consent.
DWG
Checked By
B. Klabunde
3 3
Leading Edge Control Products
part prior
of
11015TH ST. SOUTH
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect
power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes.
Date
1/19/2021
HAWLEV MN, 56549
2. Install in accordance with National Electric
Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
ReVI$lon

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Site Map
�N O
S,
J
=� 051201 ;v
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

_ l
100' DISPOSAL AREA
SETBACK
SURFACE \ I \
/ REVIEW COCOMPLIANCE BOUNDARY AIND TREATMENT�� SYSTEM DRIPFIEI DN OFI
WASTE BOUNDARY
1 5A NCAC 02L .01 8 �
\ \ \ 1 I I \ 3 -BEDROOM
\ I I I I PROPOSED
DWELLLING II — 1 CD \ I I I I
50' RIPARIAN BUFFER I I
\
PROPERTY LINE
\ \ \ PROPOSED
DRIVEWAY
\/ STREAMM
ROPo
LEGEND
—
ADJACENT BOUNDARY
J qZ
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
a
- -
RIGHT-OF-WAY
W W
~
CONTOURS - INDEX
0 N
CONTOURS -INTERMEDIATE
x
FENCE
DRIP LINES
-
RETURN LINES
F_
SUPPLY LINES
W W
DIVERSION BERM
p 2
SOIL BOUNDARY
O u) W
ww aw
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
Fn
RETURN MANIFOLD
Z W p
O W W d
®
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
CO
CLEAN OUT
a � LL F-
M
�
EZRT
EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
H
fn —
HU
HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M
BALL VALVE/METER
NOTES
1. TOPO TAKEN FROM NC FRIS.
2. DISPOSAL FIELD AND TREATMENT SYSTEM
SHALL FOLLOW DEEDED SETBACKS OR
WAIVERS.
3. THIS IS NOT A SURVEY.
,,,1��.�,� N CAR phi
= OF�SS�
51201
'�..q G1NE P �.
C .
NiglioN
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " = 60'
/ 0 30 60 120 180
s
O M
N
~ O N
m p U Qo
M
CD O
O
Lu
a
� N Z
W Q J
Z z rn =
3o-�X
WMX Q
2 LL
zUco
d O Z
WQDd W t^D
Z J
cy�
U
CD ow
� � H
U
w�
O
U �
c�
3 ��

off ,,,", "
SEAL ; -
051201 Q
11111111%,
Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Operation & Maintenance Plan
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Operation and Maintenance Plan
System Background
The wastewater treatment and disposal system is designed to treat the generated domestic
wastewater from a resident dwelling. The system will consist of one (1) septic tank with effluent
filter, one (1) Model 600 E-Z Treat recirculating media filter (treatment unit), one (1) E-Z Treat
recirculation tank, one (1) field dosing / storage tank, an ultraviolet disinfection unit, initial and
repair irrigation fields with sufficient drip lines, and all the necessary appurtenances. The septic
tank will receive the wastewater by gravity flow as it leaves the home. Once the wastewater fills
the septic tank, it will exit the septic tank by gravity through an effluent filter. The wastewater
then enters the E-Z Treat recirculation tank where it is pumped through the E-Z Treat treatment
unit. The E-Z Treat treatment unit removes additional BOD that were not removed in the septic
tank and effluent filter. The wastewater then flows by gravity into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank
or is diverted to the field dosing/storage tank by means of an effluent bypass valve. Wastewater
flowing into the field dosing/storage tank is treated by an ultraviolet disinfection unit prior to
entering the tank. Each of these treatment units are described in additional detail below.
Septic, E-Z Treat Recirculation, and Field Dosing / Storage Tanks:
The proposed wastewater treatment system will provide both anaerobic treatment for BOD,
nutrient and solids removal in the septic tank. This tank will be provided as specified on the
construction drawings or approved equal by Engineer. The tank shall be previously approved by
the On -Site Water Protection Section. This tank shall provide greater than 2 days of detention
time providing for adequate anaerobic treatment and solids removal from the wastewater. The
septic tank will contain a Polylok, Simtech, or approved equal effluent filter to prevent solids from
reaching the E-Z Treat recirculation tank.
The E-Z Treat recirculation tank will be provided as specified on the construction drawings or
approved equal by Engineer. Septic tank effluent will drain into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank.
Wastewater will be pumped from the E-Z recirculation tank onto the E-Z Treat treatment unit, and
the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent will flow by gravity into the E-Z Treat recirculation tank or
the field dosing / storage tank. The field dosing/storage tank shall be provided as specified on the
construction drawings or approved equal by Engineer. The effluent from the field dosing / storage
tank will be pumped to the drip irrigation fields.
The E-Z Treat recirculation and field storage/dosing tanks will be connected to audible and visible
highwater alarms. These alarms will alert the operator when too much wastewater has
accumulated in the tanks so that he may turn on the pumps to empty the tank. If the property,
otherwise specified on the construction drawings, is served by a well system, water will not be
used during a power failure. A standby generator shall be provided if stated in the permit
statements.
Pumps:
There are two pumps within the wastewater treatment system. One (1) E-Z Treat treatment unit
recirculation pump will be a Sta-Rite'/2 hp pump (Catalog Number STEP 30). One (1) drip field
dosing pump will be provided as specified on the construction drawings, or equivalent as approved
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00 1

by the engineer. Both pumps will be connected to the control panel. Pump efficiency shall be
monitored by recording the amperage supplied to the pump. A sudden decrease in efficiency will
indicate that the pump must be replaced. Pump replacement can be accomplished by disconnecting
pumps from the power supply and unscrewing them from the attached piping.
E-Z Treat Treatment Unit:
The Model 600 E-Z Treat treatment unit will be used to provide additional treatment to the septic
tank effluent as well as removing suspended solids not removed by the septic tank. The treatment
unit will be housed in the container provided by E-Z Treat. The E-Z Treat treatment unit will be
dosed by a Sta-Rite pump (Catalog Number STEP 30, 1/2hp) with a distribution system placed
above the styrene media which will discharge onto the media. The underdrain system will
transport the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent back into the recirculation or field dosing / storage
tank.
Ultraviolet Disinfection Unit:
The ultraviolet disinfection unit will be used to treat the E-Z Treat treatment unit effluent before it
reaches the field dosing / storage tank. The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be E-Z Treat (Model
E-Z UV 102) or approved equal by engineer.
Rain Sensor:
A Hunter Mini-Clik rain sensor shall be installed adjacent to the hydraulic unit in an area that will
receive precipitation (i.e., that is not covered by trees). The sensor will only be used for the drip
irrigation pump to cease operations during wet conditions. The field dosing / storage tank will
store the treated wastewater for more than five days; however, it may be necessary to override the
control system following large precipitation events if the tank is above capacity. During wet
conditions, the sensor will send a signal to the pump controls to inactivate the pump. If it becomes
necessary to release wastewater from the tank, the Mini-Clik may be turned off and the pump
switched on manually.
Drip Irrigation System:
The drip irrigation fields will be dosed by the field dosing pump. The drip field zoning criteria
and drip lines shall follow as specified on the construction drawings. All zones shall operate
independently. Each emitter shall be capable of delivering 0.6 gph.
Crop Maintenance and Management:
The drip area should remain as original condition and be planted with a fescue, rye, or Bermuda
grass as needed in compacted areas. The wastewater applied to the trees or grass (if needed) will
provide ample moisture and nutrients to promote plant growth. All dead trees if applicable, newly
grown vegetation and newly grown trees less than I inch shall be removed yearly.
System Operation
The wastewater treatment system is designed to dose the E-Z Treat treatment unit every 14 minutes
to 20 minutes with 34 gallons of septic tank effluent. If less than 34 gallons of wastewater is
available, the low-level signal will inactivate the pump. The control panel will activate the field
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

dosing pump and associated control valve to dose the drip field. Flow to the drip field is designed
for a maximum dose as shown on the construction drawings. The volume dosed is controlled by
the "run time" set on the dose run/rest interval timer for each zone. The pump will de -energize if
the low water level "pump off' float is activated. The flow meter installed in the hydraulic unit
will track the volume of wastewater irrigated.
If the highwater level "alarm" float switch is activated, the system will energize the audible and
flashing alarm fixtures. Once energized, the flashing and audible alarm units may only reset
manually. If the alarm light begins flashing after being reset, it means that either there is a clog in
the system or the pump has failed. This may be corrected by simply pressing the reset button. If
this doesn't energize the pump, the wet well will have to be opened and the pump removed to
check for deficiencies or an object that may be clogging the system. If there are no obvious flaws
on the pump itself and no objects inside the pump tank, restore the pump and try resetting it again.
If the pump still does not work, contact the pump manufacturer.
Both the E-Z Treat treatment unit and drip irrigation pump controls shall include, but not be limited
to an "auto/manual" system control switch, stop/start switch, non-resetable elapsed time recorder
for each pump, and individual pump run lights. The control panel shall contain NEMA 4X
enclosures. All supporting control units, if not housed within the pump control panels, shall be in
a separate NEMA 4X enclosure.
No heavy traffic shall be driven over the treatment units or drip fields at any time. This access is
restricted in order to protect the health and safety of people. It is important that the drip area in
non -wooded or compacted areas be seeded with grasses or trees to establish vegetation. The
vegetation will absorb any nutrients remaining in the treated wastewater, and the treated
wastewater will promote the growth of the vegetation. The vegetation will absorb any nutrients
remaining in the treated wastewater, and the treated wastewater will promote the growth of the
vegetation. The vegetation will need to be maintained so that it does not interfere with the
performance of the drip irrigation system.
System Maintenance
To ensure a smooth operating system, regular maintenance shall be performed on each treatment
unit. The maintenance for each unit is detailed on the plans and is displayed in the following table.
Further system maintenance information shall refer to the manufacturer's literatures.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00
3

Operation and Maintenance Tasks
Unit
Frequency
Task
3 — 6 months
Check for solids accumulation, blockages, or baffle
Septic Tank: damage
damages, in/exfiltration, pump septage.
Septic Tank: solids and
12 months
Pump out accumulated solids if necessary, remove scum
scum
layer.
Effluent Filter: Testing
3 — 6 months
Check and clean as needed.
Effluent Filter:
12 months
Replace each time septic tank is pumped.
Replacement
E-Z Treat Treatment
monthly
Inspect control/alarm panel, recirculation tank, and E-Z Treat
Unit
treatment unit (filter pod).
weekly
Wipe (clean) UV lamp, check intensity and replace lamp
Ultraviolet Disinfection
when required.
Pump Tanks:
weekly
Check pumps, controls, alarms, elapsed time meters.
Pumps and Controls
Pump Tanks:
3 — 6 months
Check for solids accumulation, or infiltration and
Solids and Potential
exfiltration.
Leaks
Pump Tanks:
12 months
Remove scum layer when septic tank is pumped.
Scum Accumulation
2 — 4 weeks
Weed Eat vegetative cover to a minimum height of 4 inches
Drip Field:
if applicable to ensure vegetation does not interfere with the
Vegetation
system operation.
Drip System:
3 — 6 months
Check for leaks in force mains, odors, ponding, and erosion
Piping and Distribution
to ensure runoff does not occur in drip area.
Equipment
Pumps, Distribution
monthly
Check flow meter readout and compare to recorded flows,
Piping, and Alarm
check pumps for leaks.
System
Pumps, Distribution
quarterly
Remove filter covers and inspect for accumulation of debris.
Piping, and Alarm
System
Pumps, Distribution
semiannually
Remove and lubricate O-Rings on filter canister, replace if
Piping, and Alarm
damaged. Clean filter discs at hydraulic tubing feed.
System
annually
Remove filter disc cartridge and replace, clean cartridge and
store for next annual replacement. Dig along side dripper
Pumps, Distribution
line and remove small section with emitter, repair with
Piping, and Alarm
"RAM" couplings and new tubing, inspect removed tubing
System
for excess slime or buildup. Flush dripper lines with
chemical solution as needed. Check and or replace batteries
in flow meter.
Control Panel and
6-12
Check amp readout and compare to manufacturers
Pump Efficiency
months
instructions.
*Tanks should not be pumped during wet conditions.
Madison Siegrist
Surface Drip System with E-Z Treat TS-II Pretreatment
MacConnell & Associates, P.C. Project No.: C14301.00

Eliiiiiiiiiil�lz4w�OITREAT
;;Qwwl
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
Operation
and Maintenance
Manual
NSF.
Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of thefollowing standards:
NSF/ANSI 40
NSF/ANSI245
NSF/ANSI 350
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General Instructions
2.0 Basic Operation and Maintenance Requirements
2.1 Septic Tank
2.2 Re -Circulation Tank
2.3 Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms
2.4 E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
2.5 Cleaning the Filter Media
2.6 Replacement of Media Mattress
3.0 Attention System Owner and Users
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
7

r�
1.0 General Instructions
E-Z Treat Company requires regular life time inspection and lifetime maintenance of the E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter, as a condition of purchase and ongoing operational compliance.
The inspection and maintenance interval should be no less than annually. For NSF listed systems
or per applicable state regulatory requirements, the inspection and service interval shall be a
minimum of every 6 months for the first two years and at a frequency per state regulations there-
after. The mandatory service contract will include a performance based system inspection. The
service provider must be trained and certified by E-Z Treat Company or authorized representative.
All inspection and maintenance reports
must be forwarded, along with any
additional documentation, to E-Z Treat
Company, the local authorized E-Z Treat
Dealer, and all required or designated
regulatory agencies.
This manual contains a list of the
routine maintenance procedures that
are required by E-Z Treat Company.
Failure to perform the required system
maintenance could reduce the desired
performance of the system and will
void the warranty on the E-Z Treat
Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system.
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system should be inspected by an
authorized service provider at start-up and for all inspections thereafter.
E-Z Treat Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter Pods
Model 600
Model 1200
Pods can be configured in multiples for higher flow systems.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

2.0 Basic Operation and Maintenance Requirements
2.1 Septic Tank
The septic and re -circulation tank shall be
inspected annually to ensure they are oper-
ating properly. Remove the access covers
over the tank openings to perform the
inspection.
1. Verify the lid and riser assemblies are
watertight. Check for any damaged, water
weeping marks, holes or cracks. The system
must remain watertight to perform properly.
-�
2. Remove, clean and replace the outlet
lD
effluent filter in accordance with the
instructions provided by the effluent filter
r+
manufacturer.
O
3. Inspect the liquid level in the septic tank,
it should be level with the bottom of the
7
iL
outlet pipe.
3
4. Inspect the effluent and scum layers in
the septic tank. Look for oil or any other
�.
r+
contaminants that are not normal.
(D
:3
5. Verify the tank has received its scheduled
pumping and cleaning. Check the solids
n
layer in each of the tanks. If the solids layer
is excessive have the tank pumped.
3
!y
C
!y
2.2 Re -Circulation Tank
The re -circulation tank shall be inspected
annually to ensure it is operating properly.
Remove the access covers over the tank
openings to perform the inspection.
Verify that the lid and riser assemblies are
watertight. Check for any damaged, water
weeping marks, holes or cracks, the system
must remain watertight to perform properly.
1. Inspect the liquid level in the re -circulation
tank, it should be level with the bottom of
the outlet pipe.
At initial system start-up, remove the end
caps from the spray manifold. Operate the
re -circulation pump by turning the pump
control to the "HAND -ON" position. Let
the pump run for one minute then turn the
pump control to the "OFF" position repeat
this procedure three times to flush any
construction debris such as dirt or pipe
shavings from the spray manifold. Replace
the end caps hand tight —do not use
wrenches or pliers. Re -set the pump con-
trol selector switch to the "AUTO" position.
Inspect the float by-pass valve. Manually
start the re -circulation pump and observe
the float ball valve, the ball should drop as
the liquid in the re -circulation tank drops the
effluent returning from the E-Z Treat pod
should flow back into the re -circulation tank
and should not flow out the discharge pipe.
4. Verify that all the re -circulation pump
floats are in good condition, properly
secured to the float bracket and are able to
move freely within the re -circulation tank.
Observe the system as it re -circulates.
Visually verify all flows through the system.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

r�
2.3 Control Panel/Pumps/Alarms
1. Check the functions of the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter control panel.
Control: Main Control "ON/OFF" switch
Function: Turns power ON or OFF
Control: System Setting Switch "MANUAL ON" and "AUTO ON"
Function: "MANUAL ON" overrides all float switches and time clock switches
"AUTO ON" allows for normal operations dictated by the time clock and float switches.
Control: Timer "MINUTES ON" and "MINUTES OFF"
Function: Controls run time of re -circulation pump i.e. GPD re -circulated through media.
Control: High and Low Water Alarm "ALARM ON", "ALARM AUTO" and "ALARM SILENCE"
Function: "ALARM ON" will manually turn on the audio/visual alarms.
"ALARM AUTO" is the normal operational setting and "ALARM SILENCE"turns off the alarms.
Check re -circulation pump. Place the system
in the manual mode by turning the recircula-
tion pump switch to "ON". The re -circulation
pump should begin to supply effluent to the
spray nozzles in the treatment pod.
2. Check the voltage and motor amp draw
and record the readings. If the readings
are beyond the limits of the NEC recom-
mendations, have an electrician check
the main service line feeding the system
control panel.
Light will burn Green to indicate
re -circulation Pump is OFF.
Light will burn RED to �►
indicate re -circulation Pump is ON.
Rotate dial to desired minutes ON.
Clock face screw will change the
clock face from a maximum time
of 1.5 units to a maximum of 30 units.
Always set the clock face to 30. -►�}y
Rotate dial to desired minutes OFF
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
3. Place the system in the normal operating
mode by turning the re -circulation pump
switch to "AUTO". Verify the timer
ON/OFF settings are the same as set at
system start-up. Record those timer
settings in the system log.
4. Verify the accuracy of the system ON/OFF
Timer. To accomplish this use a stop
watch and verify the length of time the
re -circulation pump is OFF then verify the
time the re -circulation pump is ON, those
times should match the ON/OFF Timer
settings in the control panel.
Window will display OFF "Sec", "Min" or "He'.
Rotate OFF screw until
"Min" appears in window.
OFF screw displays
seconds, minutes or hours.
r Window will display ON
"Sec", "Min" or "He'.
M •F- Rotate ON screw until
0 "Min" appears in window.
ON
tON screw displays seconds, minutes or hours.
©2017 E-Z Treat 3

5. Confirm the operation of the visual and
audible "HIGH" and "LOW" water alarms.
The control has an alarm switch clearly
marked Alarm "ON", Alarm "AUTO" and
Alarm "SILENCE" Place the alarm switch in
the "ON" position, you will hear a loud
buzzer and see a red flashing light. Move
the switch to the Alarm" SILENCE" position
the red light and buzzer will go dormant.
6.Once the alarms have been triggered
return all settings to their original position
of Alarm "AUTO" (If applicable, verify the
operation of the telemetry unit by checking
the alarm notations on the website.)
2.4 E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter
7. Verify the floats are operational by manually
raising and lowering the floats to simulate
the systems normal operation. Verify proper
operation of "High Level Float" by lifting
the float while the system T is in the "OFF"
time mode, the re -circulation pump should
turn on over riding the "OFF" timer, the
Visual and Audible alarms should activate.
Return the float to its normal position the
re -circulation pump will turn off. Reset the
alarms and manually lower the "Low Water
Float" with the timer in the "ON' mode, the
re -circulation pump will turn off and the
visual/audible alarms will activate. Return
the float to the normal position and the
re -circulation pump will run. Reset the
alarms.
8. Properly re -install and secure all tank
accesses!
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter should be inspected to ensure it is operating
properly. Remove the pod cover to perform this inspection. Each E-Z Treat system should be
installed with a sample box located on the final discharge side of the treatment system, this
sample box is ideal for grab samples. If the installer failed to install a sample box grab samples
can be taken from the pump discharge tank. Many state regulations include instructions for
taking grab samples those rules and procedures supersede E-Z Treat.
1. Take a grab sample of the effluent check for:
a. Odor, the effluent may have an earthy
or musty smell there should be no
strong or offensive odors present.
b. Color, the effluent should be clear and
absent of any color.
c. Solids, there should be no visible
suspended solids
d. Solids, let sample set for 15 minutes,
there should be no visible settling of
solids.
e. Test the pH, it should measure 6.9 to 7.5
If there is odor, color or solids clean the media
If the pH is below 6.9 reduce the re -circulation
rate by increasing to "OFF" time on the Time
Clock Control. Recheck the pH in 90 days.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
2.Observe the spray distribution nozzles
during operation. If a nozzle appears to
be clogged or if the spray pattern is not
uniform, remove the nozzle and clean the
nozzle using a pipe stem cleaning brush.
3. Record the pressure reading on the dis-
tribution manifold gauge. Compare that
pressure to the pressure recorded at the
previous inspection. The pressure should
read 18 to 25 PSI.
a. Verify the pressure gauge on the spray
distribution manifold is performing
properly.
b. Verify the flow rate at the spray nozzles
(it should be 1.75 to 2 GPM).
c. Verify the re -circulation pump is the
same make and model pump that was
specified for the original installation.
©2017 E-Z Treat

rq
d. Verify the re -circulation pump is per-
4. Verify the treatment pod is properly draining
forming in accordance to the pump
by looking down the pod side wall vents,
manufacturers` specifications including
there should be no standing water, the
amp draw and flows at specific pressures.
bottom of the pod should be visible.
e. If the pressure is above the prior record-
ing or above the start up setting, open
5. Visually inspect the surface of the treatment
the ends of the distribution manifold lines,
media for:
manually start the re -circulation pump and
a. Holes, tears, loose seams
allow it to run for 5 minutes. This should
b. Foreign material
flush out the spray distribution lines. If the
pressure remains too high, after cleaning
the spray nozzles and flushing the spray
distribution lines, adjust the pressure to
the desired PSI using the ball valve on
the main spray distribution supply line.
f. If the pressure/flow is too low check for
cracks, breaks or obstructions in the
main distribution supply line.
2.5 Cleaning the Filter Media
c. Black color on media (media should have
light brown tint)
d. Excessive bio mat growth
e. Ponding
f. Clumping of the media.
Note: If any of these conditions exist the
media needs to be cleaned.
Depending upon influent strength and influent volumes, excessive biological growth can
accumulate inside and on the surface of the media filter after 7 to 10 years of use.
Cleaning of the media is a very simple and easy 10-step process:
Step 1: Turnoff power to any discharge pump.
Step 2: Remove the treatment pod cover and remove the spray distribution manifold.
Step 3: Connect wash down hose to the main spray distribution supply line.
Step 4: Manually turn on the re -circulation pump.
Step 5: Pressure wash the surface of the media mattress, the wash water will drain into the
re -circulation tank and will be re -used as wash water.
Step 6: Roll the media mattress and wash the sides and bottom of the media mattress.
Step 7: After the media is completely cleaned properly place the media mattress in the
treatment pod.
Step 8: Re -Install the spray distribution manifold.
Step 9: Pump out and clean the re -circulation tank removing all the wash down water.
Pump out the septic tank.
Step 10: Turn on power to discharge system and return the treatment system
from "Manual" mode to "Automatic" mode.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

n
2.6 Replacement of Media Mattress
If the filter media is exposed to excessive concentrations of petroleum products, paints, glues,
waxes etc. it will become necessary to replace the media. The replacement process it is a very
fast and simple. Removing the media mattress should be performed by service agents that are
trained and certified by E-Z Treat Company.
Step 2: Turnoff power to re -circulation pump, discharge pump and controls.
Step 2: Pump the septic tank and re -circulation tank to assure continued service by residence
during the replacement.
Step 3: Remove the spray distribution manifold.
Step 4: Lift the media mattress out of the filter pod.
Step 5: Place the mattress into the fiberglass transport container provided by E-Z Treat
Company. The container is easily hauled in a pickup truck or on a light duty trailer.
Step 6: Install new filter media and replace distribution manifold.
Step 7: Reset all system control settings to "AUTO" and turn the main power switch to the
"ON" position.
Once the mattress is returned to E-Z Treat Company, the styrene material will be sent to the
nearest recycling facility for processing. Alternatively, the service provider can transport
the mattress to the nearest styrene recycling facility for processing.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

r�
3.0 Attention System Owner and Users
CAUTION
Do Not open or enter any system components for any reason.
If a problem exists or you have questions about your system,
call your authorized service provider.
Once the E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system is installed, a post -construction
conference is recommended. This is an opportunity to familiarize the owner with the system. No
attempt should be made to adjust any component of this system except by a Certified Operator.
The E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system allows the homeowner to receive a
high quality, reliable and economical wastewater system that protects the environment. As
with any onsite wastewater treatment system, the homeowner should be familiar with basic
guidelines which help the system achieve repetitive, reliable performance. Please do not
hesitate to contact your certified operator or E-Z Treat Company with any questions,
concerns or comments about your E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter system.
Users of the System —Remember!
To assure proper performance of your E-Z Treat Re -circulating Synthetic Filter, you should
avoid disposing of the following products into your septic tank:
■ Oil & Grease (kitchen waste)
■ Water Softener backwash
■ Wax & resins
■ Petroleum Products
■ Paint & Paint Solvents
■ Pesticides
■ Condoms & sanitary napkins
■ Toxic substances (Liquid Plumber, Drano, etc.)
■ Non -Biodegradable products (cigarette butts, antibacterial wipes, etc.)
■ Any kind of septic tank additive (Rid-X, etc.)
Owners of the System —Remember!
■ Keep heavy loads and traffic off of your onsite system components and drainfield.
■ Never drive cars or trucks within 10 feet of any system access lids.
■ Landscaping or future building projects should be planned with the drainfield and drainfield
repair area in mind.
■ Do not shovel or blow snow on top of your onsite wastewater system. This will temporarily
limit access to your system and could overload and damage the system.
■ Make sure drainage from the house or around the property is carried away from your
onsite system.
DO NOT OPEN OR ENTER ANY OF THE TREATMENT SYSTEM TANKS.
SEPTIC GASSES CAN BE TOXIC, CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat

E-Z +TREAT
PO Box 176
Haymarket, Virginia 20168
T 703.753.4770
F 571.248.8837
eztreat.net
©2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

E-Z Treat Company, Inc.
Residential Applications
2-Year Limited Warranty
PO Box 176
Haymarket, Virginia 20168
1. Preamble
E-Z Treat Company (herein referred to as "E-Z Treat) is known for
researching, designing, and producing innovative products of high quality
for the onsite wastewater industry. We are proud to stand behind our E-Z
Treat Sand/Media Filter.
For the purpose of this warranty, "Service Provider" means the legal
Certified Operator of the system. This Service Provider shall be currently
listed on State and Local records as meeting any applicable requirements
required by law and/or Rule. Also, for purposes of this document,
"Installer" means the person or company that has installed the system, and
"Owner" means the person that has purchased the system or purchased the
property serviced by the system.
2. Nature of Warranty
E-Z Treat warrants to the Owner that the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter
will function within prescribed limits for a period of two years from the
date of purchase.
E-Z Treat also warrants certian components of the system against
materials, workmanship and manufacturing defects for a period of two (2)
years from the date of installation.
This warranty is in addition to the legal warranties and Owner's rights in
accordance to applicable law.
The conventional warranty of E-Z Treat is expressly limited to the text in
this certificate. Owner is responsible for reasonable care and
communication with the Certified Operator.
3. Obtaining Warranty Service
To make a claim on this warranty, the Owner should put the request in
writing and mail or deliver to an authorized E-Z Treat Certified Operator.
The claim will be processed and sent to E-Z Treat headquarters.
Any claim must be received no later than two year from the date of
purchase of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter.
On receipt of this claim, E-Z Treat or their authorized representative will examine the
situation at the site and take corrective action where the terms of the warranty apply.
4. Exclusions and Limitations
E-Z Treat Company Warranty only extends to replacement parts the labor
for installing those parts is not part of this warranty. Any electrical device
or electrical component is excluded from this warranty including
replacement parts and labor.
33

E-Z Treat is not liable for the dispersal portion of the onsite wastewater
system. This portion of the system is evaluated, designed and constructed
in accordance with local regulations and is wholly separate from the
performance of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter.
The following conditions are also excluded from the E-Z Treat warranty:
• This warranty does not cover cosmetic damage or damage due to
acts of Nature, misuse, abuse, modification, incorrect design or
incorrect installation.
• The warranty is void if any modifications or repairs are made to
the system by anyone other than an E-Z Treat approved agent.
• Failure of the Owner to comply with the requirements set forth in
the Owner's Manual.
• The warranty is void if any system components are repaired or
replaced by parts not supplied or approved by E-Z Treat.
• This warranty is not applicable to systems not receiving domestic,
residential sewage.
• The warranty is void if it is found that the Owner has failed to
notify E-Z Treat of any change in the use of the property from its
original design.
5. Indemnities and Damages
E-Z Treat's liability and obligations under this warranty for corrective
measures or means of correction shall be limited to the replacement of the
E-Z Treat Sand/Media Filter Components.
6. Limitations of Damages
E-Z Treat is not liable for any damages sustained by the Owner. E-Z
Treat's compensation and indemnification obligations are limited to the
provisions of this warranty
7. Transfer of Ownership
In the event of transfer of ownership within two years of use, this warranty
shall transfer to the new Owner for the remainder of the period under the
following conditions:
a. The New Owner has a Certified Operator under contract.
b. An Inspection of the E-Z Treat Sand/Media shall be conducted prior to
transfer. Upon a satisfactory inspection, the Owner shall obtain a written
report from the Certified Operator
8. Inspection
The Owner shall allow the Certified Operator access to the property and
system components for purposes of necessary monitoring and service.
If the Owner submits a request of claim under this warranty and it is found
to be in error after inspection, a charge for direct expenses will be billed to
the customer to cover the cost of the inspection.
9. Priorities of the Warranty
This warranty supersedes any contract or understanding, verbal or written, entered
into between the Owner, Certified Operator, Installer, or Representative of E-Z Treat.
:,

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
It is recommended that the system receive routine maintenance, at least annually. Please check your
State and local regulations for required frequency of inspection.
ROUTINE AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
1) Remove the filter and clean, or install a clean filter element.
2) Open the field flush valve and flush the field for 5-10 minutes by activating the pump in "manual"
position. Close the flush valve (on systems with manual flush valves, close the field flush valve until
design field pressure is reached).
3) With the pump in the "manual" position, check the pressure in the drip field by using a pressure gauge
on the Schrader valve (located on the air vents), and by reading the pressure gauge located in the
Headworks box. The pressure should be close to the same as shown on the initial installation
records.
4) Remove the lids on the vacuum breaker and check for proper operation. If water is seen leaking from
the top of the vacuum breaker, remove the cap of the vacuum breaker and check for debris.
5) Turn off the pump.
6) Periodically remove and clean the air vents, field flush and filter flush valves.
7) Visually check and report the condition of the drip field, including any noticeable wetness/variations.
8) Treatment and distribution tanks are to be inspected routinely and maintained when necessary in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations/State regulations.
9) Record the date of inspection as well as readings from elapsed time meter, pump counter, peak
counter, high-level counter, power fail counter and any other logs provided in system controls.
Double check the settings of the control panel to be sure no one has tampered with them since the
last inspection.
10) Reset the controller(s) for automatic operation before leaving.
December 2008 Page 18

HOME OWNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD
A drip system has been installed on your property for the dispersal of the effluent from your home
The drip dispersal system consists of a series of diameter drip tubing. It is designed to effectively
disperse of the treated effluent using a combination of soil absorption and plant uptake. Your drip
dispersal system will function for many years with only minimal maintenance being required, provided the
following recommendations are followed:
❑ Establish landscaping immediately over subsurface system. This will stabilize the soil and allow
for the grass to take up the water.
❑ Do not discharge sump pumps, footing drains or other sources of water to the system, except
for the effluent discharge from your treatment system.
❑ Maintain all plumbing fixtures to prevent excess water from entering the dispersal system.
❑ Do not drive cars, trucks or other heavy equipment over the drip dispersal field. This can
damage the drip components or the soil and cause the system to malfunction.
❑ Do not drive tent stakes, golf putting holes, croquet hoops, etc. into the dispersal field.
❑ Contact your service company if your alarm should sound. The pump chamber is sized to allow
additional storage after the alarm sounds but you should refrain from excessive water usage
(i.e., laundry) until the system has been checked.
Contact your service company if you notice any areas of excessive wetness in the field. There may be
some initial wetness over the driplines following the initial installation. This should stop once the ground
has settled and a vegetative cover is established
December 2008 Page 19

EZ4W�f1TREAT
Re -Circulating Synthetic Filter
AST
Installation and
Maintenance
Guide
Note: Maintenance Only
Installation is in Equipment Section
SF
Models Models bearing the NSF mark are certified Class I
to one or more of the following standards:
NSHANS1 40
NSF/ANS 1 245
NSFIANSI350
©2017E-ZTreat 2-2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-WtightSpstern Installation
2.0 UV Light System Maintenance
i���i�i�aii�r� SI •��1���l�\�I�ll�a���R�l ■��1�4�11��O l�l�Al
}
4-

2.0 UV Light System Maintenance
The UV lamps quartz tubes (housing the lamps) must be cleaned at a minimum frequency of
every 12 months.
Caution: Do not run UV lamps dry. Caution: Always turn off the power to the UV system
Fill UV housing with water/effluent before any maintenance is performed. Use extreme
0 before turning on power. care when handling the fragile UV lamp assembly.
a
Step 1: Turn power "OFF" to the UV system!
Step 2: Unscrew the fitting holding the UV lamp and quartz sleeve.
CStep 3: Lift the UV lamp assembly upward until it is clear of the housing.
7 Step 4: Using a clean, damp sponge or clean, soft cloth, wipe all residue from the quartz tube.
eel, Clean stubborn, dirty areas with a liquid glass cleaning product.
�1 Caution: DO NOT scrape or use scouring pads.
This may scratch the quartz tube and alter the performance of the UV system.
e-�
Q' Step 5: Visually inspect each quartz tube for cracks or breaks; replace any UV lamp assembly
3 that is cracked, scratched, or broken.
0
C Step 6: Re-insert the UV lamp assembly into the housing and tighten the fitting that holds
Q. the UV lamp and quartz sleeve. Caution: (Hand -Tighten Only)
DO NOT use wrenches, pliers, or other tools to tighten.
Step 7: Turn power "ON" to the UV system.
Call: 703.753.4770 or visit: eztreat.net ©2017 E-Z Treat

E Z&TREAT
PO Box 176
Haymarket, Virginia 20168
T 703.753.4770
F 571.248.8837
eztreat.net
OO 2017 E-Z Treat 2-2017

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Operation & Maintenance Agreement
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

State of North Carolina
Department of Lnvironmental Quality
Division of NVater Resivurcc'ti
D Islon of WAter Resources
Permit No. W000
Pcrmittec: Madison Siegrist
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
OPERATION AND MAiVTFNANC:E ACRE EMENT
FORM: SFRWWLS-O&M 09-18
County: DdvI&Km
_ T (i.e.. all deeded property owners.
11w Pennittm ajqtxN to operate and maintain Lhve single-family residence wartca^arcr tre:=nenr wd irrigation system as
folkjws:
1. Ins" the eepue tank annually- and pump out solids as needed.
?. Inspect and cicgrn the ccpuc tank effluent filter annually. (f upplicable)
3. Inspect the tablet chlorinau)r weekly. Add wast"-stcrgrade chlorine tablets (c,g„ caieium hypochlorite) as ncedrd_
Swimming pn.,l gradc chlorinc tahlcts art; not aceipxa:ble, (if gpp1k%dP1c )
4. ltrsvoct the ultraviolet disinfection unit wxxkly_ Clean or replace the lamps and quartz 5lccvcs as needed. (f
applicable)
5. Inspect all storugn: tanks, pumps. and alarms monthly_ Remove the floating scum layer in all pump stnmgc tanks
when pumping the septic tink solids out_
6, Inz; -t the spray irrig,auen systern rm)nthh to verify: proper operation of the spray heads: that thcrc are no leaks;
that veT.,itive gruwthr dues not obstruct the spray heads: that dw irrigated wastewater M not pnndinp in or running
offtlx designated irrigation area: and that dwrr arc no objectionable odors. (ifapplir_ahle)
7. 1nspe]ct the drip irrigation system inunthrly tv verify: pruper operation of the drip Iines. that there arr no kaks: that
vcgatative growth does Trot obstruct the drip emitters: that the rrrrgatcd wastcvvziter is not fiorWing in or running oft`
Live designated irrigation area: and that there are no ohjcc:tionahlc ndxw. (if applicahle)
8. Kaintiin a set of Div isiiim-appruved rtrginerring plans- and sprcIfica ions_
9. Pay the requiTod annual foc,
14. Rcqurat renewal of this permit on Division-approvod fames no later than 180 days prior to expiration_
1 ] . $igrt and pr�iV icy a 'h:fr��'e ,+f t )wnertihi a iic:�:i:r tca:ury future owner of [he sinh;le-family r�idrncr wastewater
treatment and irrigation system fcw their crxnpleticxt and whm itsskin to the Divi<stnn of Water Resources.
We understand the shove requirements and agate to these terms as part of the issued permit.
���
Srgnattrre: __ I?ate:
Signature: _ . Date:
Signature:
5ignatwc:
Dare:
Date.
all dtxdcd property uwnrrx shall sign this Overali m and'. Maintenance Agreement
FORM: SFRWWIS-G&M 09-19 ) u? 1

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
County Health Department Denial Letter
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Davidson County Health Department
Improvement Permit
If the information on the Improvement Permit is falsified, changed, or the site is altered, then the improvement
Permit shall become invalid
Permit is Valid for Five Years
No Expiration Date
Date Ree: 12 May 2022 Map Code: File No: 2022000457
Applicant: Address: Daytime Phone:
SIEGRIST , ABIGAIL FARNAM 168 MURPHY DR 8283358889
HIGH POINT NC 27265
Owner/Legal Representative: Address: Daytime Phone:
SIEGRIST , ABIGAIL FARNAM 168 MURPHY DR 8283358889
HIGH POINT NC 27265
Subdivision: Map: 24 Lot: 44C Section: Township: 01
Road Name: REESE ROAD Directions to Property: 312 REESE ROAD
Facility Type: H New: X Repair: Expansion: Water Supply: Municipal -Existing
No. of Bedrooms: 4 No. of Occupants: 4 Basement: NO Basement Fixtures:
No. of Employees: Other: Projected Daily Flow: 9 e 9 F4
al
Pump: Yes _ No _ Proposed Wastewater System Type:
Permit Conditions: ,J
Ak,f /
Permit Granted: Permit Denied: Authorized State Agent: ah Date: 122 2,
Owner/Legal Representative's Signature: Date:
Written Report and Notification of an Improvement Permit Denial
1. I compliance with 15A NCAC 18A.1937(1), the aforementioned property was evaluated pursuant to this section and the permit
was denied due to:
a) Unsuitable topography and landscape position.1940 ✓ d) Inadequate soil depth.1943
Zb) Unsuitable soil.1941 e) Inadequate space.1945
�c) Soil Wetness Condition.1942 f) Other
2. Suggestions, Modifications, or Alternatives (if available) 1v\A.,,,L k,r,i a
3. This permit denial may be appealed to the State by th efollowing methods:
A. Request an informal review by the Dept. of Environmental and Natural Resources.
B. Request an opportunity to gather scientific data and system design on this property and submit the data to the Dept of
Environment and Natural Resources at P.O. Box 27687, Raleigh, N.C., 27611-7687.
C. Appeal the decision under G.S. 130A-24 and have this appeal held in Davidson County.
Note: for appeal options (a) or (c) please contact the Health Department for the appropriate forms.
4. If no informal review, technical review, or appeal to the Office of Administrative Hearings is requested within 30 days, this
property is denied and Improvement Permit by the Davidson County Health Department at this time.
See Site Plan / Plat on Attached Sheet

DAVIDSON COUNTY Lillian Koontz,
HEALTH DIRECTOR
HEALTH DEPARTMENT CHAIR, BOARDTobin OF HEALTH
Protecting, Caring, Serving Our County
Michael Garrison, MD
MEDICAL DIRECTOR
11/23/22
Re: Application for improvement permit for parcel number 0 1 02400000044C
Health Department file number: 2022-457
Dear _Abby Siegrist_
The Davidson County Health Department, Environmental Health Division on 11/22/2022 evaluated the above
referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that accompanied your improvement permit
application. According to your application the site is to serve a 4-bedroom home with a design wastewater
flow of 480_gallons per day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing
wastewater systems in NC General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A, Subchapter 18A,
of the NC Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the NC Administrative Code, Rule .1940 through
.1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a sanitary system of sewage treatment and
disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for an improvement permit. The site is unsuitable based on the
following:
❑ Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
® Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .1941)
® Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
® Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
❑ Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
❑ Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
❑ Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
❑ Other (Rule .1946)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of untreated
sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground water or inside your structure.
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of modified, innovative,
or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined that none of the above options will
overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage
to another area of suitable soil or off -site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no improvement permit
shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if written
documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this rule is enclosed. You

may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under which your site could be
reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the soil
scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may also request an
information review by the NC Department of Health and Human Services regional soil scientist. A request for
informal review must be made in writing to the local health department.
You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a petition for
a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC
27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of Administrative Hearings or call the
office at [phone] or download it from the OAH web site at http://www.ncoah.com/fortns.html. The
petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in accordance with the provision of NC General Statutes
130A-24 and 150B-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. NC General Statute 130A-335 (g)
provides that your hearing would be held in the county where your property is located.
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office of
Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date of this letter is
11/23/22. Meeting the 30-day deadline is critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are required
by law (NC General Statute 15013-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office of General Counsel, NC
Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local health
department will not satisfy the legal requirement in NC General Statute 150B-23 that you send a copy to the
Office of General Counsel, NC Department of Health and Human Services.
You may call or write the local health department if you need any additional information or assistance.
Sincerely,
01-\-k
Megan Lewis R HS
Registered Environmental Health Specialist
Enclosures: (Copy of Rule .1948)
15A NCAC 18A .1948 SITE CLASSIFICATION
(a) Sites classified as SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal
system consistent with these Rules. A suitable classification generally indicates soil and site conditions
favorable for the operation of a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system or have slight
limitations that are readily overcome by proper design and installation.
(b) Sites classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage
treatment and disposal system consistent with these Rules but have moderate limitations. Sites classified
Provisionally Suitable require some modifications and careful planning, design, and installation in order for a
ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system to function satisfactorily.
915 Greensboro Street • Lexington, NC 27292
336 • 2.42 • 2300 • www.dchdnc.com

(c) Sites classified UNSUITABLE have severe limitations for the installation and use of a properly functioning
ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system. An improvement permit shall not be issued for a site
which is classified as UNSUITABLE. However, where a site is UNSUITABLE, it may be reclassified
PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if a special investigation indicates that a modified or alternative system can be
installed in accordance with Rules .1956 or .1957 of this Section.
(d) A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be used for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal
system specifically identified in Rules .1955, .1956, or .1957 of this Section or a system approved under Rule
.1969 if written documentation, including engineering, hydrogeologic, geologic or soil studies, indicates to the
local health department that the proposed system can be expected to function satisfactorily. Such sites shall be
reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if the local health department determines that the substantiating
data indicate that:
(1) a ground absorption system can be installed so that the effluent will be non-pathogenic, non-infectious, non-
toxic, and non -hazardous;
(2) the effluent will not contaminate groundwater or surface water; and
(3) the effluent will not be exposed on the ground surface or be discharged to surface waters where it could
come in contact with people, animals, or vectors.
The State shall review the substantiating data if requested by the local health department.
915 Greensboro Street • Lexington, NC 27292
336 • 242 • 2300 • www.dchdnc.com

322
11 /23/2022
Env Health Data Viewer Map - v6
Reese Road
Address Points -" Streets Proposed Septic Tank Soil Profile
Miscellaneous Line Nearby Points Water Meter Auger Boring
Driveway 0 Building Corner Property Markers 0 Parcels
114
I 130
m
in
312
152
I 170
Reese Road
eese
273 257
239
1:1,318
0 0.01 0.01 0.03 mi
0 0.01 0.03 0.05 km
Sources: Esn. Airbus DS, USGS, NGA, NASA, CGIAR. N Robinson, NCEAS.
NLS. OS, NMA, Geodatastyrelsen, Rijkswaterstaat, GSA, Geoland. FEMA,

11/23/22, 11:18 AM
Environmental Health Department
O�
Area of Interest (AOI) Information
Area : 2.43 acres
Nov 23 2022 11:15:02 Eastern Standard Time
Address Points
Proposed peptic Tank
Miscellaneous Line
Water h1eter
Driveway
Property Makers
Streets
,-oil Profile
Nearby Points
Auger Bourg
0 Building Corner
Q Parcels
about:blank •
?:1.1G9
i.13-n
coskm
about:blank 1/2

11/23/22, 11:18 AM 0 about:blank 0
Summary
Name — Count
Parcels 1 2.43
Soil Area 0 0
Soil Profile 4 N/A
Parcels
# Parcel ID Owner Name
1 0102400000044C SIEGRIST ABIGAIL FARNAM
Soil Profile
Area(acres) Length(ft)
N/A
N/A
N/A
_+-T_-- Area(acres)
2.43
# Point ID Evaluation
1 No Data Auger Boring
---------------
Landscape Position Slope
Soil Color
No Data
10
No Data
2
No Data
No Data
Auger Boring
Linear Slope
8
No Data
3
Auger Boring
No Data
No Data
No Data
4
No Data
Auger Boring
Linear Slope
10
No Data
#
Horizon 1
Horizon 2
Horizon 3
Horizon 4
Horizon 5
1
0-15 0 F SEXP
15- EXP
2
0-10 0 F EXP
10-
3
0-15 0 F EXP
15-
-
4
{ 0-15 III SCL SBK FR SS
1 SP SEXP
15-18 ABK FI S P EXP 18-
-
#
Wetness
Depth
Saprolite
Restrictive Horizon
Profile Class
1
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
2
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
3
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
4
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
No Data
#
LTAR Limiting Factor
No Data
_ __ -----.
t
TI No Data
No Data
Limiting Depth
Trench Depth
Comment
1
No Data
No Data
No Data
2
No Data
No Data No Data
ta , No Data
LNData NoData
No Data
j4====LN
o Data
No Data
#
Collector Collection Date
Count
1
megan.lewis_davidsonco 11/22/2022
megan.lewis_davidsonco 11/22/2022
1
2
1
3
megan.lewis_davidsonco
11/22/2022
4
megan.lewis_davidsonco
11/22/2022
1
about:blank 2/2

Davidson County
NK
p eted Ley plat or site plan submitted File Number:
County Health Department Onsite Wastewater Application
Improvement Permit Date Application Submitted
Construction Authorization
Building Authorization Date Site Ready to Evaluate r- A4-S3 Cori
Manufactured Home Connection Authorization Structure staked, property lines marked
APPLICANT INFO MATION:email address "bi S�'@ S'nO,% J ' cow-�
bb,i S►ec►r1C, l6� KA,ohU Dr - At.YvL,Z12b5 (6335-VK��
Requested By Complete Mailing Address' Daytime Phone
y Owner Complete Mailing Address Daytime Phone
Parcel Number 01D OL"I 00pO0O 4 L� C Street Address 1 �ee5f ��` YA' n-h �o )1) N C. Z-1 &
Subdivision Section Directions to site: I&-105',MWNOf 7 °I+^i Rc Sz
F:rst Jr;­­3
DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION
House v/ Manufactured Home Other
Repair to Existing Septic Tank System Expansion of Existing System
Residential Info: # Bedrooms Basement (Y/N) // if Y, Fixtures # of Occupants
Non -Residential Info: Type of Business
Total Square Footage of building
Other
# of Employees # of Seats
Water Supply: Public ve"' New Well Existing Well Community Well
Does this property: 1) Have any designated wetlands? 2) Subject to approval by any other public
agency(Planning & Zoning, DOT, etc) /i/ Will there be any wastewater generated other than domestic
sewage?___A/_If yes, explain
NEW CONSTRUCTION . REQUESTED SEPTIC SYSTEM LOCATION
Front (road facing) Back Do not care Other j_<),,ve_-- Fl e 0 1;, o f-
I have read this application and information sheet attached and certify that the information provided in this application is true,
complete and correct to the best of my knowledge. Authorized county and state officials are granted right of entry to conduct
necessary inspections. I understand that I am solely responsible for the proper identification and labeling of all property
lines and making the site accessible for this evaluation.
Property Owner / Legal Representatives Signature �-
10esce use 0*1
Initial Site Visit Date 112Z 2 San ID r11&L IP Date San ID
ATC Date San ID BA Date San ID

Davidson County
cc
plat or site plan submitted File Number:/ j] J 7 _ —
`Ai0 - Damson County Health Department Onsite Wastewater Application
Improvement Permit Date Application Submitted
Construction Authorization
Building Authorization Date Site Ready to Evaluate T-"c•sJ uY �1u� 10
F`"
Manufactured Home Connection Authorization Structure staked, property lines marked
APPLICANT INFOIiMATION:cmail address (Abbj �SI PAC 1 S 1 @ °1ncLt t -LD'n
bb�lf�M(ArPhDf-
Perhiit Requested By Complete Mailing AddresS4 Daytime Phone
S Owi rt 10 LM Dr Nc M7 81� 335 -W'l
ftrty n Complete Mailing Address Daytime Phone
PROPERTY LNEUELMAIION
Parcel Number Q 10 0M 00o000 q y C Street Address J Q 9e QS cIZJ- H'% qV� Q 0, Sri t N C. Z_IZb_
Subdivision Section r — Directions to site: NCI -1Qg. rt NrP�-y Ot 7 r:d L F Q ^ Rr.G se,
DEYFLOPMF.NT INFORMATION
House v" Manufactured Home Other
Repair to Existing Septic Tank System Expansion of Existing System
Residential Info: # Bedrooms � Basement (Y/N) V if Y, Fixtures # of Occupants
Non -Residential Info: Type of Business # of Employees # of Seats
Total Square Footage of building Other
Water Supply: Public ►� New Well Existing Well Community Well
Does this property: 1) Have any designated wetlands?_ t/ Z) Subject to approval by any other public
agency(Planning &. Zoning, DOT, etc)_,IV Will there be any wastewater generated other than domestic
sewage?A/If yes, explain
. Front (road facing) Back Do not care Other Lo,,eGr F—t ; r, Fe-1- a-- o F
I have read this application and information sheet attached and certify that the information provided in this application is true,
complete and correct to the best of my knowledge. Authorized county and state officials are granted right of entry to conduct
necessary inspections. I understand that I am solely responsible for the proper identification and labeling of all property
lines and making the site accessible for this evaluation.
Property Owner / Legal Representatives Signature
(Off= uSL only)
Initial Site Visit Date San ill IP Date San ID
ATC Date San ID BA Date San ill

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Floodway Regulation Compliance
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

National Flood Hazard Layer FI RMette *FEMA
8Oo8'20"W 35o58'29"N
I.V,VVV
0 250 500 1,000 1,500 2,000
Legend
SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
Zone A, V, A99
SPECIAL FLOOD Wit
hBFE orDepthZoneAE,AD,AH,Ve,Aa
HAZARD AREAS Regulatory Floodway
OTHER AREAS OF
FLOOD HAZARD
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areas
of 1% annual chance flood with average
depth less than one foot or with drainage
areas of less than one square mile Zonex
Future Conditions 1% Annual
4 '- Chance Flood Hazard Zonex
"Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to
Levee. See Notes. Zonex
" Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezone D
NOSCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard
Q Effective LOMRs
OTHER AREAS Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard
GENERAL - — - - Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
STRUCTURES IIIIIII Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
e zo.z Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
17.5 Water Surface Elevation
a - - - Coastal Transect
—sfa— Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
— --- Coastal Transect Baseline
OTHER
_ Profile Baseline
FEATURES
Hydrographic Feature
Digital Data Available AN
El No Digital Data Available
MAP PANELS
El Unmapped
QThe
pin displayed on the map is an approximate
point selected by the user and does not represent
an authoritative property location.
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of
digital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap
accuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from the
authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map
was exported on 8/30/2023 at 11:17 AM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change or
become superseded by new data overtime.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following map
elements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,
legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,
FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for
regulatory purposes.
Basemap Imagery Source: USGS National Map 2023

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species
Documentation
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Roy Cooper, Governor
0■0■0 INC DEPARTMENT OF
■■0■o NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
■ ■■■
August 30, 2023
Chrissa MacConnell
Green Global Technologies
501 Cascade Pointe Lane
Cary, NC 27513
RE. 312 Reese Road, C14301.00
Dear Chrissa MacConnell:
D_ Reid Wilson, Secretary
Misty Buchanan
Deputy Director, Natural Heritage Program
NCNHDE-23180
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
A query of the NCNHP database indicates that there are records for rare species, important natural
communities, natural areas, and/or conservation/managed areas within the proposed project
boundary. These results are presented in the attached `Documented Occurrences' tables and map.
The attached `Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that
have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these
records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area
if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile
radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report.
If a Federally -listed species is documented within the project area or indicated within a one -mile
radius of the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS) for guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here:
https://www.fws.gov/offices/Directory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37.
Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission.
Also please note that the NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional
correspondence if a Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Land and Water Fund
easement, or an occurrence of a Federally -listed species is documented near the project area.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact Rodney A. Butler at rod nev.butlerWncdcr.gov or 919-707-8603.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
DEPARTh1EN7 OF NATURAL_ AND CULTURAL RESOVRCES
Q 121 W. JONES STREET. RALEIGH. NC 27603 • 1651 MAIL SERVICE CENTER. RALEIGH. NC 27699
OFC 918.707.9120 • FAX [phone]

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Intersecting the Project Area
312 Reese Road
Project No. C14301.00
August 30, 2023
NCNHDE-23180
Element Occurrences Documented Within Project Area
Taxonomic EO ID Scientific Name Common Name
Element Accuracy Federal
State
Global
State
Group
Observation Occurrence Status
tatus
Rank
Rank
i
M Date Rank
Vascular Plant 11698 Pseudognaphalium Heller's Rabbit-
1956-09-14 H 3-Medium ---
Endangered
G4G5T
S2S3
helleri Tobacco
3T4
No Natural Areas are Documented within the Project Area
No Managed Areas Documented within the Project Area
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httr)s://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/heir). Data query generated on August 30, 2023; source: NCNHP, Summer (July) 2023.
Please resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 2 of 4

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
312 Reese Road
Project No. C14301.00
August 30, 2023
NCNHDE-23180
Element Occurrences Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Taxonomic
EO ID
cientific Name
Common Name
Group
0
Observation
Date
Natural
20469
Mesic Mixed Hardwood---
2016
Community
Forest (Piedmont
Subtype)
Natural
6224
Piedmont Alluvial
--- 2010
Community
Forest
Vascular Plant
2178
Acmispon helleri
Carolina Birdfoot- 2003-09-16
trefoil
Vascular Plant
11698
Pseudognaphalium
Heller's Rabbit- 1956-09-14
helleri
Tobacco
Natural Areas Documented
Within a One -mile Radius
of the Project Area
Site Name
Representational Rating
Cool Branch Slopes
R5 (General)
Managed Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Managed Area Name Owner
Three Rivers Land Trust Easement Three Rivers Land Trust
Three Rivers Land Trust Easement Three Rivers Land Trust
Element Accuracy Federal State Global State
Occurrence Status Status Rank Rank
Rank M
C 3-Medium --- --- G3G4 S4
C 2-High --- --- G4 S4
D 2-High --- Threatened G5T3 S3
H 3-Medium --- Endangered G4G5T S2S3
3T4
Collective Rating
C5 (General)
Owner Type
Private
Private
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httr)s:Z/ncnhde.natureserve.org/helr). Data query generated on August 30, 2023; source: NCNHP, Summer (July) 2023.
Please resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 3 of 4

NCNHDE-23180: 312 Reese Road
m
o,
I
952 ft v
�
Haymore Dr
� 2
Ridge Rd
Laura Dr
St°rey
Lake DCrAll'e
N C1odle\tetJO
Rd HighPointC
raMoore
Willow Cree
ir'Rde10g°'
n
St
-10 x
bd
,o
A
07
P
a
Bailey Rd
O
A
875 ft a
(.11
d
ft
re9-
We 9-
`843
)e55e
3
'S
�
Pa
a
�
LD
eMurPhy crP�
o
G
Por
c° as
Geo hA,
1
i 9e Q
rack
yeti m
dfor
�
aqa
o
N
creek
'
W Lex\�ytO� PJ
AbbottS
3
WE
0 0.38 0.
1.5 Miles
S%Ra
August 30, 2023
®
NHP Natural Area (NHNA)
®
Managed Area (MAREA)
Q
Buffered Project Boundary
Q
Project Boundary
So uross. Fsh, Airbus DS. USGS. NGA. NASA, CGIAR. N Robinson. NCFAS.
NLS. OS, NMA. Geodatastyrelsen, Rijkswaterstaat GSA, Geoland, FFMA,
It-mapand the GIS user community
Sources. Esri, HERE. Garm in. FAO. NOAA, USGS. © OpenStreetMap
contributors, and the GIS User in,
Page 4 of 4

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Flow Reduction
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Suite 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]

Madison Siegrist
312 Reese Road
Davidson County, North Carolina
Flow Reduction Request
Davidson County, North Carolina
Project Number: C14301.00
Date of Preparation: September 15, 2023
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Supporting Information &
Technical Specifications Prepared By:
MacConnell & Associates, P.C.
Full -Service Consulting Engineers
501 Cascade Pointe Lane, Ste 103
Cary, North Carolina 27513
Post Office Box 129
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Telephone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
C
�N O
9
SEAL.
051201 ; v
F
tMA�cUONNELL
& ASSOCIATES, P.c,

P.O. Box 129
Morrisville, NC 27560
[phone]
To: NCDEQ Reviewer
Client: Madison Siegrist
Subject: 312 Reese Rd
0
MacCONNELL & Associates, P.C.
"Engineering Today For Tomorrow's Future"
Technical Memorandum
501 Cascade Pointe Lane
Suite 103
Cary, NC 27513
www.macconnellandassoc.com
Date: September 15, 2023
From: David Barcal, P.E.
Project No.: C14301.00
Madison Siegrist is proposing to build on the property located at 312 Reese Road in Davidson
County, NC. This technical memorandum provides documentation to modify the design flows for
the irrigation of TS-II pretreated water that has passed through a septic, recirculation, field dosing
tank and received additional treatment via an E-Z Treat re -circulating synthetic filter to the surface
onsite drip irrigation system. This request is for a 25 percent flow reduction. The treatment system
shall be designed for the non -adjusted flow.
This request is for a flow reduction per provisions provided in Session Law 2013-413 and Session
Law 2014-120. Typically, the basis for the design flow is provided in 15A NCAC 02T and prior
regulations. The applicable regulations which preceded the 15A NCAC 02T rules and which
served as the basis in determining flow in the 15A NCAC 02T rules: dates well before The Energy
Policy Act of 1992 which established maximum flow rates for various fixtures in a nationwide
effort to reduce both energy and water use. The flows which were established in the Act have
recently been further reduced through the WaterSense program, which allows for labeling of
fixtures which meet minimum criteria and conserve water.
Specifications for each fixture model can be found in the Proposed Fixtures section of this
application package. A summary of the fixtures and flow rates can be found below in Table 1. A
washing machine will be installed by the Owner in the future, so to calculate flow rates, M&A has
elected to go with the base -rule flow to provide a conservative estimate.
Table 1. Flow rates of proposed fixtures installed by builder.
Fixture Manufacturer Flow Units
Rate
Kitchen Faucet Delta19159-DSF 1.8 GPM
Bathroom Faucet Delta135749LF 1.2 GPM
Master Bathroom Faucet Delta12559-MPU-DST 1.2 GPM
Showerheads Delta152680 2.5 GPM
Toilets Delta1C43913 1.28 GPF

Table 2 identifies the type of fixture, flows for fixtures based on the 15A NCAC 02T rules (Flow
A), and flows for proposed fixtures (Flow B). The savings or water conservation from both the
rule -based flows and proposed conditions are presented in both flow and percent below (Table 2).
Table 2. Savings of water from rule -based flows with the proposed fixtures.
Fixture
A to B
Base/Rule
Proposed
A to B
Fixture
Units
o
�o
Flow A
Flow B
Savings
Savings
Kitchen Faucet
GPM
3.0
1.8
1.2
40%
Bathroom Faucet
GPM
3.0
1.2
1.8
60%
Showerhead
GPM
5.5
2.5
3.0
55%
Toilet
GPF
3.5
1.28
2.2
63%
Clothes Washer
GPL
32.0
32.0
0.0
0%
Documentation for the above values is presented at the end of this discussion. The documentation
includes:
1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule.
2. Typical indoor water use.
3. Proposed fixtures.
4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for fixtures.
5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings
6. Existing Information.
The projected flows using rule -based design flowrates would be:
Unadjusted Design Flow per Rule (15A NCAC 18A and prior regulations)
Description No. Flow/Unit Total
Bedrooms 3 120 GPD 360 GPD
Total 360 GPD
Using the information presented above on flow A and B, the projected water use is presented in
Table 3 below. The savings presented are from fixture rates when the rules were made effective
in comparison to the flow rates with the proposed fixtures.
Table 3. Estimated Water Use with Proposed Fixtures
Fixture % Base Flow % Savings Adjusted
Use GPD Savings GPD GPD
Kitchen Faucet 6% 22 40% 9 13
0

Bathroom
Faucet
Showerhead
Toilet
Clothes Washer
Leaks & Other
Total
10%
36
60%
22
14
19%
68
55%
37
31
28%
101
63%
64
37
22%
79
0%
0
79
15%
54
0%
0
54
100%
360
37%
131
229
63%
The projected flow of 229 GPD is approximately sixty-three percent of the design flow which we
have found to be typical of homes with water conscious fixtures. We are requesting a 25 percent
reduction or a design flow for subsurface disposal of 270 GPD.
Analysis of wastewater shows that with the flow reduction, the waste is not considered high
strength at presented below:
Table 4. Estimated Proposed Effluent Concentration
Base Flow Concentration
Reduced Flow Concentration
High
(220/1-.25)
Strength
BODs
220 mg/l
293 mg/l
350 mg/l
TSS
220 mg/l
293 mg/l
350 mg/l
Thus, the effluent from the septic tank is expected to be similar to a non -reduced flow effluent.
Based on this analysis, the use of low -flow fixtures provides sufficient remaining capacity. We
respectfully ask for acceptance of this proposal.
3

Table of Contents
1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule.
2. Typical indoor water use.
3. Proposed fixtures.
4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for
fixtures and washer.
5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from
Single Family Dwellings.

1. Rule basis of flow and effective dates of rule.

15A NCAC 18A .1949 SEWAGE FLOW RATES FOR DESIGN UNITS
(a) In determining the volume of sewage from dwelling units, the flow rate shall be 120 gallons per day per bedroom. The
minimum volume of sewage from each dwelling unit shall be 240 gallons per day and each additional bedroom above two
bedrooms shall increase the volume of sewage by 120 gallons per day. In determining the number of bedrooms in a dwelling
unit, each bedroom and any other room or addition that can reasonably be expected to function as a bedroom shall be
considered a bedroom for design purposes. When the occupancy of a dwelling unit exceeds two persons per bedroom, the
volume of sewage shall be determined by the maximum occupancy at a rate of 60 gallons per person per day.
(b) Table No. I shall be used to determine the minimum design daily flow of sewage required in calculating the design
volume of sanitary sewage systems to serve selected types of establishments. The minimum design volume of sewage from
any establishment shall be 100 gallons per day. Design of sewage treatment and disposal systems for establishments not
identified in this Rule shall be determined using available flow data, water -using fixtures, occupancy or operation patterns,
and other measured data.
TABLE NO. I
TYPE OF ESTABLISHMENT
DAILY FLOW FOR DESIGN
Airports
5 gal/passenger
(Also R.R. stations, bus terminals --not
including food service facilities)
Barber Shops
50 gal/chair
Bars, Cocktail Lounges (Not including
food service)
20 gal/seat
Beauty Shops (Style Shops)
125 gal/chair
Bowling Lanes
50 gal/lane
Businesses (other than those listed elsewhere in this table)
25 gal/employee
Camps
Construction or Work Camps
60 gal/person
40 gal/person
(with chemical toilets)
Summer Camps
60 gal/person
Campgrounds -- With Comfort Station
(Without water and sewer hookups)
100 gal/campsite
Travel Trailer/Recreational Vehicle Park
(With water and sewer hookups)
120 gal/space
Churches (Not including a Kitchen, Food Service
Facility, Day Care or Camp)
3 gal/seat
Churches (With a Kitchen but, not including a Food
Service Facility, Day Care, or Camp)
5 gal/seat
Country Clubs
20 gal/member
Day Care Facilities
15 gal/person
Factories (Exclusive of industrial waste)
25 gal/person/shift
Add for showers
10 gal/person/shift
Food Service Facilities
Restaurants
40 gal/seat or
40 gal/15 ft2 of
dining area, whichever is greater
24-hour Restaurant
75 gal/seat
Food Stands
(1) Per 100 square feet of food stand floor space
50 gal
(2) Add per food employee
25 gal
Other Food Service Facilities
5 gal/meal
Hospitals
300 gal/bed
Marinas
10 gal/boat slip
With bathhouse
30 gal/boat slip
Meat Markets

(1) Per 100 square feet of market floor space
50 gal
(2) Add per market employee
25 gal
Motels/Hotels
120 gal/room
With cooking facilities
175 gal/room
Offices (per shift)
25 gal/person
Residential Care Facilities
60 gal/person
Rest Homes and Nursing Homes
With laundry
120 gal/bed
Without laundry
60 gal/bed
Schools
Day Schools
With cafeteria, gym, and showers
15 gal/student
With cafeteria only
12 gal/student
With neither cafeteria nor showers
10 gal/student
Boarding Schools
60 gal/person
Service Stations
250 gal/water
closet or urinal
24-hour Service Stations
325 gal/water closet
Stores, Shopping Centers, and Malls
(Exclusive of food service and meat markets) 120 gal/1000 ft2
of retail sales area
Stadium, Auditorium, Theater, Drive-in 5 gal/seat or space
Swimming Pools, Spas, and Bathhouses 10 gal/person
(c) An adjusted design daily sewage flow may be granted by the local health department upon a showing as specified in
Subparagraphs (c)(1) through (c)(2) that a sewage system is adequate to meet actual daily water consumption from a facility
included in Paragraph (b) of this Rule.
(1) Documented data from that facility or a comparable facility justifying a flow rate reduction shall be
submitted to the local health department and the State. The submitted data shall consist of at least 12
previous consecutive monthly total water consumption readings and at least 30 consecutive daily water
consumption readings. The daily readings shall be taken during a projected normal or above normal
sewage flow month. A peaking factor shall be derived by dividing the highest monthly flow as indicated
from the 12 monthly readings by the sum of the 30 consecutive daily water consumption readings. The
adjusted design daily sewage flow shall be determined by taking the numerical average of the greatest ten
percent of the daily readings and multiplying by the peaking factor. Further adjustments shall be made in
design sewage flow rate used for sizing nitrification fields and pretreatment systems when the sampled or
projected wastewater characteristics exceed those of domestic sewage, such as wastewater from restaurants
or meat markets.
(2) An adjusted daily sewage flow rate may be granted contingent upon use of extreme water -conserving
fixtures, such as toilets which use 1.6 gallons per flush or less, spring -loaded faucets with flow rates of one
gallon per minute or less, and showerheads with flow rates of two gallons per minute or less. The amount
of sewage flow rate reduction shall be determined by the local health department and the State based upon
the type of fixtures and documentation of the amount of flow reduction to be expected from the proposed
facility. Adjusted daily flow rates based upon use of water -conserving fixtures shall apply only to design
capacity requirements of dosing and distribution systems and nitrification fields. Minimum pretreatment
capacities shall be determined by the design flow rate of Table I of this Rule.
History Note: Authority G.S. 130A-335(e);
Eff. July 1, 1982;
Amended Eff. January 1, 1990; January 1, 1984.

2. Typical indoor water use.

7/5/2017
Indoor Water Use at Home
Indoor Water Use at Home
K gracelinks.org/124/indoor-water-use-at-home
Shutterstock.com
Fortunately, when we want fresh, clean water, all most of us have to do is turn on a faucet. On average, our direct indoor water use (water you use
from your tap, toilet, dishwasher, etc.) adds up to about 60 gallons of water a day per person.
Here's how Indoor water use breaks down:
• Toilets (28 percent)
• Washing Machines (22 percent)
• Showers and Baths (19 percent)
• Sinks (16 percent)
• Household Leaks (14 percent)
That last number is surprising — irs almost 10 gallons of water per person per day lost to leaky toilets and faucets
Conserving Water with Water -Efficient Toilets, Showerheads and More
Fortunately, saving water around the house is easier today than ever before. Newer (low -flow) toilets, showerheads and faucets are designed to be
more efficient than older models and can save your household gallons every day. For example, older toilets use up to 7 gallons per flush, whereas
low -flow toilets use 1.5 gallons or less.
Likewise, older showerheads flow over 4 gallons per minute, while low -flow models can flow as low as 1.5 gallons per minute. Be careful what
showerhead you purchase, though, because some fixtures, especially those with multiple nozzles, exceed the federal limit of 2.5 gallons per minute. If
you use one of those, consider cutting back your shower time.
Check out EPA's WaterSense website for water- and energy- saving products. In addition, you can find energy- and watersaving appliances like
dishwashers and washing machines through DOE's ENERGY STAR label. By switching to water -saving fixtures and appliances you can reduce your
indoor water use by a third on average.
Heating is a Water and Energy Hog[
In most households water heating is a huge energy user, after indoor heating and cooling, appliances, electronics and lighting. So sadly, long hot
showers waste both water and energy! Although modem fixtures and appliances are a great way to save gallons, irs still important to simply turn off
the tap.
By taking simple steps to reduce your water use at home you can save gallons, energy and dollars every day! To find lots of ways to save water and
energy visit the Water Saving Tips page.
ffr
Did You Know? Washing dishes by hand takes about 20 gallons per load but Energy Star dishwashers only use 4 to 6 gallons. Even standard
machines use only 6 to 8 gallons. If you do wash dishes by hand, turn off the tap until you're ready to rinse.

3. Proposed fixtures.

Lq
With Optional
9159-DST,&
Escutcheon RP64070A
9959-DSTA L�
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:_
9159-DST 4 3/8"
(111 mm) -
9 1/2"
(241 mm)
15 11/16"
(399 mm)
8 7/16"
(214 mm) 2 1/2"
IF
(61 mm)---*1
3X 1 1/4"
to 1 1/2"
(32 mm to
9 13/16"
H toe Size
2 1/2" (64 mm), (249 mm)
Max. w) 10 1/2' 35 21/32"
Escutcmm)n
3" (76 (906 mm)
Max. w/o 10 1/2"
37 1 /8"
Escutchen � (943 mm)
3/8" Compression
8" (203 mm)
Fitting
Centers
10 1/2"
(267 mm)
9959-DST 43/8"
Min. 1 1/2" (38 mm)
To
(111 mm)
Clearanceck Splash
6 1/2"
(165 mm)
13"
T (330 mm)
7"
(178 mm)
21 3/32"
(61 mm)�I
2 1 /2"
I �(64mm)
3X 1 1/4"
to 1 1/2"
(32 mm to
9 13/16"
Hole Size
Hole
2 1/2" 164 mm(249 mm)
Max. w 10 1/2'
Escutcheon 35 21/32"
3" (76 mm) (906 mm)
Max. w/o 10 1 /2"
Escutchen I 37 1 /8"
(943 mm)
WI
3/8" Compression
8" (203 mm)
Fitting
Centers
10 1/2"
(267 mm)
A Designate proper finish suffix
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation. Dimensions are for reference only. See current full -line price book or
www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-K-9159-DST Rev. F
0 FIR
see what Delta can do
KITCHEN FAUCETS
■ Trinsic® Collection
■ Single Handle Deck Mount
■ 2-Function Pull -Down Sprayer
FEATURES:
• MagnaTite° Magnetic System
• DIAMOND Seal© Technology
• Touch -Clean© Sprayhead
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
• Maximum 1.8 gpm Q 60 psi, 6.8 Vmin Q 414 kPa
• One or three hole mount (escutcheon optional,
not included)
-Spout rotates 360'
• Control mechanism shall be full -motion valve cartridge
• Two function wand; Aerated stream or spray
• Red/blue indicator markings
• Dual integral check valves in sprayer
• Quick connect hoses
WARRANTY
• Parts and Finish - Lifetime limited warranty, or for
commercial purchasers, 10 years for multi -family
residential (apartments and condominiums) and
5 years for all other commercial uses, in each case
from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) - 5
years from the date of purchase; or for commercial
purchasers, 1 year from the date of purchase. No
warranty is provided on batteries.
COMPLIES WITH:
■ ASME A 112.18.1 / CSA B 125.1
■ ASMEA112.18.6
Indicates compliance to
c�
ICC/ANSI Al 17. 1
■ Verified compliant with .25% weighted
average Pb content regulations.
Delta Faucet Company
55 E. 1 1 1 th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St. Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2019 Delta Faucet Company

35749LFA
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
Min. 2 1 /2" (64 mm)
Clearance to Back Splash
2 3/4"
Recommended
(70 mm) 6" to 16"
5
(152 mm to 406 mm)
Centers
(127 mm)
8 5/8"
(219mm)
I
I
_
5 13/16"
(148 mm)
3 1 /1' 6"
(79 mm)
1 1 /8"
1 3/16"
6 15/16" (29mm)
(30 mm)
(177mm)
3 X 1 1/8"-1 1/2"
Max. Deck
(29-38 mm)
Thickness
Hole Size
1 /2"-14N PSM
1 5/8" (42 mm)
to
8 5/8"
2 3/8" (61 mm)
(220 mm)
1 1/4"
(32 mm)
Dia.
A Designate proper finish suffix
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation. Dimensions are for reference only. See current full -line price book or
www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-L-35749LF Rev. B
10
see what Delta can do",
BATHROOM FAUCET
■ Nicoli° Collection
■ Two Handle Widespread, Deck Mount
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
• Max. flow rate 1.2 gpm © 60 psi, 4.5 Umin © 414 kPa
• Solid brass end valves and spout body
• Three hole mount
• Hot and cold stems are interchangeable
• 1/4 turn handle stops
• 1/4" O.D. coper supply lines
• Control mechanism is a rotating cylinder type with
stainless steel plate and 90' rotation, with replaceable
non-metallic seats
• Models have drain with pop-up type fitting with
plated flange and stopper
1T,'/_1 cI c7_ ,,, i C7
• Parts and Finish - Lifetime limited warranty, or for
commercial purchasers, 10 years for multi -family
residential (apartments and condominiums) and
5 years for all other commercial uses, in each case
from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) - 5
years from the date of purchase, or for commercial
purchasers, 1 year from the date of purchase. No
warranty is provided on batteries.
�atierSery�
s
3 m
°js EPA Gr
CSA Group
COMPLIES WITH:
• ASME Al 12.18.1 / CSA B 125. 1
• ASME Al 12.18.2 / CSA B 125.2
2 Indicates compliance to
ICC / ANSI Al 17.1 - Valve control only
• EPA WaterSense
Delta Faucet Company
55 E. I I I th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St. Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2020 Delta Faucet Company

Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:_
Min. 1 1/4" 32 mm
Clearance To Back Splash
10 1/8"
(257 mm) (127 mm)
8 11 /16"
(221 mm)
6 1/4" 5 7/8"
(159 mm) (149 mm)
3 9/16"
mm)
(971�0 /1
(57 mm)
T
2 11 /16"
(68 mm) T(25mmto38mm)
" to 1 1/2"
iz2 1/4" (57 mm)
le Size Max. Deck
7/8" Thickness
(22 mm)
4" Centers
(102 mm)
32 3/4"
(832 mm)
PEX Supply Tubes
2 1/8"
(SDa. (41 om)
2 3/8"
(60 mm)
7 15/16"
(202 mm)
1 318"
(35 mm) Dia.
1 1/4'
30 (32 mm) Dia.
A Designate Proper Finish Suffix
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation. Dimensions are for reference only. See current fut-line price book or
www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-L-2559-MPU-DST Rev. F
see what Delta can do -
BATHROOM FAUCET
■ TrinsicTm Bath Collection
■ Two Handle Deck Mount
FEATURES:
• DIAMOND SealO Technology
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
■ Max flow rate 1.2 gpm @ 60 psi, 4.5 Umin @ 414 kPa
■ Three hole mount
■ 1/4 turn handle stops
■ Diamond coated ceramic cartridge
■ Hot and cold stems are interchangeable.
■ 3/8" O.D. straight PEX supply tubes
■ Models have metal drain with push -pop type fitting
with plated flange and stopper
WARRANTY
• Parts and Finish - Lifetime limited warranty, or for
commercial purchasers, 10 years for multi -family
residential (apartments and condominiums) and
5 years for all other commercial uses, in each case
from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) - 5
years from the date of purchase; or for commercial
purchasers, 1 year from the date of purchase. No
warranty is provided on batteries.
�aterSery�
s
m m
"�s EPA Gr
COMPLIES WITH:
■ ASME A112.18.1 / CSA B 125.1
■ ASME A112.18.2 / CSA B 125.2
c] Indicates compliance to
ICC/ANSI A 1 17. 1 - Valve control only
■ EPA WaterSense©
■ Verified compliant with 0.25% weighted
average Pb content regulations.
Delta Faucet Company
55 E. I I I th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St. Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2020 Delta Faucet Company

Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
52680A Showerhead
Full Body
Spray %
Massaging Full Spray
Spray w/Massage
52682A Showerhead
Soft Rain
Spray
52683A Showerhead
Full Body Full Spray
Spray w/Massage
Massaging Aerated
Spray Spray
52689A Showerhead
Soft Rain
Spray
57740A Showerhead
Full Body
Spray
Pause
®®®®®®®® ®®®®®®
207 mm)
8 3/4"
(222 mm)
3 5/16"
(84 mm)
5'
(127 mm)
3 11 /32"
(85 mm)
6 5/16"
(160 mm)
3 1/2"
(89 mm)
7 11/16"
(195 mm)
2 9/16"
(65 mm)
A Designate proper finish suffix
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue
models, both without notice or obligation. Dimensions are for reference only. See current full -line price book or
www.deltafaucet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-B-52680 Rev. C
=16 D E
RAINCAN
SHOWERHEAD
■ Raincan Showerhead
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
• Maximum 2.5 gpm at 80 psi (9.5UMin Q 552 kPa)
One to five spray showerhead
5"-8 112" spray face diameter
• Brass construction: 52682, 52689
• Touch -dean spray holes: 52680, 57740, 52683
WARRANTY
• Lifetime limited warranty on parts (other than
electronic parts and batteries) and finishes:
or, for commercial users, for 5 years from
date of purchase.
• 5 year limited warranty on electronic parts
(other than batteries); or, for commercial
users, for I year from the date of purchase.
No warranty is provided on batteries.
COMPLIES WITH:
•ASMEA112.18.1/CSAB125.1
Ol, D E LTA
FAUCET COMPANY
55 E. I I I th Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St. Thomas, ON N5P 4L I
© 2015 Masco Corporation of Indiana

Technical Information
Fixture configuration
Two-piece, elongated bowl
Water per flush
1.28 gpf (4.8 Ipf)
Passageway
2" (51 mm)
Water area
9 1 /16" X 6 5/32"
(230 mm x156 mm)
Seat post hole centers
5 1/2" (140 mm)
Included Components:
Tank Assembly
RP81873A
Tank Cover
RP82448A
Flush Lever
RP82450A
Mounting Hardware — Bowl to floor
RP100489
Mounting Hardware — Tank to bowl
RP82451
Seat Assembly
RP92086A
A Designate proper finish suffix (-WH for white)
Installation Notes
• Install this product according to the installation guide.
• This model complies with the American Disabilities Act (ADA) when installed per
the requirements of the Accessibility Guidelines, Section 604 Water Closets, of
the Act, which includes the installation of an open front seat (not included).
• This model complies with CSA B651 when installed per Clause 4.3.6 of the
standard.
DSP-S-C43913 Rev. B
91
see what Delta can do"
Foundations° Toilet
C43913A
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
• Vitreous China
• 29 9/32" (744 mm) in length, 17 1/2" (445 mm) in
width, 30 13/16" (783 mm) in height.
• Elongated bowl with chair height design 16 1 /2"
(419 mm) to top of the bowl.
• 12" (305 mm) rough -in.
• High efficiency 1.28 gpf (4.8 Ipf).
• 3" (76 mm) flush valve.
• 2" (51 mm) fully glazed trapway.
• Includes polished chrome trip lever.
WARRANTY
• Chinaware — Lifetime limited warranty, or for commercial
purchasers, 10 years for multi -family residential (apartments
and condominiums) and 5 years for all other commercial
uses, in each case from the date of purchase.
• Mechanical Parts — 1 year from the date of purchase.
• Electronic Parts and Batteries (if applicable) — 5 years from
the date of purchase; or for commercial purchasers, 1 year
from the date of purchase. No warranty is provided on
batteries.
• Toilet Seats — 1 year from the date of purchase.
For commercial purchasers no warranty is given.
COMPLIES WITH
• ADA / ANSI A 1 17.1
• ASME Al 12. 19.2 / CSA B45.1
• ASMEAI 12.19.5
• EPA WaterSense® High Efficiency Toilet
• CalGreen
Delta Faucet Company
55 E 1 1 1 " Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46280
350 South Edgeware Road, St. Thomas, ON N5P 4L1
0 2019 Delta Faucet Company

® TA
see what Delta can do"
Foundations"' Toilet
C43913A
Submitted Model No.:
Specific Features:
Top down view
29 9/32"
(744 mm)
18 1/2"
(470 mm)
5 1/2"(140 mm)
C/L of Seat Post Holes
Centers
Front view
Left view
"
9 1/4"
(234 mm)
(445 mm)
1(25 mm
Recommen ed
Clearance to Back
Wall
141116"
(357 mm) 30 13/16"
(783 mm)
15/1Thread S 1
E=(420
/2"
yp127 mm)gT ical Ran e
For Existing Supplymm)
3/8" NPT Supply
(204 mm)
"
6 1/4"
g"
(159 mm)
12"
21„
(533 mm)
29 mm)
(305 mm)
8"
(204 mm)
Foot Print
C/L of Outlet
5 5/8" - 6 3/8"
(142 - 163 mm)
Mounting Hole
A Designate proper finish suffix (-WH for white)
Delta reserves the right (1) to make changes in specifications and materials, and (2) to change or discontinue models, both without notice or obligation.
Dimensions are for reference only. See full -line pricebook or www.deltatoilet.com for finish options and product availability.
DSP-S-C43913 Rev. B

4. Supporting documentation including historical flow rates for
fixtures and washer.

EPA
L '
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
WaterSense° High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
I. Introduction
The WaterSense program released its High -Efficiency Lavatory' Faucet Specification
(specification) on October 1, 2007, to promote and enhance the market for water -efficient
lavatory faucets. The goal of this specification is to allow consumers to identify and differentiate
products in the marketplace that meet this specification's criteria for water efficiency and
performance.
This specification addresses lavatory faucets and lavatory faucet accessories2 in private use,
such as those found in residences, and private restrooms in hotels and hospitals. Since these
types of faucets are used primarily for hand washing and other sanitary activities, such as face
washing and razor rinsing, WaterSense believes that maximum flow rates can be reduced
enough to impact national water consumption while at the same time not negatively impacting
user satisfaction. This specification is not intended to address kitchen faucets, which have a
very different set of uses and performance criteria, or public restroom faucets (e.g., airports,
theaters, arenas, stadiums, offices, and restaurants), which already have national performance
standards and criteria to which they should conform.
II. Current Status of Faucets
WaterSense estimates that currently there are 222 million residential lavatory faucets in the
United States. This estimate is based on an assumed one-to-one ratio of lavatory faucets to
residential bathrooms.3 In addition to the existing stock, approximately 25 million new faucets
are sold each year for installation in new homes or replacement of aging fixtures in existing
homes.4 Of these 25 million faucets, roughly two-thirds of those are lavatory faucets
(approximately 17 million units). Residential lavatory and kitchen faucets account for
' Lavatory is the terminology used in the Energy Policy Act of 1992 and ASME Al 12.18.1 to describe the
types of faucets to which the standards apply. In this specification, lavatory means any bathroom sink
faucets intended for private use.
2 Accessory, as defined in ASME 112.18.1, means a component that can, at the discretion of the user, be
readily added, removed, or replaced, and that, when removed, will not prevent the fitting from fulfilling its
primary function. For the purpose of this specification, an accessory can include, but is not limited to
lavatory faucet flow restrictors, flow regulators, aerator devices, laminar devices, and pressure
compensating devices.
3 U.S. Census Bureau, American Housing Surveys for the United States, 1970-2003.
4 Business Trend Analysts, 2006. "2005/2006 Outlook for the U.S. Plumbing Fixtures and Fittings
Industry." <www.mindbranch.com/catalog/print_product_page.jsp?code=R225-358>
Version 1.0 1 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
approximately 15.7 percent of indoor residential water use in the United States5—equivalent to
more than 1.1 trillion gallons of water used each year.
The Energy Policy Act of 1992 originally set the maximum flow rate for both lavatory and kitchen
faucets at 2.5 gallons per minute (gpm) at 80 pounds per square inch (psi) static pressure. In
1994, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Al12.18.1M-1994—Plumbing Supply
Fittings set the maximum flow rate for lavatory faucets at 2.2 gpm at 60 psi. In response to
industry requests for conformity with a single standard, in 1998, the U.S. Department of Energy
adopted the 2.2 gpm at 60 psi maximum flow rate standard for all faucets (see 63 FR 13307;
March 18, 1998). This national standard is codified in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations at
10 CFR Part 430.32. As a point of reference, the maximum flow rates of many of the pre-1992
faucets range from 3 to 7 gpm. Other than the aforementioned maximum flow rate standards,
there currently are no universally accepted performance tests or specifications (e.g., rinsing or
wetting performance standards) for faucets.
III. WaterSense High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Scope
The WaterSense program developed this specification to address criteria for improvement and
recognition of water -efficient and high-performance lavatory faucets and lavatory faucet
accessories. WaterSense labeled lavatory faucet accessories can be incorporated into the
design of new faucets to control the flow rate and provide the mechanism for meeting this
specification's criteria, or can be purchased separately and retrofit onto existing older faucets to
provide water efficiency and performance. This specification focuses solely on the category of
lavatory faucets intended for private use because of the differences in the uses and
performance expectations between private lavatory faucets and kitchen or public restroom
faucets. Lavatory faucets are used primarily for hand washing and other sanitary activities, such
as teeth brushing, face washing, and shaving. For these activities, discussions with faucet
manufacturers and water utility representatives provided a general consensus that a reduction
in the maximum flow rate from 2.2 gpm (the current federal water -efficiency standard) to 1.5
gpm, as established by this specification, is not very noticeable for most users. The most
noticeable differences are increased wait times when filling the basin or waiting for hot water.
While decreasing a faucet's maximum flow rate increases user wait time for these activities,
WaterSense determined the potential water savings gained from the primary use of lavatory
faucets (i.e., washing and rinsing) outweigh any potential inconvenience caused by increased
wait times and will not negatively impact overall user satisfaction.
Kitchen sink faucets were excluded from this specification because the different uses and user
expectations require other considerations for defining performance. One major performance
consideration is a kitchen faucet's ability to effectively rinse dishes. Kitchen faucets also are
commonly used for pot or container filling, and significantly increased wait times might not be
acceptable to most users. WaterSense determined that reducing the maximum flow rates of
kitchen faucets would create issues of user satisfaction and be counter to its program goals of
5 Mayer, Peter W. and William B. DeOreo. Residential End Uses of Water. Aquacraft, Inc. Water
Engineering and Management. American Water Works Association. 1998.
Version 1.0 2 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
increasing efficiency while maintaining or improving performance. In order to maintain user
satisfaction and ensure a high level of performance, a maximum flow rate greater than what is
suitable for lavatory faucets might need to be considered for kitchen faucets. Some type of
wetting or rinsing performance test also might need to be included. In addition, there is an
emerging area of research and development in multiposition control lever faucet technologies
that offer users "high" and "low" settings for different activities. While performance data are not
yet available, these technologies might prove to be effective in using water more efficiently. For
these reasons, WaterSense intends to evaluate the possibility of developing a WaterSense
specification for kitchen faucets at a later date.
Public restroom and metering faucets (faucets that are set to discharge a specific amount of
water or run for a specified period of time for each use) also were excluded from this
specification because of their differing uses and performance expectations and because
standards governing their maximum flow rate already exist. Public restroom faucets, for
example, are used almost exclusively for hand washing or simple rinsing, compared to lavatory
faucets in homes and in other private bathrooms that face a myriad of uses. As a consequence,
the maximum flow rate for these public restroom and metering fixtures can be set significantly
lower than the flow rate for private lavatory faucets without negatively impacting user
satisfaction. Also, a separate set of standards already apply to these types of fixtures. Codified
in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations at 10 CFR Part 430 (specifically §430.32(o) Faucets)
are standards setting the maximum flow rate for metering faucets at 0.25 gallons/cycle. Section
5.4.1 and Table 1 of ASME Al 12.18.1/CSA B125.1—Plumbing Supply Fittings also establish the
maximum flow rates for public lavatory (other than metering) faucets at 0.5 gpm. As a
consequence, this category of faucet is not covered by the current specification. If WaterSense
decides to address water efficiency and performance for these types of faucets, it will do so
under a separate specification at a later time.
Water -Efficiency and Performance Criteria
The water -efficiency component of this specification establishes a maximum flow rate of 1.5
gpm at an inlet pressure of 60 psi. Lowering the maximum flow rate from 2.2 gpm to 1.5 gpm
(both at 60 psi) represents a 32 percent reduction, which is consistent with WaterSense's stated
goal of improving efficiency by at least 20 percent. Even when installed in systems with high
water pressure (up to 80 psi), faucets designed to this specification will have maximum flow
rates of approximately 1.75 gpm, which still represents a greater than 20 percent increase in
efficiency. WaterSense chose to specify a test pressure of 60 psi to maintain consistency with
the current industry standard (ASME Al12.18.1—Plumbing Supply Fittings) to which all faucets
sold in the United States must comply.
The requirements of this specification are also in harmony with other international standards.
The Joint Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand Committee established standards for the
rating and labeling of water -efficient products (AS/NZS 6400:2005). As part of the standard,
water -efficient faucets are rated on a scale of 1 to 6 based on maximum flow rates. Under this
system, comparable 1.5 gpm WaterSense labeled lavatory faucets would receive a 5 out of 6
star rating, meeting criteria for maximum flow rates between 4.5 liters per minute (L/min) (1.2
gpm) and 6.0 L/min (1.6 gpm).
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Meeting or exceeding user expectations via the establishment of performance criteria for
WaterSense labeled products is an important aspect of the WaterSense program. From the
outset of discussions with interested parties, WaterSense was aware that performance of water -
efficient lavatory faucets is affected by low water pressures. To ensure user satisfaction with
WaterSense labeled lavatory faucets or lavatory faucet accessories across a range of possible
user conditions, WaterSense has established a minimum flow rate of 0.8 gpm at 20 psi in the
specification.
In developing these water -efficiency and performance criteria, WaterSense evaluated
comments received during the draft specification's public forum and public comment period (see
Response to Issues Raised During Public Comment on February 2007 Draft Specification for
WaterSensesm Labeling of High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucets). WaterSense also considered
user satisfaction data generated from four high -efficiency lavatory faucet retrofit studies and the
impact of pressure changes on product flow rates for various types of lavatory faucet
accessories.
WaterSense established a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm at 60 psi because interested parties
that provided comments on the draft specification generally agreed that a flow rate of 1.5 gpm
would provide no noticeable difference for most users. In addition, data collected from retrofit
studies demonstrate a high level of user satisfaction with high -efficiency lavatory faucets that
have maximum flow rates of 1.0 and 1.5 gpm. Aquacraft, Inc. conducted retrofit studies in
Seattle, Washington (2000)6 and East Bay Municipal Utility District (EBMUD), California (2003)'
in which they replaced existing lavatory faucet aerators with 1.5 gpm pressure compensating
aerators. In the Seattle study, 58 percent of the participants felt their faucets with the new
aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures and 50 percent stated they
would recommend these aerators to others. In the EBMUD study, 80 percent of the participants
felt their faucets with the new aerators performed the same or better than their old faucet
fixtures, and 67 percent stated they would recommend these aerators to others. A third
Aquacraft, Inc. retrofit study conducted in Tampa, Florida (2004)8 replaced existing lavatory
faucet aerators with 1.0 gpm pressure compensating aerators. The participants in this study
were receptive to an even higher -efficiency fixture, with 89 percent saying their new aerators
performed the same or better than their old faucet fixtures and would recommend them to
others. Seattle Public Utilities also provided WaterSense with survey results of customer use
and satisfaction with 1.0 gpm pressure compensating aerators distributed through the utility's
direct -mail showerhead and faucet aerator pilot program. According to its survey, 94 percent of
the participants that received the free aerators installed them and only 2 percent disliked the
aerators and removed them.9
6 Seattle Home Water Conservation Study: The Impacts of High -Efficiency Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in
Single -Family Homes, December 2000.
' Water Conservation Study: Evaluation of High -Efficiency Indoor Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in Single -
Family Homes in the East Bay Municipal Utility District Service Area, July 2003.
8 Tampa Water Department Residential Water Conservation Study: The Impacts of High -Efficiency
Plumbing Fixture Retrofits in Single -Family Homes, January 2004.
9 Seattle Public Utilities. "Showerhead/Aerator Pilot Program Summary." Unpublished.
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
WaterSense established a minimum flow rate of 0.8 gpm at 20 psi for several reasons. First,
WaterSense felt this minimum flow rate was reasonable to ensure user satisfaction in homes
with low water pressure based on comments that were received regarding the draft
specification. Second, WaterSense received comments from several utilities regarding
programs in which 1.0 gpm lavatory faucet aerators are provided to customers. These products
have shown a high level of user satisfaction, and WaterSense wants to recognize these
products and the efforts of the utilities to ensure that additional water savings can be achieved
through such programs. Third, WaterSense wants to avoid restricting design options to the
extent possible. The specification leaves open the possibility for the use of fixed orifice flow
control devices (with a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm) instead of restricting manufacturers to
the use of pressure compensating devices. Under the specification, a 1.5 gpm maximum flow
rate fixed orifice aerator could qualify for use of the label (according to currently available
product specifications and flow curves). Pressure compensating devices with maximum flow
rates between 1.5 and 1.0 gpm could also qualify for the use of the WaterSense label
(according to currently available product specifications and flow curves). WaterSense believes
that this approach allows for the greatest degree of design freedom for manufacturers and
supports existing utility programs, while still ensuring a high level of performance and user
satisfaction.
In order for high -efficiency lavatory faucets to effectively emerge in the market following the
release of the final version of this specification, the market must ideally be equipped to produce
the faucets or faucet technology that the specification requires. WaterSense is not currently
aware of any lavatory faucets on the market with a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm. There are,
however, several types and models of faucet components and accessories currently available
that have the capability to control the flow to the level that is required by this specification. As a
result, WaterSense is confident that faucets and faucet accessories that meet the requirements
of this specification can be readily brought to market.
Potential Water and Energy Savings
To estimate water and energy savings that can be achieved by products that meet this
specification, WaterSense examined the Seattle (2000) and EBMUD (2003) Aquacraft retrofit
studies, which provided actual water consumption reductions generated by the installation of
high -efficiency, pressure -compensating 1.5 gpm aerators on lavatory faucets. WaterSense
expects the results under this specification to be similar to what was found in these two studies.
These studies indicate that installing high -efficiency aerators can yield significant reductions in
household water consumption. Post faucet retrofit, the weighted average daily per capita
reduction in water consumption achieved was 0.6 gallons per capita per day (gcpd). It is
important to note that in both of these studies, kitchen faucets in each household were
retrofitted with 2.2 gpm pressure compensating aerators. While these retrofits contributed in
part to overall reductions in household water consumption, the retrofits simply brought those
kitchen sink faucets up to current water -efficiency standards, therefore, WaterSense decided to
set aside this confounding influence in order to estimate the water savings. Assuming the
average household consists of 2.6 people, this equates to an average annual household
savings of approximately 570 gallons of water (see Calculation 1).
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Calculation 1. Average Household Water Savings
0.6 gpcd - 2.6 people/household - 365 days = 570 gallons annually
Extrapolated to the national level, potential estimated water savings could be as great as 61
billion gallons annually (see Calculation 2). These estimates clearly demonstrate the significant
water savings potential of high -efficiency lavatory faucets and accessories.
Calculation 2. National Water Savings
570 gal/year - 107,574,00010 occupied residences w/ plumbing fixtures = 61 billion gallons
Based upon these estimates, the average household could save more than 70 kWh of electricity
(see Calculation 3) or 350 cubic feet of natural gas (see Calculation 4) each year. National
savings could exceed 3 billion kWh hours and 20 billion cubic feet (Bcf) of natural gas each year
(see Calculations 5 and 6).
Calculation 3. Electricity Saving Per Household
(570 gal/year - 0.70) - (176.5 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 70 kWh of electricity per year
Calculation 4. Natural Gas Savings Per Household
(570 gal/year - 0.70) - (0.8784 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 0.35 Mcf (350 cubic feet) of
natural gas per year
Calculation 5. National Electricity Savings Potential
(61,000,000,000 gal - 0.70 - 0.40) . (176.5 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 3 billion kWh of
electricity nationwide
Calculation 6. National Natural Gas Savings Potential
(61,000,000,000 gal - 0.70 - 0.56) . (0.8784 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 20 million Mcf of
natural gas nationwide = 20 Bcf of natural gas nationwide
These calculations are based upon the following assumptions:
Approximately 70 percent of faucet water used in a household is hot water (Tampa and
Seattle Aquacraft studies).
42,788,000 (approximately 40 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using electricity."
60,222,000 (approximately 56 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using natural gas.12
10 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-4 page 5.
11 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1 A-5, page 6_
12 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1 A-5, page 6
Census Bureau. American Housing
Census Bureau. American Housing
Census Bureau. American Housing
Version 1.0
October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Water heating consumes 0.1765 kWh of electricity per gallon of water heated assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 BTU/Ib - ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 kWh = 3,412 BTUs
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F).
o Water heating process is 90 percent efficient, electric hot water heater.
Calculation 7.
[(1 gal - 1.0 BTU/Ibs - ° F) (1 KWh/3,412 BTUs) / (1 gallon/8.34 Ibs) - 650 F] / 0.90
= 0.1765 kWh/gal
• Water heating consumes 0.8784 Mcf of natural gas per 1,000 gallons of water heated
assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 BTU/Ib - ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 Therm = 99,976 BTUs
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F)
o Water heating process is 60 percent efficient, natural gas hot water heater
Calculation 8.
[(1 gal - 1.0 BTU/Ibs - ° F) (1Therm/99,976 BTUs) / (1 gallon/8.34 Ibs) - 650 F] / 0.60
= 0.009053 Therms/gal
Calculation 9.
0.010428 Therms/gal - 1,000 gal - 1 Mcf/10.307 Therms = 0.8784 Mcf/kgal
Cost Effectiveness and Payback Period
The average homeowner retrofitting their lavatory faucets with WaterSense labeled high -
efficiency lavatory faucet accessories (e.g., aerator, laminar flow device, flow restrictor) will
realize accompanying $3.26 savings on water and wastewater cost annually due to lower water
consumption (see Calculation 10).
Calculation 10. Annual Water and Wastewater Cost Savings
570 gallons/year - $5.72/1,000 gallonS13 = $3.26/year
Factoring in the accompanying energy savings, the average household with electric water
heating may save an additional $6.65 (70 kWh/year - $.095/kWh), for a combined annual
savings of $9.91. The average household with natural gas water heating, may save an
additional $4.56.(0.35 Mcf/year - $13.04/Mcf), for a combined annual savings of $7.82.
13 Raftelis Financial Consulting. Water and Wastewater Rate Survey. American Water Works Association.
2004.
Version 1.0 7 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
High -Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification
Supporting Statement
Assuming that the average household has two lavatory faucets 14, replacing the aerators in each
lavatory faucet with a WaterSense labeled aerator would save $1.63 per faucet on annual water
and wastewater costs. The average payback period for the replacement of two lavatory faucet
aerators would be approximately 10 months for those with electric water heating and 12 months
for those heating with natural gas (See Calculations 11 and 12).
Calculation 11. Average Payback Period (Electric Water Heating)
$8.00 / [$3.26/year + (70 kWh/year - $.095/kWh)] = 0.8 years (-10 months)
Calculation 12. Average Payback Period (Natural Gas Water Heating)
$8.00 / [$3.26/year + (0.35 Mcf/year - $13.04 /Mcf)] = 1.0 years (-12 months)
These calculations are based upon the following assumptions:
• WaterSense labeled retrofit devices retail for $4.00 each.
• Average cost of electricity is $0.095/kWh1s
• Average cost of natural gas is $13.04/Mcf16
Unit Abbreviations:
Bcf = billion cubic feet
BTU = British thermal unit
F = Fahrenheit
gal = gallon
gpcd = gallons per capita per day
gpm = gallons per minute
kgal = kilogallons
kWh = kilowatt hour
Ibs = pounds
L/min = liters per minute
Mcf = thousand cubic feet
psi = pressure per square inch
WaterSense assumes that the cost of new faucets manufactured and sold as WaterSense
labeled fixtures will not increase significantly since in many cases the manufacturer will simply
need to substitute the current flow regulating device with a similar, more efficient rated device.
In many cases this will be as simple as switching from the current 2.2 gpm aerator or laminar
flow device to a comparable 1.5 gpm WaterSense labeled device
14 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing
Survey for the United States 2005. Table 1A-3 page 4.
15 Average Retail Price of Electricity to Ultimate Customers by End -Use Sector, Energy Information
Administration. <www.eia.doe.gov/cneaf/electricity/epa/epat7p4.html>
16 Short -Term Energy Outlook, Energy Information Administration. <www.eia.doe.gov/steo>
Version 1.0 8 October 1, 2007

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
WaterSense° Specification for Showerheads
1.0 Scope and Objective
This specification establishes the criteria for showerheads labeled under the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense° program. It is applicable to showerhead fixture
fittings, inclusive of:
Fixed showerheads that direct water onto a user (excluding body sprays) for bathing
purposes; and
Hand-held showers, a subset of showerheads that are moveable devices for directing
water onto a user. Hand-held showers can be installed on a support to function as a
fixed showerhead.
When used in this document the term "showerhead" shall also include hand-held showers.
This specification is designed to ensure sustainable, efficient water use and a high level of user
satisfaction with showerhead performance.
2.0 General Requirements
2.1 The showerhead shall conform to applicable requirements in ASME
Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1.1
2.2 If the showerhead has more than one mode, all modes must meet the maximum
flow rate requirement outlined in Section 3.1.1 and at least one of the modes, as
specified by the manufacturer, must meet all of the requirements outlined in this
specification.
2.3 The showerhead shall not be packaged, marked, or provided with instructions
directing the user to an alternative water -use setting that would override the
maximum flow rate, as established by this specification. Any instruction related to
the maintenance of the product, including changing or cleaning showerhead
components, shall direct the user on how to return the product to its intended
maximum flow rate.
3.0 Water -Efficiency Criteria
3.1 The flow rate of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the
procedures in ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1 and shall meet the following criteria:
3.1.1 The manufacturer shall specify a maximum flow rate value (rated flow) of
the showerhead. This specified value must be equal to or less than 2.0
gallons per minute (gpm) (7.6 liters per minute [L/min]).
References to this and other standards apply to the most current version of those standards.
Version 1.0 1 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
3.1.2 The maximum flow rate shall be the highest value obtained through
testing at flowing pressures of 20, 45, and 80 ± 1 pounds per square inch
(psi) (140, 310, and 550 ± 7 kilopascal [kPa]), when evaluated in
accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(b). This
maximum flow rate shall not exceed the maximum flow rate value
specified in Section 3.1.1.
3.1.3 The minimum flow rate, determined through testing at a flowing pressure
of 20 ± 1 psi (140 ± 7 kPa) and when evaluated in accordance with 10
CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step 6(a), shall not be less than 60
percent of the maximum flow rate value specified in Section 3.1.1.
3.1.4 The minimum flow rate shall be the lowest value obtained through testing
at flowing pressures of 45 and 80 ± 1 psi (310 and 550 ± 7 kPa), when
evaluated in accordance with 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Step
6(a). This minimum flow rate shall not be less than 75 percent of the
maximum flow rate value specified in Section 3.1.1.
4.0 Spray Force Criteria
4.1 The spray force of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the
procedures outlined in Appendix A and shall meet the following criteria:
4.1.1 The minimum spray force shall not be less than 2.0 ounces (0.56 newtons
[N]) at a pressure of 20 ± 1 psi (140 ± 7 kPa) at the inlet when water is
flowing.
5.0 Spray Coverage Criteria
5.1 The spray coverage of the showerhead shall be tested in accordance with the
procedures outlined in Appendix B and shall meet the following criteria:
5.1.1 The total combined maximum volume of water collected in the 2- and 4-
inch [in.] (50-, 101-millimeter [mm]) annular rings shall not exceed 75
percent of the total volume of water collected, and;
5.1.2 The total combined minimum volume of water collected in the 2-, 4-, and
6-in. (50-, 101-, 152-mm) annular rings shall not be less than 25 percent
of the total volume of water collected.
6.0 Marking
In addition to the marking requirements in ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1, the following
markings shall apply:
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
6.1 The product shall be marked with the maximum flow rate value in gpm and L/min
as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with
this specification.
6.2 The product packaging shall be marked with the maximum flow rate value in gpm
and L/min as specified by the manufacturer, verified through testing and in
compliance with this specification.
6.3 The product packaging shall be marked with the minimum flow rate value in gpm
and L/min at 45 psi, calculated in Section 3.1.4 as 75 percent of the
manufacturer's specified maximum flow rate value, verified through testing and in
compliance with this specification.
6.4 Flow rate marking shall be in gpm and L/min in two or three digit resolutions
(e.g., 2.0 gpm [7.6 L/min]).
7.0 Effective Date
This specification is effective on February 9, 2010.
8.0 Future Specification Revisions
EPA reserves the right to revise this specification should technological and/or market changes
affect its usefulness to consumers, industry, or the environment. Revisions to the specification
would be made following discussions with industry partners and other interested stakeholders.
9.0 Definitions
Definitions within ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1 are included by reference
ASME —American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASME PTC — American Society of Mechanical Engineers Performance Test Codes
ANSI —American National Standards Institute
CFR — Code of Federal Regulations
CSA — Canadian Standards Association
ISA — International Society of Automation
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA 1 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
WaterSense Supporting Statement
WaterSense® Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
Introduction
Showering is one of the leading uses of water inside the home, representing approximately 17
percent of annual residential indoor water use in the United States. This translates into more
than 1.2 trillion gallons of water consumed each year',2. The WaterSense program released its
final specification for showerheads on March 4, 2010, to capitalize on this opportunity to further
improve the nation's water and energy efficiency by raising consumer awareness and promoting
the use of more efficient showerheads. The intent of this specification is to help consumers
identify those products that have met EPA's criteria for water efficiency and performance.
WaterSense collaborated with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME)/Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Joint Harmonization Task Force to develop the
specification criteria for high -efficiency showerheads. This task force is open to the public and
comprises a wide variety of stakeholders, including showerhead manufacturers, water and
energy utilities, testing laboratories, consultants, and other water -efficiency and conservation
specialists. Their participation, resources, and expertise enabled WaterSense to evaluate
showerhead efficiency and performance and develop meaningful testing protocols that can
effectively differentiate showerhead performance.
Prior to the task force's work there were no universally accepted criteria for measuring
showerhead performance. Federal water -efficiency legislation and national performance
standards only establish product flow rates that dictate water consumption —they do not address
what makes a satisfactory, or unsatisfactory, shower. Now, with this specification, WaterSense
and the task force have bridged this consumer information gap by incorporating performance
requirements for products seeking to earn the WaterSense label. The requirements address
flow rates across a range of pressures, spray force, and spray coverage, three key attributes of
showerhead performance, according to consumer testing. These new requirements are
designed to ensure a high level of performance and user satisfaction with high -efficiency
showerheads.
II. Current Status of Showerheads
With nearly 110 million occupied housing units in the United States3 and an average of two
showerheads per household4, WaterSense estimates that there are 220 million showerheads
' Assumes a per capita shower use of 11.6 gallons. See Mayer, Peter W. and William B. DeOreo.
Residential End Uses of Water. Aquacraft, Inc. Water Engineering and Management. American Water
Works Association. 1998. Page 102.
2 According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there are 300 million persons in the United States.
3 See U.S. Census Bureau and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development's American
Housing Survey for the United States. 2007.
4 Mayer and DeOreo, op. cit., 99.
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
currently installed in homes across the United States. WaterSense also estimates that
approximately 10 percent of the existing 220 million showerheads are replaced each year due to
wear, remodeling, or other reasons. This means that the vast majority of these existing
showerheads have flow rates equal to or less than the federal standard of 2.5 gallons per
minute (gpm), which was mandated by the Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992. With normal
replacements and units sold for new construction, WaterSense estimates that approximately
25.6 millions new showerheads are sold each year. Since Congress enacted the federal
requirements in the early 1990s, manufacturers have gone on to develop showerheads that use
significantly less water than the flow rates set in EPAct 1992. These high -efficiency
showerheads can save at least 20 percent compared to standard fixtures, resulting in a potential
savings of more than 1,200 gallons per showerhead per year.
III. WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Scope
This specification applies to showerheads and hand-held showers. Showerheads are fixed
devices for directing water onto a user for bathing purposes. Hand-held showers, a subset of
showerheads, are moveable devices for directing water onto a user. Hand-held showers can be
installed on a support to function as a showerhead.
Multiple showerheads are eligible to receive the WaterSense label provided the showerheads
are sold in combination in a single device intended to be connected to a single shower outlet.
Further, each showerhead must meet all of the requirements of the specification and the entire
multiple -head system must meet the maximum flow rate requirement of the specification in all
possible operating modes.
Body sprays are excluded from this specification because their function and design are wholly
different than that of a showerhead or hand-held shower. Retrofit devices, including aftermarket
flow control devices, are also excluded because the intent of the specification is to recognize
and label complete, fully functioning fixtures or fittings, and not individual components.
General Requirements
Many showerheads are sold with multiple modes to provide the user with options for different
spray types (e.g., misting, massaging, or pause). WaterSense wants to maintain manufacturing
flexibility and consumer choice for multiple mode showerheads, thus the specification addresses
these types of showerheads by requiring all modes to meet the maximum flow rate requirement
(i.e., no mode can exceed 2.0 gallons per minute [gpm]) and at least one of the modes, as
specified by the manufacturer, must meet all of the requirements contained in the specification,
including the maximum and minimum flow rates, spray force, and spray coverage requirements.
Water -Efficiency Criteria
Units sold for replacement is based upon a 10 percent natural replacement rate. Units sold for new
construction is based on 1,797,000 new housing starts per year based on the average number of new
housing starts from 2003-2007.from U.S. Census. 2007 American Housing Survey, Table 1A-1.
www.census.gov/prod/2008i)ubs/h 150-07.i)df.
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
The water -efficiency component of this specification establishes a maximum flow rate of 2.0
gpm (7.6 liter per minute [L/min]). WaterSense settled on this flow rate after examining the
range of products currently available on the market. This maximum flow rate represents a 20
percent reduction from the current federally allowable maximum flow rate of 2.5 gpm
established by EPAct 1992, which is consistent with WaterSense's stated water -efficiency goal.
The specification also includes minimum flow rate requirements at 80, 45, and 20 pounds per
square inch (psi) of pressure (the upper, mid, and lower range of potential household pressures)
to ensure performance and user satisfaction under a variety of household conditions.
Specifically, at 45 and 80 psi the tested flow rate cannot be less than 75 percent of the
showerhead's maximum "rated,6 flow rate value. This minimum requirement is specified at both
45 and 80 psi because some showerheads that are designed to compensate and adjust for
changes in water pressure will actually produce maximum flow at 45 psi and not at 80 psi. As a
result, WaterSense wants to ensure that this minimum flow rate requirement is met at both
pressures. Likewise, at 20 psi the tested flow rate cannot be less than 60 percent of the
showerhead's maximum rated flow rate value. Table 1 below provides some examples of the
allowable minimum flow rates for showerheads with various rated flow rates. Defining minimum
flow rate requirements in this manner ensures that the showerhead is designed to provide
consistent flow across a range of pressures.
Table 1. Example Minimum Flow Rates
Showerhead
Rated Flow Rate
Minimum Allowable Flow Rate
80 psi
45 psi
20 psi
2.0 gpm
1.5 gpm
1.5 gpm
1.2 gpm
1.75 gpm
1.3 gpm
1.3 gpm
1.1 gpm
1.5 gpm
1.1 gpm
1.1 gpm
0.9 gpm
1.0 gpm
0.8 gpm
0.8 gpm
0.6 gpm
WaterSense is requiring both the maximum and minimum flow rates of the showerhead to meet
the testing and verification protocols for sampling outlined in the Code of Federal Regulations
(see 10 CFR 430 Subpart F, Appendix B, Steps 6[b] and 6[a], respectively). The U.S.
Department of Energy currently uses the sampling plan outlined in the CFR for assessing
compliance of showerhead flow rates with EPAct 1992 requirements, and thus referencing it in
this specification provides specific and familiar guidance to third -party certifying bodies for
determining whether a showerhead meets the flow rate requirements established by
WaterSense.
Performance Criteria
Establishing performance -based criteria for WaterSense labeled showerheads is critical to
ensuring user satisfaction and maintaining the integrity of the WaterSense label. Prior to this
specification, however, there were no universally agreed -upon testing protocols for showerhead
performance or measures that adequately defined user satisfaction. WaterSense worked with
6 The "rated" flow rate is the showerhead's maximum flow rate, as specified by the manufacturer, verified
through testing, and in compliance with this specification.
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
the task force to determine, through its expertise and supported by consumer testing, the key
performance attributes of showerheads.
To measure those attributes in a laboratory setting, the task force undertook an intensive effort
to develop test protocols. The spray force and spray coverage requirements contained in the
specification are a result of these efforts. Both test protocols subsequently underwent several
iterations of round robin testing in various laboratories by multiple manufacturers and
independent third -party certifiers in order to ensure that the procedures are repeatable and the
results reproducible. Laboratory test data were then compared back to the consumer test data
for a variety of showerheads to determine the specific performance levels that are included in
the specification. These performance levels define the boundaries for user satisfaction for both
spray force and spray coverage.
The spray force component of the specification requires a showerhead's spray force to be at
least 2.0 ounces (0.56 newtons [N]) at an inlet pressure of 20 psi when the water is flowing. The
testing procedure, described in Appendix A of the specification, is a pass/fail test that assesses
the relative force of the shower spray through the use of a force balance fixture. The force
balance fixture is equipped with a force target on one side that receives the shower spray and
counterbalancing weights on the other side, set to the specified force (i.e., 2.0 ounces). As the
shower spray hits the force target, the force balance fixture measures the rotation angle of the
balance at the pivot point of the two sides (the spray and counterbalancing weights).
If the shower spray force is greater than the specified minimum, it will overcome, or move, the
counterbalancing weights to or beyond the point of balance, achieved when the angle rotates
within 0.10 of zero or past it. Under this scenario the showerhead would pass the force
requirements. If the showerhead's force is less than the specified minimum, it will not overcome
the counterbalancing weights and the angle of balance will not rotate within 0.10 of zero or past
it. Under this scenario, the showerhead would fail the force requirements. The target force of 2.0
ounces specified in the specification represents the lower bounds of user satisfaction based on
results from consumer tests using a variety of showerheads.
The spray coverage component of the specification, as described in Appendix B of the
specification, requires the use of an annular ring gauge consisting of a series of concentric
rings, starting with a 2-inch diameter center ring and each successive ring increasing in
diameter by 2 inches out to 20 inches. The showerhead is positioned and turned on directly
above the surface of the annular ring gauge. The relative amount of water captured in each set
of concentric rings provides a representation of the distribution of the spray pattern and can be
used to evaluate the showerhead's spray coverage.
Simultaneous to the development of the test apparatus, WaterSense gathered consumer test
data to determine user preferences with respect to spray coverage. Data showed general
dissatisfaction with showerheads that spray with a hollow spot in the center or that have too
much water flowing in the center to form a very narrow beam. Thus the criteria contained in the
specification were crafted to capture and disqualify showerheads with these types of coverage
characteristics. Specifically, to meet the spray coverage requirement, the total volume of water
collected in the two center rings (out to 4 inches) cannot exceed 75 percent of the total collected
water volume (i.e., the showerhead cannot deliver all its water through a narrow beam in the
center). In addition, the total combined volume of water collected in the three center rings (out to
Version 1.0 4 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
6 inches) must be at least 25 percent of the total collected water volume (i.e., the showerhead
cannot have a hollow spot in the center).
Marking
With this specification, WaterSense has adopted a new approach to product and package flow
rate marking. The requirements are designed to clarify and clearly indicate which maximum flow
rate value the manufacturer is to use. At the outset of certification, the manufacturer specifies a
maximum flow rate value ("rated" flow rate), not to exceed 2.0 gpm, which is subsequently
verified through testing. WaterSense requires the manufacturer to mark the product and product
packaging with this rated flow rate value, so that the information provided to the consumer is
both informative and accurate.
In addition to marking the product and packaging with the maximum rated flow rate, the product
packaging (but not the product itself) must also be marked with the showerhead's minimum flow
rate at 45 psi. This minimum flow rate is calculated as 75 percent of the manufacturer's
specified maximum flow rate value and is subsequently verified through testing. The purpose of
this marking requirement is to assist installers in properly matching showerheads and
automatic -compensating mixing valves for installation in order to provide protection against
thermal shock and scalding events (see Section V below for more information).
Potential Water and Energy Savings
Note: Refer to Appendix A for the assumptions and calculations used to derive these estimates.
Showerheads with a flow rate of 2.0 gpm or less have the potential to save significant amounts
of water both individually and at the national level. Replacing standard showerheads with
WaterSense labeled showerheads could save more than 1,200 gallons per showerhead or
2,300 gallons of water per household per year. Based upon the amount of water saved, the
average household could save 300 kilowatt hours (kWh) of electricity or 1,500 cubic feet of
natural gas that would otherwise be required to heat the water.
Nationwide, if WaterSense labeled showerheads were purchased for all normal showerhead
replacements and installed in all new construction, WaterSense estimates that water savings
could reach 30.3 billion gallons per year. National energy savings could exceed 1.6 billion kWh
of electricity and 10.9 million cubic feet (Mcf) of natural gas each year.
Cost -Effectiveness
Note: Refer to Appendix A for the assumptions and calculations used to derive these estimates.
The average homeowner retrofitting his or her showerheads with WaterSense labeled
showerheads will realize an accompanying $14 savings on water and wastewater costs
annually due to lower water consumption. Factoring in the accompanying energy savings, the
average household with electric water heating may save an additional $36, for a combined
annual savings of $50. The average household with natural gas water heating may save an
additional $18 for a combined annual savings of $32.
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
If the average showerhead costs $30 retail, the average payback period for the replacement of
two standard showerheads per household with WaterSense labeled models would be
approximately 14 months for those with electric water heating and about two years for those
heating with natural gas.
IV. Certification and Labeling
WaterSense has established an independent third -party product certification process, described
on the WaterSense Web site at www.epa.gov/watersense/partners/certification.html. Under this
process, products are certified to conform to applicable WaterSense specifications by
accredited third -party licensed certifying bodies. Manufacturers are then authorized to use the
WaterSense label in conjunction with certified products.
V. Other Issues
Detailed Drawings for the Force Balance Test Apparatus
As the specification indicates, the spray force performance requirement is measured via a force
balance test apparatus. This force balance test apparatus was developed by the task force
specifically for the purpose of determining a showerhead's compliance with the specification's
force requirements; therefore it is not a readily available or mass-produced piece of testing
equipment. In addition, the test apparatus needs to be manufactured with very specific
tolerances to ensure the results are repeatable and reproducible in any laboratory setting.
WaterSense has made available the specification drawings to facilitate the construction of this
test equipment. Detailed drawings for the force balance test apparatus are available on the
WaterSense Web site at www.epa.ciov/watersense/products/showerheads.html.
Health and Safety
In developing this specification, WaterSense and the task force considered potential negative
impacts of reducing the flow rate on consumer satisfaction, including potential health and safety
issues once these products are installed in the plumbing system. Of particular concern is the
potential for increasing the risk of thermal shock or scalding as shower flow rates are reduced.
Thermal shock or scalding can be caused when a hot- or cold -water -using device is activated
(e.g., flushing the toilet or running the dishwasher) while the shower is running. Water is
diverted away from the shower, causing a pressure drop in either the hot or cold water supply
line to the shower. As a consequence, the balance of hot and cold water is shifted either to a
hotter or colder temperature mix. This sudden change in temperature can either cause a user to
abruptly move away from the shower stream, potentially resulting in an injury or fall, or if the
temperature increase is severe enough, scalding can occur.
To mitigate the risks of temperature -related shower injuries, most U.S. plumbing codes require
showers to be outfitted with individual automatic -compensating mixing valves that comply with
either the American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 1016 or ASME Al 12.18.1/CSA
B125.1 standards. An automatic -compensating mixing valve is a device that is installed as part
of the shower's flow control that helps to regulate water temperature; it is not part of the
showerhead itself. The valve works either through balancing the incoming hot and cold water
Version 1.0
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
pressures or through controlling the mixed outlet temperature with a thermostatic element that
can maintain water temperature to within +/- 3.6°F.
Despite advances in plumbing codes and mixing valve technology, thermal shock and scalding
risks are still present under two scenarios. First, automatic -compensating mixing valves are
currently only required to be tested and certified at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 45 psi. When these
devices are outfitted with a showerhead that has a lower flow rate, there may not be adequate
assurance that the valve is sensitive enough to provide the required protection. This is
potentially true for all showerheads, as standard showerheads are currently tested and certified
at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 80 psi. Second, not all homes are equipped with an automatic -
compensating mixing valve. The risks are of particular concern for showerhead retrofits in
homes built prior to 1987.
As a part of the development of the criteria for showerheads, WaterSense and the task force
evaluated the link between flow rate and temperature deviations associated with pressure and
temperature changes. The task force gathered and presented data to compare the temperature
profiles that result from a drop in hot and cold water pressure for both standard and high -
efficiency showerheads under the two risk scenarios: (1) installation with various types of
automatic -compensating mixing valves (thermostatic, pressure balancing, or combination)
designed for a flow rate of 2.5 gpm at 45 psi and (2) installation without the protection of an
automatic -compensating mixing valve. The data showed that the risks are present for
showerheads of all flow rates, but that more efficient showerheads are more sensitive to sudden
changes in water pressure. As a consequence, a temperature change in water exiting the
shower may be amplified when the pressure within the cold water or hot water supply plumbing
suddenly changes.
Ultimately, WaterSense and the task force came to the conclusion that the thermal shock and
scalding risks cannot be fully addressed through the specification for showerheads. First, there
is a clear disconnect between the showerhead and automatic -compensating mixing valve
compatibility, as the products are tested at different pressures (80 psi and 45 psi, respectively)
and currently automatic -compensating mixing valves are only tested at a flow rate of 2.5 gpm.
Second, the potential temperature of the hot water is controlled by the design of the hot water
heater and delivery system, which can discharge water well in excess of the code required
140OF due to "layering" and the location of the thermostat at a point that is not necessarily the
location of the hottest water. Because of the interrelated nature of these three components in
the plumbing system, the control of the risks cannot solely rest on the design of the
showerhead. In fact, the showerhead itself has very little, if any, control over the outlet water
temperature.
To the extent possible, WaterSense has addressed this issue in the specification by
requiring manufacturers to mark the product packaging with the minimum flow rate at 45 psi as
determined by testing at that pressure. This is a vital step toward providing the information
necessary to "match" the showerhead with a compatible automatic -compensating mixing valve
that is rated to perform at the same flow rate and tested pressure. In addition, industry is
currently working to harmonize automatic -compensating mixing valve standards and
showerhead standards to address potential incompatibilities of these plumbing system
components. This will go a long way toward addressing the risks of thermal shock and scalding
associated with the installation of a WaterSense labeled showerhead, indeed with all
Version 1.0 7 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
showerheads, particularly in new construction. WaterSense is also educating consumers and
program partners regarding the issue and associated risks so that consumers can continue to
make informed purchasing decisions.
Version 1.0 8 March 4, 2010

EPA 1 WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
WaterSense Supporting Statement
Appendix A: Calculations and Key Assumptions
Potential Water Savings Calculations
Assumptions:
• Average actual flow rate for an existing showerhead is 2.22 gpm' (the average flow rate
is less than the standard rated flow rate of 2.5 gpm most likely because the products are
rated at 80 psi, but installed in homes with less pressure)
• Average shower duration is 8.2 minutes"
• The average person takes 0.67 showers per day$
• A WaterSense labeled showerhead reduces the flow rate by 20 percent
• An estimated 10 percent of existing showerheads are replaced each year due to wear,
remodeling, or other reasons
• There are an estimated 1,797,000 new housing starts per year based on the average
number of new housing starts from 2003-20079
Equation 1. Annual Water Savings Potential from Replacing a 2.5 gpm Rated Showerhead
(((2.22 gpm — (2.22 gpm x (1-0.2))) x 8.2 minutes/shower x 0.67 showers/person/day x 2.6
people/household x 365 days/year) = 2,300 gal/household/year
(2,300 gal/household/year / 2 showerheads/household) = 1,200 gal/showerhead/year
Equation 2. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Replacing All Existing 2.5 gpm
Showerheads
(1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 220 million existing showerheads) = 260 billion gal/year
Equation 3. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with
WaterSense Labeled Showerheads
(1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 220 million showerheads * 0.10) = 26 billion gal/year
Equation 4. Annual National Water Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled
Showerheads in New Construction
(1,200 gal/showerhead/year x 1,797,000 annual new housing starts x 2
showerheads/household) = 4.3 billion gal/year
Unit Abbreviations:
gal = gallon
gpm = gallons per minute
psi = pressure per square inch
Potential Energy Savings Calculations
Mayer and DeOreo, Op. cit., 102.
8 Calculated based upon an assumed 17.2 gallons per shower and 11.6 gallons per day for showering.
�lbid.)
U.S. Census. 2007 American Housing Survey, Table 1A-1. www.census.,qov/prod/2008pubs/hl50-
07.0
Version 1.0 9 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
Assumptions:
• Approximately 73 percent of showerhead water used in a household is hot water10
• 42,239,000 (approximately 40 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using electricity"
• 60,998,000 (approximately 56 percent) of occupied residences in the United States heat
their water using natural gas",12
• Water heating consumes 0.18 kWh of electricity per gallon of water heated assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 Btu/Ib x ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 kWh = 3,412 Btus
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F)
o Water heating process is 90 percent efficient for electric hot water heaters
Water heating consumes 0.88 Mcf of natural gas per 1,000 gallons of water heated
assuming:
o Specific heat of water = 1.0 Btu/Ib x ° F
0 1 gallon of water = 8.34 Ibs
0 1 Therm = 99,976 Btus
o Incoming water temperature is raised from 550 F to 1200 F (A 65 ° F)
o Water heating process is 60 percent efficient for natural gas hot water heaters
Electricity
Equation 5. KWh Required to Raise 1 Gallon of Water 650 F
[(1.0 Btu/Ibs x ° F) (1kWh/3,412 Btus) / (1 gal/8.34 Ibs) x 650 F] / 0.90 = 0.18 kWh/gal
Equation 6. Electricity Saving Potential per Household
(2,300 gal/year x 0.73) x (180 kWh of electricity/ 1,000 gal) = 300 kWh of electricity per year
Equation 7. National Electricity Savings Potential from Replacing All Existing 2.5 gpm
Showerheads
(260 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 14 billion kWh of
electricity nationwide
Equation 8. National Electricity Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with WaterSense
Labeled Showerheads
(26 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 1.4 billion kWh of
electricity nationwide
Equation 9. National Electricity Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled
Showerheads in New Construction
10 DeOreo, William B., and Peter W. Mayer. The End Uses of Hot Water in Single Family Homes From
Flow Trace Analysis. 2000. Aquacraft, Inc.
11 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and U.S. Census Bureau. American Housing
Survey for the United States: 2007. 2008. Table 1 A-5, page 7.
12 Ibid.
Version 1.0
NO
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
(4.3 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.40) x (180 kWh of electricity/1,000 gal) = 230 million kWh of
electricity nationwide
Natural Gas
Equation 9. Therms Required to Raise 1 Gallon of Water 650 F
[(1.0 Btu/Ibs x ° F) (1 Therm/99,976 Btus) / (1 gal/8.34 Ibs) x 650 F] / 0.60 = 0.009 Therms/gal
Equation 10. Converting Therms to Mcf
0.009 Therms/gal x 1,000 gal/kgal x 1 Mcf/10.307 Therms = 0.88 Mcf/kgal
Equation 11. Natural Gas Savings Potential per Household
(2,300 gal/year x 0.73) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 1.5 Mcf (1,500 cubic feet) of
natural gas per year
Equation 12. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Replacing All 2.5 gpm Showerheads
(260 billion gal x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 94 million Mcf of natural
gas nationwide
Equation 13. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Natural Replacement with
WaterSense Labeled Showerheads
(26 billion gal x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 9.4 million Mcf of natural gas
nationwide
Equation 14. National Natural Gas Savings Potential from Installation of WaterSense Labeled
Showerheads in New Construction
(4.3 billion gal/year x 0.73 x 0.56) x (0.88 Mcf of natural gas/1,000 gal) = 1.5 million Mcf of
natural gas nationwide
Unit Abbreviations:
Bcf =
billion cubic feet
Btu =
British thermal unit
F = Fahrenheit
kgal
= kilogallons
kWh
= kilowatt hour
Ibs =
pounds
Mcf =
thousand cubic feet
Cost -Effectiveness Calculations
Assumptions:
• Price of water and wastewater is $6.06/1000 gallonS13
• 2009 Price of electricity is $0.12/kWh14
• 2009 Price of natural gas is $11.98/Mcf15
13 Raftelis Financial Consulting. Water and Wastewater Rate Survey. American Water Works Association.
2006.
14 U.S. Department of Energy, www.eia.doe.qov/cneaf/electricity/epm/table5 3.html.
Version 1.0
m
March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense Specification for Showerheads
Supporting Statement
Equation 15. Annual Household Water and Wastewater Cost Savings
2,300 gallons/year x $6.06/1,000 gallons = $14/year
Equation 16. Annual Household Electricity Savings
(300 kWh/household/year * $0.12/kWh) = $36/year
Equation 17. Annual Household Natural Gas Savings
(1.5 Mcf/household/year * $11.98/Mcf) = $18/year
Equation 18. Annual Water, Wastewater, and Electricity Savings
($14/year + $36/year) = $50/year
Equation 19. Annual Water, Wastewater, and Natural Gas Savings
($14/year + $18/year) = $32/year
Equation 11. Average Full Payback Period (Electric Water Heating)
($30/showerhead x 2 showerheads/household) / $50/year = 1.2 years (-14 months)
Equation 12. Average Full Payback Period (Natural Gas Water Heating)
($30/showerhead x 2 showerheads/household) / $32/year = 1.9 years (- 23 months)
15 U.S. Department of Energy, www.eia.doe.gov/steo.
Version 1.0 12 March 4, 2010

EPA
WaterSense
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Version 1.2
June 2, 2014

EPA 16
WaterSense
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
1.0 Scope and Objective
This specification establishes the criteria for a tank -type high -efficiency toilet under the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense program. It is applicable to:
• Single -flush, tank -type gravity toilets
• Dual -flush, tank -type gravity toilets
• Dual -flush, tank -type flushometer tank (pressure -assist) toilets
• Tank -type, flushometer tank (pressure -assist) toilets
• Tank -type electrohydraulic toilets
• Any other tank -type technologies that meet these performance specifications
The specification is designed to ensure both sustainable, efficient water use and a high level of
user satisfaction with flushing performance.
2.0 General Requirements
2.1 The toilet shall conform to applicable water closet requirements in ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1,' except as otherwise indicated in this specification.
2.2 If the toilet has dual -flush capabilities, it shall conform to requirements in ASME
Al12.19.14.
3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria
3.1 Single -flush toilets: The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8
liters) when evaluated in accordance with the sampling plan contained in 10 CFR
429.30. For single -flush toilets, the effective flush volume is the average flush
volume when tested in accordance with ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
3.2 Dual -flush toilets: The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8
liters) when evaluated in accordance with the sampling plan contained in 10 CFR
429.30. For dual -flush toilets, the effective flush volume is the average flush
volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. Flush volumes shall be tested
in accordance with ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME Al12.19.14.
3.3 Samples with average flush volume in excess of 0.10 gallon (0.4 liter) greater
than their rated flush volume shall be deemed to fail testing requirements due to
excessive flush volume.2
References to this and other standards apply to the most current version of that standard.
2 For example, fixtures rated at 1.28 gallons per flush (the maximum flush volume) but flushing at greater than 1.38 gallons (5.2 liter)
when adjusted in accordance with the water consumption test procedure in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 shall be deemed to have
"failed" the requirements of this specification.
Version 1.2
June 2, 2014

EPA 16
WaterSense
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
3.4 Samples with average flush volumes less than or equal to 0.10 gallon (0.4 liter)
greater than their rated flush volume shall be adjusted, if possible, to their rated
flush volume prior to performance testing.
3.5 Samples with average flush volumes less than their rated flush volume shall be
tested at measured volume and this volume shall be recorded on the test report.
4.0 Flush Performance Criteria
4.1 Toilet model performance is identified as either a "pass" or "fail" depending upon
whether it can successfully and completely clear all test media from the fixture in
a single flush in at least four of five attempts. Flush performance testing shall be
conducted in accordance with the waste extraction test protocol provided in
AS ME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
5.0 Product Marking
5.1 Toilet fixtures shall be marked in accordance with requirements in ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 with the exception identified in Section 5.1.1 below.
5.1.1 Toilet bowls intended to be used with tanks of varying consumption levels
(e.g., 1.6 and 1.28 gallons per flush) shall be marked with a dual
consumption marking or a consumption range, as indicated in ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1; however, toilet bowls shall not be marked with the
words "or less" to indicate compatibility with tanks of varying consumption
levels.
5.2 Toilet tanks shall not be packaged, marked, nor provided with instructions
directing the user to an alternative water use setting that would override the rated
flush volume, as established by this specification. Any instruction related to the
maintenance of the product shall direct the user on how to return the product to
its rated flush volume.
6.0 Effective Date
This specification is effective on June 2, 2014.
7.0 Future Specification Revisions
EPA reserves the right to revise this specification should technological and/or market changes
affect its usefulness to consumers, industry, or the environment. Revisions to the specification
would be made following discussions with industry partners and other interested stakeholders.
8.0 Definitions
Definitions within ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME Al12.19.14 are included by
reference.
Version 1.2
2
June 2, 2014

EPA 6
WaterSense
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Pressure -assist toilet: A water closet that uses a flushometer tank as a flushing
device, as defined in ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
Rated flush volume: The maximum flush volume, as specified by the
manufacturer, verified through testing and in compliance with this specification.
Version 1.2 3 June 2, 2014

I.VA 16
WaterSense
WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Appendix A: Requirements for WaterSense Labeling
The following requirements must be met for products to be bear the WaterSense label.
1.0 WaterSense Partnership
The manufacturer of the product must have a signed partnership agreement in place with EPA.
2.0 Conformity Assessment
Conformance to this specification must be certified by an EPA licensed certifying body
accredited for this specification in accordance with the WaterSense Product Certification
System.
3.0 Clarifications
3.1 Adjustability
Toilet tanks with adjustable water use settings that can be identified and activated by a
user or plumbing professional to override the rated flush volume, as established by this
specification, do not comply with the intent of this specification or the WaterSense
program and do not qualify for use of the WaterSense label.
3.2 Tanks and Bowls Manufactured and Sold by Different Companies
WaterSense requires every combination tank and bowl to be tested and certified for
conformance to this specification in order to ensure that the toilet as a whole provides
the expected water efficiency and performance. Wall -hung bowls and in -wall carrier
systems manufactured and sold by different companies can earn the WaterSense label,
provided that the combination unit is tested and certified. However, since these products
might not necessarily be sold as a unit, WaterSense has established some additional
certification requirements that these products must meet in order to earn the
WaterSense label. Both manufacturers must agree to have their products tested and
certified together in order for the tank and bowl combination to receive the WaterSense
label.
Certification Listing
In order to control the use of the WaterSense label, EPA is requiring each manufacturer
(e.g., the tank manufacturer and the bowl manufacturer) to obtain a certification listing
with one of EPA's licensed certifying bodies to show that the toilet, formed by the
combination tank and bowl, was certified for conformance to the specification. The
listings must identify both components, along with the respective manufacturers' names,
3 Manufacturer, as defined in the WaterSense program guidelines, means: "Any organization that produces a product for market that
might be eligible to meet WaterSense criteria for efficiency and performance. Manufacturers can also produce 'private label'
products that are sold under the brand name of a separate organization, which is treated as a separate partner/application from the
original product manufacturer." In the case of private labeling, the private labeling organization that ultimately brands the product for
sale must have a signed WaterSense partnership agreement in place with EPA.
Version 1.2
A-1
June 2, 2014

I.VA 16
WaterSense
WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
brand names, model names, and model numbers by which the products are identified
and sold. Separate listings will allow the licensed certifying body to directly authorize
each manufacturer to use the WaterSense label on their tanks or bowls. Note that
though a certification listing is required for each manufacturer, WaterSense is not
requiring the combination toilet to be tested more than once. The licensed certifying
body must ensure that the listing information is complete prior to issuing the certification
and the WaterSense label to either manufacturer.
As an alternative to separate listings, and at the discretion of the licensed certifying
body, the manufacturer of one of the components (e.g., either the tank or bowl
manufacturer) can become listed as an additional company under the certification listing
of the manufacturer of the corresponding component (e.g., the bowl or tank). However,
both components, along with the respective manufacturer's names, brand names, model
names, and model numbers by which the products are identified and sold, must be
identified under both the certification file owner's listing and the additional company's
listing. This will ensure that there is no confusion about which products were certified in
combination to earn the WaterSense label.
3.3 Product Packaging Marking and Labeling
Though every combination tank and bowl must be tested and certified for conformance
to this specification in order to ensure that the toilet as a whole provides the expected
water efficiency and performance, in some cases the tank and bowl might be packaged
individually and/or sold separately. To ensure that it is clear to the purchaser that a
particular combination tank and bowl is labeled, EPA is providing clarification regarding
how the packaging must be marked and how the WaterSense label must be used.
These marking and labeling requirements apply to tanks and bowls made by the same
company and those made by different companies, as is the case for some wall -hung
bowls and in -wall carrier systems.
Manufacturers must adhere to the following product packaging marking and labeling
requirements for toilet tanks and bowls packaged and sold individually:
• In all cases, the toilet tank and toilet bowl packaging must bear the WaterSense
label.
• Toilet bowl packaging must indicate all of the specific brand names, model
names, and model numbers, as applicable, of the counterpart tanks it can be
used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type toilet. For example, the toilet
bowl packaging might say:
"This [insert description of bowl] is WaterSense labeled when used with
[list brand names, model names, and model numbers, as applicable, of
the tank(s) that the bowl can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled
tank -type toilet]."
Version 1.2
A-2
June 2, 2014

FVA 16
WaterSense
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
• Product specification sheets or other product documentation for both the toilet
tank and bowl must indicate all of the specific brand names, model names, and
model numbers, as applicable, of the counterpart products (e.g., the bowl or
tank) that the product can be used with to form a WaterSense labeled tank -type
toilet.
Note that for toilet tanks and bowls packaged and sold together as a unit, the packaging
must bear the WaterSense label.
Version 1.2 A-3 June 2, 2014

6
i 11A Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense° Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Version 1.2
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) WaterSense program is announcing the
release of Version 1.2 of its WaterSense Specification for Tank -Type Toilets (specification). The
purpose of this document is to summarize the revisions made to the specification, share the
reasoning for the changes, and provide a timeline for compliance with the new requirements.
It is important to note that EPA considers the revisions made in Version 1.2 of the specification
to be minor in nature. The revisions are meant to provide clarification of the existing
requirements and do not materially affect the scope, performance, or efficiency requirements.
The revisions also do not affect the status of existing certified, WaterSense labeled tank -type
toilets.
Background
WaterSense released its initial Tank -Type High -Efficiency Toilet Specification in January 2007
and issued the first revision to the specification in May 2011. Since that time, the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) have
revised ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures to include the waste media
extraction test, fill valve integrity test, and tank trim adjustability test protocols established in the
WaterSense Specification for Tank -Type Toilets. To align with the revised ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, to the extent possible, WaterSense is issuing Version 1.2 of the
specification. The changes to the specification, described in this document, will ensure
consistency and reduce redundancy in toilet testing for manufacturers seeking the WaterSense
label. WaterSense has also taken this opportunity to make some additional minor revisions to
the specification to align it with the other WaterSense product specifications. All of the revisions
contained in Version 1.2 will ensure that tank -type toilets receiving the WaterSense label are
certified and labeled consistently, in accordance with EPA's intent, and will continue to meet
consumer expectations for efficiency and performance.
Section 2.0 General Requirements
EPA has revised the title of the section from "Summary of Criteria" to "General Requirements."
This change does not affect the specification's original scope of objective, but rather aligns the
organization of the specification with other WaterSense product specifications.
Similarly, to align with other WaterSense product specifications, EPA has revised the content of
Section 2.0 to provide the general and overarching requirements that products must meet to
earn the WaterSense label, rather than a summary of the specification requirements. This
section now indicates that all tank -type toilets shall conform to the applicable water closet
requirements in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1, and all dual -flush tank -type toilets must conform
to applicable requirements within ASME Al 12.19.14 Six -Liter Water Closets Equipped With a
June 2, 2014

6
i 11A Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
Dual Flushing Device. This change now more fully and clearly aligns the specification with the
requirements of the guiding national standards for tank -type toilets.
Section 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria
Flush Volume Measurement Requirements
The majority of the fixture performance testing protocol, originally provided in Appendix A of the
specification, is included in the recent revisions to the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard.
The fixture performance testing protocol is now incorporated by reference in Section 2.0 of the
specification. However, the ASME/CSA standard does not address the average flush volume
limits that dictate whether a toilet is deemed to pass or fail the flush volume test or whether the
flush volume should be adjusted to complete the test. As a result, WaterSense has retained
these requirements in the specification. As discussed below, Appendix A was removed from the
specification because a majority of the requirements are now redundant with the
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard; therefore, WaterSense moved these flush volume limit
requirements to Section 3.0 Water Efficiency Criteria. This change does not affect the
specification's original requirements or intent.
Section 4.0 Flush Performance Criteria
Testing Protocol Reference
In Version 1.1 of the specification, the fixture performance testing protocol was identified in
Appendix A. Since the protocol is now included in the recent revisions to the ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, WaterSense has updated Section 4.0 Flush Performance
Criteria to reference compliance with the standard rather than Appendix A (Appendix A has
been subsequently deleted). In addition, under Version 1.1, this section summarized the test
media requirements. It also stipulated that the protocol was only applicable to single -flush toilets
and to the full flush option of dual -flush toilets. These requirements are also covered in the
referenced standards and, therefore, WaterSense removed them from this section to minimize
redundancy.
In addition, in the development of the revised ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, there was
consensus that the casing used for the test media did not materially affect the results of the test.
Either cased or uncased media were deemed acceptable for performance testing. In view of this
decision and because of the desire for the WaterSense specification to be consistent with the
standard, EPA has determined that performance testing using cased or uncased media is
acceptable under this specification. This allowance is included by reference to the standard.
Section 5.0 Supplementary Requirements for Flush Volume Adjustability (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
June 2, 2014

6
i 11A Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
In Version 1.1 of the specification, Section 5.0 Supplementary Requirements for Flush Volume
Adjustability included testing protocols intended to limit the flush volume adjustability of certified
tank -type toilets. These testing protocols included the fill valve integrity test protocol (Appendix
B of Version 1.1 of the specification) and the tank trim adjustability testing protocol (Appendix C
of Version 1.1 of the specification). These testing protocols were adopted by the ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard, which is now incorporated by reference in Section 2.0 of the
specification. Therefore, WaterSense removed these requirements from the specification to
minimize redundancy. This change does not affect the specification's original requirements or
intent.
Section 5.0 Product Marking
Tank Marking Requirements
Toilet tank marking requirements identified in ASME Al12.19.5 Flush valves and spuds for
water closets, urinals, and tanks (referenced in Version 1.1 of the specification) require
manufacturers to permanently mark or label the tank with information pertaining to the
appropriate flush valve replacement parts. These requirements have subsequently been
incorporated into ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1. Therefore, WaterSense updated the
specification to reference compliance with the toilet fixture marking requirements identified in the
ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard.
Bowl Marking
Version 1.1 of the specification allowed toilet bowls to be marked in a manner that indicated
compatibility with flush volumes below 1.6 gallons per flush (gpf). This requirement was
intended to alleviate confusion because many manufacturers were marking their toilet bowls
with a 1.6 gpf flush volume despite compatibility and certification with tanks that flush at lower
volumes (e.g., 1.28 gpf). The revisions to ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 now include provisions
clarifying the marking requirements for bowls that are compatible with lower (or varying) flush
volumes. Specifically, the standard allows toilet bowls to be marked using the words "or less," a
dual consumption marking, or a consumption range.
WaterSense is incorporating by reference the bowl marking requirements from the ASME/CSA
standard, which will provide clarity on the appropriate ways to mark bowls that are compatible
with a range of flush volumes. However, WaterSense is taking exception to the allowance for
the use of the words "or less." Placing a marking on the bowl that identifies a maximum flush
volume along with the words "or less" could imply that the bowl is compatible with tanks of any
flush volume, potentially below the minimum the flush volumes with which the bowl was certified
to perform.
Section 8.0 Definitions
Referenced Standards
June 2, 2014

6
i 11A Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
WaterSense has removed the reference to ASME Al 12.19.5, as the marking requirements have
been incorporated into ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
Definitions
WaterSense has removed the definition of an electrohydraulic toilet because it is incorporated
by reference in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
WaterSense has revised the definition of a pressure -assist toilet to use language consistent with
definitions included in ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1.
WaterSense has revised the definition of rated flush volume to be consistent with the definition
included in other WaterSense product specifications. The new definition clarifies that the rated
flush volume is specified by the manufacturer and verified through testing to ensure compliance
with the specification.
Appendix A: Fixture Performance Testing Protocol (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
As mentioned previously, a majority of the fixture performance testing protocol, originally
provided in Appendix A of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in
the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. One exception is the flush volume measurement
limits that dictate whether the toilet passes, fails, or should be readjusted for testing. To reduce
redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has subsequently moved these requirements to
Section 3.0 and has removed the entirety of Appendix A from the specification. This change
does not affect the specification's original requirements or intent.
Appendix B: Fill Valve Integrity Test Protocol (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
As mentioned previously, the fill valve integrity test protocol, originally provided in Appendix B of
Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA
B45.1 standard. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has subsequently
removed the entirety of Appendix B from the specification. This change does not affect the
specification's original requirements or intent.
Appendix C: Tank Trim Adjustability Testing Protocol (Version 1.1)
Section Removal
As mentioned previously, the tank trim adjustability testing protocol, originally provided in
Appendix C of Version 1.1 of the specification, is now incorporated by reference in the ASME
Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 standard. To reduce redundancy with the standard, WaterSense has
June 2, 2014

6
i IIA Summary of Revisions to the
WaterSense WaterSense` Specification for Tank -Type Toilets
subsequently removed the entirety of Appendix C from the specification. This change does not
affect the specification's original requirements or intent.
Appendix A: Requirements for WaterSense Labeling
Section 3.3 Product Packaging Marking and Labeling
Section 3.3 of Appendix A provides additional product packaging marking and labeling
requirements for toilet tanks and bowls that are packaged and sold individually. Version 1.1
prohibited the WaterSense label on toilet bowl packaging that indicated compatibility with flush
volumes greater than the rated flush volume identified in this specification. WaterSense
developed that requirement to prevent confusion about whether a bowl with an advertised flush
volume higher than the maximum allowed by the specification was actually labeled.
The new bowl marking requirements identified in ASME Al12.19.2/CSA B45.1, and now
incorporated by reference in the specification, should eliminate this confusion as toilet bowls can
be marked with a dual consumption marking or a consumption range to indicate compatibility
with multiple flush volumes. Therefore, EPA is now requiring the toilet tank and bowl packaging,
in all cases, to bear the WaterSense label.
Timeline for Compliance with Version 1.2 of the Specification
Version 1.2 of this specification goes into effect June 2, 2014. EPA is providing manufacturers
with a six-month grace period to begin complying with the new requirements. By December 2,
2014 all certification activities must be completed in accordance with Version 1.2 of this
specification, in order for tank -type toilets to earn the WaterSense label. The existing licensing
agreements between EPA and the licensed certifying body will remain in full force and effect.
June 2, 2014

Clothes Washer
Clothes Washer I Home Water Works
Terms of Use
Water Calculator
Water Conservation
Tips
Indoor Water Use
Toilets
Clothes Washer
Showers
Faucet
Dishwasher
Leaks
DIY - Installation
How to Read Your
Water Meter
Landscape & Irrigation
Water & Energy
About Us
Crisp, Clean Clothes Without the Waste
Washing laundry is a significant use of water in the average home; accounting for
15% to 40% of the overall water consumption inside the typical household of four
persons. The average American family washes almost 400 loads of laundry each
year.
Water Factor
Because washers come in various sizes and capacity, the water efficiency of
clothes washers is rated using the term "Water Factor" to accurately compare water
use. Water Factor (WF) is measured by the quantity of water (gallons) used to wash each cubic foot of laundry.
Older Washers
An old school washer will use approximately 40 to 45 gallons (151.4 L to 170.3 L) of water per load and have a
water factor of 10 or higher. A family of four using a standard clothes washer will generate more than 300 loads
per year, consuming 12,000 gallons (45.4 m3) of water annually.
High Efficiency Washers
New, High -Efficiency Washers (HEW) (front loading or top loading machines are available) can use 14 to 25
gallons (53 L to 94.6 L) of water per load and will have a water factor of 8 or less. Replacing an old and
inefficient clothes washer can reduce this water use by more than 6,000 gallons per year (22.7 m3), save energy,
clean the clothes better, and reduce fabric wear.
Clothes Washer Water Saving Tips
1. Run full loads only, even if the washer has an adjustable load setting. A full load is the most efficient way to
wash clothes.
2. Replace the old inefficient clothes washer with a new high -efficiency model to save water and energy.
https://www.home-water-works.org/indoor-use/clothes-washer 1 /2

1 /28/2020 Clothes Washer I Home Water Works
More Information About Clothes Washers
Standard Washers
The standard top loading clothes washer, using a vertical -axis drum, has changed
little from General Electric's design in 1947. The vertical axis design requires enough
water in the drum to suspend the fabric in the soapy water while the agitator churns
the clothes to help remove dirt and stains. The large amount of water required to
suspend the fabric in the tub limits the ability for this type of washer to efficiently use
water. Historically, vertical axis washers consumed 45 gallons per load (170 L),
though newer models of the past few years have reduced this to less than 40 gallons
per load (151.4 L). Even the best designs manufactured today require more than 9
gallons (34.1 L) of water per cubic foot of capacity (28.31 L).
High -Efficiency Washers
High -efficiency front or top loading washers facilitate greater efficiency because they use less
water and energy. These high-tech machines are proven to be more effective in cleaning the
clothes with less water, and is gentler on the fabric when compared to old -school vertical axis
washers. Additional benefits of lower water use are: a) less laundry detergent is required; and, b)
less water needs to be heated resulting in energy conservation. Most high -efficiency washers use
only 15 to 30 gallons (56.8 to 113.6 L) of water to wash the same amount of clothes as older
washers (29 to 45 gallons per load (109.7 to 170 L). The most efficient washers use less than 5
gallons (18.9 L) per cubic foot of capacity.
Water Efficiency of Washers
The smaller the water factor rating, the more water efficient the clothes washer. A typical
residential clothes washer has a capacity of approximately 3 cubic foot, though sizes range from
1.7 cubic feet (48.13 L) to more than 4.2 cubic feet (118.9 L) for the extra large capacity machines. The Water
Factor provides a means to directly compare water efficiency of different sized machines.
Efficiency Example
Washer A uses 32 gallons of water per load (wash and rinse cycles) with a 4 cubic foot capacity of laundry; thus,
has a Water Factor rating of 8 (32-4=8).
Washer B uses 30 gallons of water (wash and rinse cycles) with a 2.5 cubic foot capacity; thus, has a Water
Factor rating of 12 (30-2.5=12).
Washer A uses water more efficiently (WF=8) than Washer B (WF=12). While Washer A uses slightly more
water per load, it can clean 40% more clothes per load.
Looking for a New Water Efficient Washer?
When buying a new machine, finding the Water Factor rating of a clothes washer is not always easy. Though
manufacturers measure Water Factors for each model of washer, manufacturers are not required to display the
rating on the machine. Fortunately, the Energy Star Program reports Water Factors and energy use for nearly
every HEW in the market.
Listing of High Efficiency Clothes Washers
Are you in the market for a new clothes washer? The most recent listings of high -efficiency clothes washers are
provided here:
CEE Residential Clothes Washers Qualifying Product List
https://www.home-water-works.org/indoor-use/clothes-washer 2/2

1 /28/2020
Energy Efficient Washing Machine I ENERGY STAR
CLOTHES WASHERS
OVERVIEW
SPECIFICATION
BUYING GUIDANCE
PROMOTIONS
For Partners
The average American family washes about 300 loads of laundry each year. ENERGY STAR can help families cut their related
energy and water costs. ENERGY STAR certified clothes washers use about 25% less energy and 33% less water than
regular washers. Over the lifetime of the product, models that have earned the ENERGY STAR can save $380 in energy costs.
They have a greater tub capacity which means you can wash fewer loads to clean the -
same amount of laundry. They are available in front -load and top -load models from brands
including Blomberg, Asko, GE, Kenmore, LG, Samsung, Whirlpool, and many more. ENERGY
STAR top -load models utilize new technologies that do not require the tub to fill with +
water. They clean using sophisticated wash systems to flip or spin clothes through a
stream of water. Many have sensors to monitor incoming water levels and temperature.
They also rinse clothes with repeated high-pressure spraying instead of soaking them in a
full tub of water.
Consider the following:
• Useless energy. On average, anew ENERGY STAR certified clothes washer uses 316 kWh of electricity and can save
you about $35 a year on your utility bills compared to a standard model.
• Use less water. A full-sized ENERGY STAR certified clothes washer uses 14 gallons of water per load, compared to
the 20 gallons used by a standard machine. That's a savings of more than 2,000 gallons of water, per year!!
• Is your washer over 10 years old? It's estimated that there are 74 million top -loading washers and 24 million front -
loading washers - 26 million of which are at least 10 years old, still in use across the country. Washers that are
approximately 10 years old are significantly less efficient than newer models. Together, these inefficient washers
cost consumers about $4.7 billion each year in energy and water. If you have a standard clothes washer that is
approximately 10 years old, it's costing you, on average $185 a year.
If every clothes washer purchased in the U.S. was ENERGY STAR certified, we could save more than $3.3 billion each year
and prevent more than 19 billion pounds of annual greenhouse gas emissions, equal to the emissions from more than 1.8
million vehicles.
https://www.energystar.gov/products/appliances/clothes—washers

5. Technical Advisory Council Report for Wastewater Flows from
Single Family Dwellings.

Executive Summary
Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings
Study done for the Michigan Technical Advisory Council for Onsite Wastewater Treatment
Danielle N. McEachin and Ted L. Loudon
Student Intern and Professor, respectively,
Agricultural Engineering Department
Michigan State University
The purpose of this study was to collect, organize and present what is known about the amount of wastewater that can be expected to flow from dwellings. Th
goal is to provide designers and regulators with an actual flow based data set from which to develop design flow numbers for sizing systems. The data in this
document comes from a variety of sources. Most were found on the Internet, some were found in the library, and others were provided from file data collected
by entities in Michigan. The study was restricted to data collected during the years 1980-2000, so that the values determined would be representative of life
styles of the present generation. In fact, only two numbers in the data tables are from before 1987.
A group of studies providing metered home water use rates presented in units of gpd per capita from around the country were reviewed and summarized.
When averages were weighted based on the number of homes per study, the overall weighted average per capita daily water use was just under 51 gpd (Table
1). The value of this data is limited by the fact that much of the data was total use, including outdoor water use, and had to have a correction factor applied.
Numerous sources containing recommended per capita design flows were reviewed. Most recommendations are in the 50-70 gpd/c range (Table 4).
Perhaps the most valuable data is data gathered in Michigan. A study of metered data from 700 homes in southern Michigan showed an average daily use
per home of 214.3 gallons. The three bedroom home average was 221.3 gpd (74 gpd/br) and the four bedroom average was 285.5 gpd (71 gpd/br). A study
of measured flows from 66 homes in Jackson County showed flows of 56 gpd per bedroom.
Average per person flows, averaged over large numbers of people, appear to be in the 50-55 gpd/c range. Average flows expressed per bedroom, for 3-4
bedroom homes appear to be in the 70-75 gpd/br range. While bedrooms do not generate flow, people do, it is common to design on the basis of number of
bedrooms since occupancy varies. For large clusters of homes, designing on the basis of 75 gpd/br would appear to be supported by the data available. For
an individual home design, a significant safety or peaking factor must be applied. Many of the references consulted suggest a factor of 2 or even 2.5. Use of
a high design flow for individual homes helps to compensate for the state of the art in site evaluation and the occasional high water use occupancy.
The Technical Advisory Council will produce a companion guidance document providing recommendations for applying this data in design
recommendations.
Wastewater Flows from Single Family Dwellings
Study done for the Michigan Technical Advisory Council for Onsite Wastewater Treatment
Danielle N. McEachin and Ted L. Loudon
Student Intern and Professor, respectively,
Agricultural Engineering Department
Michigan State University
Purpose: Rational design of wastewater treatment and dispersal systems is based on the flow that the system must be able to handle. This is usually
expressed on a daily flow basis and typically includes a factor of safety which is large for individual home systems and may be reduced as systems are
clustered together. The purpose of this study was to collect, organize and present what is known about the amount of wastewater that can be expected to
flow from dwellings. The goal is to provide designers and regulators with an actual flow based data set from which to develop design flow numbers for
sizing systems.
The data in this document comes from a variety of sources. Most were found on the Internet, some were found in the library, and others were provided from
file data collected by entities in Michigan. Every effort was made to ensure that the data reflect indoor water use, which eliminates most consumptive uses
and represents the flow that would be expected in the wastewater system. Because consumptive uses are hard to eliminate completely, particularly in and
climates, we restricted our data to the more humid states. One exception is that a study from Denver, CO is included in which a significant effort was made
to eliminate outdoor consumptive uses in the design of the study. The numbers in the Colorado study are higher than those from more humid states but we
cannot determine exactly what the reason for this might be. Wherever total water use numbers were encountered they were multiplied by a factor of 0.70 to
give indoor water use only. These values are indicated by a *. This factor is based on the findings of multiple studies which measured both indoor and
outdoor usage. We restricted our selection of data to include only data collected during the years 1980-2000, so that the values determined would be
representative of life styles of the present generation. In fact, only two numbers in the data tables are from before 1987, and these are from a study deemed
to be sufficiently reliable that we did not wish to exclude it.
The data are divided into four tables. Table I contains data from literature and internal sources that were obtained through actual measurement. This means
that the numbers were derived from meter readings at occupied residences. These numbers are from studies where multiple homes were metered and the
indoor water use was determined. Only some of these studies reported indoor water use only. For those where the reported values were total use, the 0.70
factor was used to obtain indoor water use numbers. See footnotes following the tabulated data for the basis of this factor. The study done by the American

Water Works Association Research Foundation metered 1188 homes to obtain their data. The Denver Board of Water Commissioners metered 5649 homes
in the city and county of Denver.
The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development has conducted many studies on residential water use. In some of their work, they designed
studies to obtain as diverse a group of homes as possible by gathering data on each household through issuing a questionnaire to each resident. Their study
entitled "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" included water meter data from over 200 homes. They also conducted a study of flow from apartment
buildings in which they collected data from 23 buildings. The apartments were noted to be especially leaky and they found unusually high per capita water
use. The U.S. Geological Survey published a table with water use values for every state. We selected data from the more humid states and applied the 0.70
factor to obtain indoor water use values. Data were collected from homes where the water supply was from both self -supplied (SS) and public -supplied (PS)
sources.
Table 2 contains data that was found through actual measurement but is presented as gallons per day per home. The Michigan study done by Equinox Inc.
for use in the design of the Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision metered over 700 homes in Livingston and Oakland counties and determined average
water use per dwelling. The first 7 entries in Table 2 represent flows averaged over multiple single family dwellings and would be representative of flows to
be expected from a cluster of homes. The average flow equals 159 GPD/home over 640 homes. The Michigan Department of Environmental Quality study
involved determination of metered flows from over 500 homes in Oakland County and Highland Township. Both of these Michigan studies are believed to
be highly reliable but resulted in per home flows that were higher.
Table 3 contains data found through actual measurement but the values were presented in the original studies in units of gallons per day per bedroom. This
data is from a study done by the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. In this study, 66 homes were metered in Jackson County and the size of
home determined so that the data could be presented in terms of a per bedroom water use average.
Table 4 contains data from publications which give representative numbers that are recommended for design of wastewater systems. These are not well
referenced so it is unclear whether they originally came from actual use studies or are estimates, possibly including a safety factor, that are simply repeated
from another publication. These sources were mostly found on the Internet.
After the tables are a set of statements and observations gleaned from literature. The effect of income level and household size on water use is analyzed.
Our reasons for using the 0.70 factor are given, a comparison of self -supplied and public -supplied water use is given. Typical times of peak water use are
analyzed as are the effects of metering and water pressure.
Conclusions that can be drawn:
From Table 1, the per capita metered indoor water use data from nationwide studies show an average value of 69 gallons per person per day. The per capita
data obtained by applying the 0.70 factor to total water use data found in humid climates shows an average value of 55.2 gallons per day, with a self -supplied
average of 50.5, a public -supplied average of 57.7 and a range of 35-86.8. The weighted average per capita water use data for all homes in Table 1 show an
overall average use of 50.7 gallons per day, with a self -supplied use of 51.1 and a public -supplied use of 50.47.
The per home metered indoor data in Table 2 shows an average of 214.3, with a 3 bedroom average of 221.3, a 4 bedroom average of 285.5 and a range of
140-327. The first 7 entries in Table 2 represents measured flow data from 640 Michigan homes and shows an average of 159 GPD/home.
The nationwide data sets show somewhat higher per capita water use. Humid region data suggest that average per capita indoor water use averages between
50 and 70 gpd. Total water use per home averages between 160 and 285 GPD with the larger figure for larger homes.
This should be considered a work in progress. We would like to include additional data. If the reader has or is aware of additional data that could be
included, we would like to receive it. This summary will be modified if additional data are received or otherwise located.
Residential Water Consumption Data, From a Variety of Sources Report by: Danielle McEachin
Table 1. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/Person
Sponsor
Source
Study
Area of Study
Time Period
Indoor
Type of
Per capita
use or
Dwelling
daily
Total
water use
use?
AWWA Research
http://www.awwarf.com/exsums/90781.htm
Residential End
12 study sites,
Copyright1999
Indoor
1,188 Single-
69.3,
Foundation
Uses of Water
across the U.S.
family
Including
[Project#241]
homes
Leakage
Denver Board of
Litke and Kauffman, "Analysis of Residential Use of
16 groups of
Data From
Indoor
5,649 Single-
64-119
Water
Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, CO, 1980-87
homes in the
1980-87
family
Mean =
Commissioners
city and county
homes
85.6
of Denver
Rhode Island
M. A. Horn, P.A. Craft & Lisa Bratton, "Estimation of
Cumberland,
Data From
Indoor
Single-
70 SS
Governor's Office of
Water Withdrawal and Distribution, Water Use, and
Rhode Island
1988
and
family
(Total)
Housing, Energy,
Wastewater Collection and Return Flow in
Total
homes
77 PS
and
Cumberland, Rhode Island, 1988
(Indoor)
Intergovernmental
& 90 PS
Relations
(Total)
U.S. Department of
Brown and Caldwell, "Residential
Water Saved by
Nationwide
Data from
Indoor
200 Single-
66.2
Housing and Urban
Water Conservation Projects,
Low -flow
1983
family
Development, Office
Summary Report", 1984
Fixtures
homes

Retrofit of Washington, Data From Indoor 23 100**
Apartment I D. C. 1 198 1 1 Apartment I Including
of Policy
Development and
Research
Table 1. (cont.)
Source
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Sponsor
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
United States
http://water.usgLgov//watuse/tables/dotab.st.html
Table12.
Alabama
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
Geological Survey
Domestic
From
homes
70* PS
Freshwater Use
1990
by State (States
Arkansas
Data
Indoor
Single-family
61.6* SS
chosen with
From
homes
74.2* PS
humidity similar
1990
to that of
Connecticut
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
Michigan)
From
homes
49* PS
1990
Delaware
Data
Indoor
Single-family
55.3* SS
From
homes
54.6* PS
1990
Georgia
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
From
homes
80.5* PS
1990
Illinois
Data
Indoor
Single-family
58.8* SS
From
homes
63* PS
1990
Indiana
Data
Indoor
Single-family
53.2* SS
From
homes
53.2* PS
1990
Kentucky
Data
Indoor
Single-family
35* SS
From
homes
49* PS
1990
Louisiana
Data
Indoor
Single-family
58.1* SS
From
homes
86.8* PS
1990
Maine
Data
Indoor
Single-family
63* SS
From
homes
40.6* PS
1990
Maryland
Data
Indoor
Single-family
58.1* SS
From
homes
73.5* PS
1990
Massachusetts
Data
Indoor
Single-family
50.4* SS
From
homes
46.2* PS
1990
Michigan
Data
Indoor
Single-family
51.1* SS
From
homes
53.9* PS
1990
Mississippi
Data
Indoor
Single-family
35* SS
From
homes
86.1 * PS
1990
Table 1. (cont.)
Sponsor
Source
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
United States
http://water.usgs.gov//watuse/tables/dotab.st.html
Table12.
Missouri
Data
Indoor
Single-family
42* SS
Geological Survey
Domestic
From
homes
59.5* PS
Freshwater Use
1990
by State (States
New Hampshire
Data
Indoor
Single-family
45.5* SS
chosen with
From
homes
49.7* PS
humidity similar
1990
to that of
New Jersey
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
Michigan)
From
homes
52.5* PS
(cont.)
1990
New York
Data
Indoor
Single-family
40.6* SS
From
homes
83.3* PS
1990
North Carolina
Data
Indoor
Single-family
38.5* SS
From
homes
39.9* PS
1990

Ohio
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
From
homes
37.5* PS
1990
Pennsylvania
Data
Indoor
Single-family
36.4* SS
From
homes
43.4* PS
1990
Rhode Island
Data
Indoor
Single-family
49* SS
From
homes
46.9* PS
1990
South Carolina
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
From
homes
53.2* PS
1990
Tennessee
Data
Indoor
Single-family
45.5* SS
From
homes
59.5* PS
1990
Vermont
Data
Indoor
Single-family
50.4* SS
From
homes
56* PS
1990
Virginia
Data
Indoor
Single-family
52.5* SS
From
homes
52.5* PS
1990
West Virginia
Data
Indoor
Single-family
56* SS
From
homes
51.8* PS
1990
Wisconsin
Data
Indoor
Single-family
42.7* SS
From
homes
36.4* PS
1990
Table 1. (cont.)
Sponsor
Source
Study
Area of
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Study
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
United States
http://oh.water.usgs.gov/water use/95huc.html
Estimated Water
Ohio
Data
Indoor
Single-family
70 SS*
Geological Survey
Use for Ohio, 1995,
From
homes
50 PS*
by Hydrologic
1995
Cataloging Unit
Michigan Department of Public Health
Oakland County
Oakland
Data
Total
1512
56.7*
Water
County, MI
From
bedroom
Use/Population
1991
homes
Study
4453
49*
bedroom
homes
1864
51.8*
bedroom
homes
30 5 bedroom
57.4*
homes
SS = Self -supplied Average per capita indoor water use = 50.76
PS = Public -supplied SS average per capita indoor water use = 51.1
*Converted to Indoor Use From Total Use by using the formula Indoor Use = (0.70) Total Use PS average per capita indoor water use = 50.47
** This study stated these apartments to have an especially large amount of leakage and Range of per capita water use = 35-100
therefore the numbers from these apartments were not used in any averages
Table 2. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/Home
Sponsor
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor use
Type of Dwelling
GPD/
Period
or Total
Home
use?
Equinox, Inc., Stephens
Daniel C. Schrauben and David R.
Deer Creek
Data From
Indoor
3 single-family
148
Consulting, Inc.
Beschke, "Basis of Design, Flow
1990
homes
Adjustment, Wastewater System, Mill
Greenock Hills
Data From
Indoor
20 single-family
158
Valley Condominium Subdivision", June
No. 3
1990
homes
17, 1999.
Lake Tyrone
Data From
Indoor
182 single-family
165
1990
homes
Portage Bay
Data From
Indoor
20 single family
140
1990
homes
Runyan Lake
Data From
Indoor
274 single-family
164
1990
homes
Sandy Creek
Data From
Indoor
5 single-family
154
1990
homes
Tanglewood
??
Indoor
136 single-family
145

City of Novi
City of Novi
Eagle Ravine
Milford Bluffs
Milford Bluffs
Settler's Pointe
Table 2. (cont.)
Data From
Indoor
1990-1992
Data From
Indoor
1990-1992
Data From
Indoor
1990
Data From
Indoor
1990
Data From
Indoor
1990
Data From
Indoor
1990
homes
4 bedroom home
327
3 bedroom home
234
8 Single-family
homes
270
3 bedroom home
222
4 bedroom home
255
3 bedroom home
213
Sponsor
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor use
Type of Dwelling
GPD/
Period
or Total
Home
use?
Equinox, Inc., Stephens
Daniel C. Schrauben and David R.
Settler's Pointe
Data From
Indoor
4 bedroom home
281
Consulting, Inc.
Beschke, "Basis of Design, Flow
1990
Adjustment, Wastewater System, Mill
Village of Milford
??
Indoor
4 bedroom home
209
Valley Condominium Subdivision", June
17, 1999.
(cont.)
Village of Milford
??
Indoor
3 bedroom home
206
Michigan Department of
Oakland County Water Use/Population
Oakland County,
Data From
Total
3 Bedroom home
197
Public Health
Study
MI
1991
4 Bedroom home
257
Highland Township, Four Bedroom and
Highland
Data From
Total
3 Bedroom home
256
Three Bedroom Water Usage Comparison
Township
1993
4 Bedroom home
284
Average per home indoor water use (all homes) = 214.3
Average indoor water use (3 bedroom homes) = 221.3
Average indoor water use (4 bedroom homes) = 285.5
Range of indoor water use (all homes) = 140-327
Table 3. Sources whose data was found by actual measurement, measured in GPD/BR
Sponsor
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor use
Type of Dwelling
GPD/
Period
or Total
Bedroom
use?
Michigan Department of
Engineering Company Review of One
Jackson County
Data From
Total
66 single-family
56
Public Health
Subdivision, Jackson County
1991
homes (3 & 4
bedrooms)
Tnhle 4 1,ources using nuhlieherl numbers (recommended for rlesion use)
Sponsor
Source
Study
Area of
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per capita
Study
Period
use or
Dwelling
daily
Total
water use
use?
Auburn
http://bermes.ecn.purdue.edu cgi/convertwq97696
Conserving
Alabama
Data
Indoor
Single-
50-70
University
Water,
From
family
Developing
1995
homes
Water -
Conserving
Habits: A
Checklist
Domestic
http://freehostingl.at.webjump.com/6eba64886/pu/pumpman-
Planning
N/A
Last
Indoor
Single-
75
Wastewater
webjump/plan.htm
Your Water
Modified
family
Systems &
System
May
homes
Pump Talk,
2000
R.L. Peeks
Pump Sales
Individual
http://www.co.scott.mn.us/EFFISTS/sep ic hun
Water Usage
Minnesota
Data
Indoor
Single-
52.5*-70*
Sewage
and Your
From
family
Treatment
On -Site
1990
homes
System
Sewage
(ISTS), Scott
Treatment
County
System
Kennewick
http://www.ci.kennewick.wa.us/pw/watercon.htm
32 Tips on
Washington
Last
Indoor
Single-
63.75
Public
Water
Modified
family
Works
Conservation
June
homes
Department
2000
Michigan
hup://he—es.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?5373
How to
Michigan
Data
Indoor
Single-
50-70
State
Conserve
from
family

University,
Water in
1987
homes
Extension
Your Home
and Yard
Missouri
http://www.dnr.state.mo.us/de/residential/waterusage.htm
Residential
Missouri
Last
Indoor
Single-
50
Department
Energy
Modified
family
of Natural
Efficiency,
Mar.
homes
Resources,
Water Usage
2000
Energy
Center
North
http://www.bae.ncsu.edu/bae/programs/extension pubhcat/wgwm/he250.htm1
Focus on
North
Last
Indoor
Single-
52.5*
Carolina
Residential
Carolina
Modified
family
Cooperative
Water
Mar.
homes
Extension
Conservation
1996
Services
Polk County,
http://www.co.polk.ia.us/departments/conserv/kids.asp.html
Water
Iowa
Last
Indoor
Single-
50
Department
Conservation
Modified
family
of Water
for Kids
June
homes
Conservation
2000
Sponsor
Source
Study
Area of Study
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
Prairie Water
http://www.quantumlynx.com/water/back/voll2nol/v21 st2.html
Bill
Saskatchewan
Spring,
Indoor
Single-
50 SS
News, Vol. 12,
Anderson,
1992
family
no. 1
"Water Use
homes
Trends on the
Prairies"
Ron Crites and George Tchobanoglous, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater
N/A
Copyright,
Indoor
High rise
55
Management Systems, 1999.
1999
Low rise
55
Hotel
40
Newer
70
home
Older
50
home
Summer
40
cottage
Motel
100
w/kitchen
Motel w/o
95
kitchen
Trailer
40
ark
United States
http://www.epa.gov/OGWDW/wot/howmuch.html
How Much
N/A
Last
Indoor
Single-
54.5
Environmental
Drinking
Modified
family
Protection
Water Do We
June 2000
homes
Agency (EPA),
Use in Our
Office of Water
Homes
United States
http://water.usgs.gov/outreach osp ter3/grade school/Page7.htm1
Water
N/A
Last
Indoor
Single-
79
Geological
Resources
Modified
family
Survey
Outreach
Mar. 2000
homes
Program
University of
http://hennes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?7541
Home Water
Arkansas
Data From
Indoor
Single-
63.75
Arkansas
Use
1992
family
Management
homes
University of
http://hennes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?6229
Conserving
Georgia
Data From
Indoor
Single-
50-75
Georgia
Water at
1991
family
Home
homes
University of
http://hennes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?6453
Conserving
Maine
Data From
Indoor
Single-
451
Maine
Water at
1991
family
Home
homes
Sponsor
Source
Study
Area of
Time
Indoor
Type of
Per
Study
Period
use or
Dwelling
capita
Total
daily
use?
water
use
University
http://hennes.ecn.purdue eedu/cgi/cov rrtwq?5321
Margaret T.
Maryland
??
Indoor
Single-
50-75
of
Ordonez,
family
Maryland
"Water
homes
Conservation

In the
Home."
University
htip://www.extension.umn.edu/distribution/youthdevelopment/components/0328-
Water Use
Minnesota
Last
Indoor
Single-
50
05.html
of
and
Modified
family
Minnesota
Conservation
June
homes
2000
University
http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?6425
Alyson
Rhode
Data
Indoor
Single-
50-75
of Rhode
McCann and
Island
From
family
Island
Thomas P.
1991
homes
Husband,
"Water
Conservation
In and
Around the
Home.",
1999.
SS = Self -supplied Range of per capita water use for homes = 40-79
PS = Public -supplied
*Converted to indoor use from total use by using the formula Indoor Use = (0.70) Total Use
Interesting Observations on the Effects of Some Factors on Water Use
Water -conserving toilets were shown to leak more often than non -conserving ones in the "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" study done by the U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development.
Effects of income level and household size on water use:
To determine the effects of income on residential water use, the study "Water Saved by Low -flow Fixtures" by the U.S Department of Housing
and Urban Development compared the average interior water use in gallons per capita -day for each household with the average income range for
that household. The scatter plot of this data showed a wide variation of per capita water use within each income range.
The average interior water use values for each income bracket were also compared, and showed little or no correlation between income and water
use.
In this same study, the average interior water use in gpcd was compared with household size. A wide variation of water usage within each
household size was observed. However, the comparison of average interior water use for each group of household sizes did show a decreasing
trend in per capita use as the number of people in the house increased.
If outside use were also included in this study, a correlation between income and water use would most likely be observed, due to bigger yard
size and pools.
In the study, "Analysis of Residential Use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co", it was found that Indoor water use correlated best with
persons per household and that correlation with assessed value was very low.
The Oakland County Water Use/Population Study also showed little or no correlation between assessed value and water use.
It is interesting to note, however, that homes with low incomes may not have washing machines or dishwashers, while homes with higher
incomes usually do. This could have a great effect on water use.
Indoor water use as a function of total water use:
Indoor water use is said to be about seventy-five percent of total water use in the document, "Focus on Residential Water Conservation" by the North
Carolina Cooperative Extension Service.
The book "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems" states that, "If a community has a water system but not a wastewater
collection system, the average wastewater flow -rate can be estimated by multiplying the water use by a factor of sixty -eighty percent, depending on
the landscaping." This is approximately equivalent to saying that base water use is sixty -eighty percent of total water use.
The Oakland County Water Use/Population Study shows a difference between winter and summer water use of sixty-six percent.
Based on these observations some of the total water use data in the above table was multiplied by a factor of 0.70 to get the indoor water use.
The study "Analysis of Residential use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co" states that, "Water used to grow lawns in Denver is forty-two
percent of water consumption." This is because Colorado is a very dry state.
Times of peak water use:
In the study, "Analysis of Residential Use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area, Co", it is stated that, "more water is used in the summer, on
Sundays, and from 7 a.m.— 9 a.m."
On the EPA's website "How Much Drinking Water Do We Use In Our Homes?", it states that
The lowest rate of use is from 11:30 p.m. to 5:00 a.m.
There is a sharp rise in use from 5:00 a.m. to noon, with a peak hourly use from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 a.m.
There is a moderate use from noon to 5:00 p.m., with a lull around 3:00 p.m.
There is an increase in use in the evening from 5:00 to 11:00 p.m., with the second minor peak from 6:00 to 8:00 p.m.
Metered versus flat rate customers:
The study, "Water Saved by Metering", done by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development compares metered customers' water use
with that of flat rate customers.
Denver is unique because it has both metered and flat rate customers. Since 1957, all new homes have been required to be metered. In spite of this,
most customers are flat rate because they pre-existed this policy. Because of this, nearly identical homes in the same area can have different billing
systems.
To study the effect of metering, one group of twenty-five metered homes and two groups of flat -rate homes (forty-two homes total) were identified,
and there water use data collected for a period of three -years.
The test groups were selected so those factors such as fire hydrants and downstream water uses were eliminated.
Over the three-year period of data collection, water use in metered homes averaged about 453 gallons per day (total, 42% is yard watering), and
water use in flat -rate homes averaged about 566 gpd. Thus, metered homes used twenty -percent less water than flat -rate homes.
The basic effect of metering is to reduce the amount of water used for irrigation. Therefore, water use would be reduced more in a dry area such as
Denver than a more humid area.
Effect of water pressure on water use:
- Reducing water pressure can be one means of reducing water use. A decrease in water pressure causes a decrease in water flow related to the square
root of pressure drop.

Many water use appliances regulate the volume of water they use, eliminating the effect of water pressure. Water pressure does, however, have an
effect on water leakage and outdoor water use.
The U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development did a study on water pressure entitled, "Effect of Water Pressure on Water Use", in which
they studied different pressure zones in Denver, Los Angeles, and Atlanta. They found a difference of about two -three percent in the water use of
homes with high compared to low pressure (difference of about 35 psi).
Equations Related to Water Use
The book, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Systems", states that the equation for flow from a residence can be given as: Flow,
gal/home*day = 40 gal/home*day + 35 gal/person*day x (number of persons/home).
The document, "Water Use", given to me by Larry Stephens describes three types of residences, with separate equations for estimating water use.
In a Type I residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 800 square feet, or more than two of
the following water -use appliances are installed: automatic washer, dishwasher. In a Type I residence the estimated water use is equal to 150
gpd/bedroom. This assumes an occupancy of two people per bedroom, each using 75 gpd.
In a Type II residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 500 square feet and there are no more
than two water -use appliances. Water use in a Type II residence is obtained by multiplying 75 times a factor equal to the number of bedrooms
plus one.
In a Type III residence the total floor area of the residence divided by the number of bedrooms is more than 500 square feet and there are no
more than two water -use appliances. Water use in a Type III residence is obtained from the formula: 66+38(number of bedrooms +1).
References
Anderson, Bill. 2000. Water Use Trends on the Prairies. Prairie Water News Vol. 12, No. 1 (1992) August 2000.
<http://www.quantumlynx.com/water/back/vol2nol/v21 st2.html>.
AWWA Research Foundation Webpage. 2000. "Residential End Uses of Water
[Project#241]" June2000<http://www.aw-warf.com/exsums/90781.htm>.
Brown and Caldwell. 1984. Residential Water Conservation Projects, Summary Report. USDHUD.
University of Georgia. August 2000. Conserving Water At Home.
<http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?6229>.
University of Maine. August 2000. Conserving Water At Home.
<http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?6453>.
Auburn University. August 2000. Conserving Water, Developing Water -Conserving Habits: A Checklist. <http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?
7696>.
Crites, Ron and Tchobanoglous, George, "Small and Decentralized Wastewater
Management Systems", 1999.
R. L. Peeks Pump Sales. July 2000. Domestic Wastewater Systems and Pump Talk.
<http://freehosting1.at.we.bjump.com/6eba64886/pu/pumpman
webjump/plan.htm>.
United States Geological Survey. August 2000. Estimated Use of Water in the U. S. in 1990. <http://water.usgL.gov//watuse/tables/dotab.st.html>.
United States Geological Survey. August 2000. Estimated Water Use for Ohio, 1995. <http://oh.water.usgs.gov/water use/95huc.html>.
North Carolina Cooperative Extension Service. August 2000. Focus on Residential Water Conservation.
<http://www.bae.ncsu.edu/bae/programs/extension/publicat/wgwm/he250.htm1.
University of Arkansas. August 2000. Home Water Use Management.
<http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?7541>.
Horn, M.A., Craft, P.A., Bratton, Lisa. 1988. Estimation of Water Withdrawal and
Distribution, Water Use, and Wastewater Collection and Return Flow in Cumberland, Rhode Island. Rhode Island's Governor's Office of Housing,
Energy and Intergovernmental Relations.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Office of Water. August 2000. How Much Drinking Water Do We Use in Our Homes.
<http://www.e /www.ep
Michigan State University Extension. July 2000. How to Conserve Water in Your Home and Yard. <http://hermes.en.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?5373>.
Litke and Kauffman. 1988. Analysis of Residential use of Water in the Denver Metropolitan Area. Denver Board of Water Commissioners.
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. 1999. Oakland County Water
Use/Population Study, 1991, Highland Township Water Use Data, 1993, and Jackson County Sanitary Flow Comparison.
Missouri Department of Natural Resources Energy Center. August 2000. Residential Energy Efficiency.
<http://www.dnr.state.mo.us/de/residential/waterusage.htm>.
Schrauben, Daniel and David Beschke. 1999. Basis of Design Flow Adjustment, Wastewater System Mill Valley Condominium Subdivision. Equinox Inc.
June 1999.

Polk County, Department of Water Conservation. August 2000. Water Conservation For Kids.
<http://www.co.p2lk.ia.us/departments/conserv/kids.asp.html>
U of Rhode Island. August 2000. Water Conservation In and Around the Home.
<http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?6425>.
University of Maryland. August 2000. Water Conservation In the Home.
<http://hermes.ecn.purdue.edu/cgi/convertwq?5321>.
Unites States Geological Survey. August, 2000. Water Resources Outreach Program Page.
<http://water.usga.gov/outreach poster3/grade school/Page7.html>.
Water Usage and Your Onsite Sewage Treatment System. Individual Sewage Treatment System (ISTS), Scott County, MN. July 2000
<http://www.co.scott.mn.us/EH/ISTS/septic.htm>.
University of Minnesota. August 2000. Water Use and Conservation.
<http://www.extension.umn.edu/distribution/youthdevelopment/components/0328-05.html>.
Kennewick Public Works Department. July, 2000. 32 Tips on Water Conservation <http://www.ci.kennewick.wa.us/pw/watercom.htm>.

w F-
MA ISON Sl GRISTLU LU
CHEROKEE
VALLEY
Canaan United
9 thodisl Church
Ledford High ScII1001 yyy
o
COPYRIGHT 0 2023
312 REESE ROAD
SURFACE DRIP SYSTEM
WITH TS-II PRETREATMENT
PROJECT No. C14301.00
DAVIDSON COUNTY
PIN : 0102400000044C
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS:
C-100
COVER SHEET
C-101
GENERAL NOTES
C-102
SYSTEM SCHEMATICS &
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
C-103
OVERALL SITE PLAN
C-104
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL PLAN
C-105
500'AREA AND SOILS MAP
C-106
TREATMENT SYSTEM DETAIL KEY
C-107
DOSING CALCULATIONS AND
DRIP LINE CHARTS
C-108
SUPPLY LINE PLAN AND PROFILE
D-101
DETAILS 1 OF 11
VICINITY MAP D-102
DETAILS 2 OF 11
D-103
DETAILS 3 OF 11
D-104
DETAILS 4 OF 11
D-105
DETAILS 5 OF 11
D-106
DETAILS 6 OF 11
D-107
DETAILS 7 OF 11
D-108
DETAILS 8 OF 11
D-109
DETAILS 9 OF 11
D-110
DETAILS 10 OF 11
D-111
DETAILS 11 OF 11
L O CAT I ON M A P
C ArR
/.
2 OFESS�
51201
�tiG1Nc' "
fell i+
�z
W
0
a
U)UJ
a
U) W L
wUa
W
N LL ch
M L ~
O M
O N
U � N
�M o
M
m pU Qo
Cl) O O
O
LU M
W � N �
� N Z
J �
Z z rn =
�-QX
W O R X U Q
LL
z L)
a��z�
WQ D a-W .
Q Z J
O �
UV
o Ow
2H
U
W �
C�
0
U �
C�

GENERAL NOTES
SITE RESTORATION
1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES AND SUBCONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND LOCATIONS OF
1. BACKFILL WITH SUITABLE LOOSE MATERIAL (SANDY LOAM TO SANDY CLAY LOAM) FREE OF LARGE OR
J
ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND UTILITIES.
DAMAGING OBJECTS, SEED AND STRAW BACKFILLED AREAS (OR SOD WHEN REQUIRED).
w W
O
2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE & LOCAL REGULATIONS & POLICIES.
2. PROVIDE EROSION PROTECTION FOR BACKFILL MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND COUNTY
Lu H
V
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.
STANDARDS AND MAINTAIN UNTIL PERMANENT PROTECTION IS ESTABLISHED.
W Z
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE OSHA, NCDOT AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
3. BACKFILL SHOULD BE GRADED TO PREVENT THE INFILTRATION OF SURFACE WATER AND DIVERT STORM
0
5. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ALL CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE EXPEDITIOUSLY AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
WATER RUN-OFF AWAY FROM THE SYSTEM. WHEN ADDITIONAL FILL IS REQUIRED, IT SHOULD BE PLACED
6. LOCATION OF DRIPPER LINES AS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. LINES SHALL LAY PARALLEL TO CONTOURS @ ±36".
AFTER SYSTEM IS INSTALLED FROM THE EDGES CROWNED IN THE MIDDLE AND FEATHERED OUT 10'
7. SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES MAY BE LAID IN SAME TRENCH. SEPARATION IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY. BEYOND THE DISPERSAL AREA. FILL SHOULD BE TEXTURE GROUP II OR III AND FREE OF LARGE STONES
8. LAYOUT OF THE APPLICATION AREA IS BASED ON FIELD DELINEATION OF SOILS AREA BY A LICENSED SOILS CONSULTANT. ANY CHANGE IN LAYOUT BY THE CONTRACTOR OUTSIDE THE
AND ORGANIC DEBRIS. TOP 2" SHOULD BE SUITABLE FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF LAWN.
DELINEATED AREA SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE SOILS CONSULTANT, COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT, AND THE ENGINEER.
~
Z
9. DRAIN ALL ROOF AND TOE DRAINS AWAY FROM DRIP FIELD AND TREATMENT UNITS.
TREATMENT UNITS
Lu Lu Z
10. PROVIDE MINIMUM 100 FEET OF SEPARATION FROM ANY WELL TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNITS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEMS IF APPLICABLE.
Ln a H }
11. WASTEWATER AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH IWWS-2015-3-R2
1. SAMPLING CHAMBER OR MEANS OF COLLECTING A FRESH SAMPLE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL TS-1 &
O (j) W Z
12. ALL PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
TS-2 SYSTEMS. IT IS PREFERRED THAT THE INLET OF THE PUMP CHAMBER BE USED AS THE SAMPLING
W W a O
13. VORTEX FILTER IN HYDRAULIC UNIT SHALL BE INSPECTED UPON EACH REGULARLY SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE VISIT.
LOCATION WHEN A PUMP IS REQUIRED.
Z W w LU U
14. INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING DISPERSAL AREA WAS PROPERLY CLEARED & SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS ARE CONDUCIVE FOR INSTALLATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION.
2. SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND POLICIES.
O Lu W a Z
15. EJECTOR PUMP MAY BE REQUIRED FOR BASEMENT FIXTURES. INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION.
Ln w U fn
a
16. KEEP ALL EXCAVATIONS 20' FROM INSTALLATION AREA.
OPERATING REGIME FOR DRIP IRRIGATION SYSTEM
M LL
H a
17. KEEP WELL AND SEPTIC SYSTEM OUT OF ANY UTILITY EASEMENTS AND AT LEAST 10' FROM UTILITY LINES.
1. SYSTEM IS DESIGNED AND CONTROLS (MICROPROCESSORS) ARE PROVIDED TO DOSE THE E-Z TREAT
U) - a
18. DO NOT INSTALL LAWN IRRIGATION SYSTEMS WITHIN 20 FEET OF DISPERSAL AREA.
TREATMENT UNITS. SEE SHEET C-106 FOR "ON" AND "OFF" TIME SETTINGS. PUMPED DRIP IRRIGATION FLOW
19. DO NOT CONNECT WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS, CONDENSATIONS DRAINS OR SUMP PUMPS TO ONSITE SYSTEM.
20. IF A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING REQUIRED BY PERMIT, PLEASE CALL TO SCHEDULE.
SHALL PASS THROUGH A FLOW METER. WHEN THE PREPROGRAMMED VOLUME IS REACHED THE ACTIVE
21. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS DESIGN MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT AND THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
PUMP WILL BE DE -ENERGIZED. THE PUMP WILL ALSO DE -ENERGIZE IF THE LOW WATER LEVEL "PUMP
22. ELECTRICAL WIRING SHOULD BE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, ACCORDING TO NEC, STATE AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES, AS APPLICABLE.
OFF" SWITCH IS ACTIVATED. SEE SHEET C-106 FOR FIELD DOSING INFORMATION.
~
p
M
N
23. CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL TANKS ON UNIFORMLY FIRM AND STABLE COMPACTED GROUND, CRUSHED STONE IS RECOMMENDED TO PROVIDE UNIFORM SUPPORT TO TANK BOTTOM ESPECIALLY IN
2. IF THE HIGH WATER LEVEL "ALARM" FLOAT SWITCH IS ACTIVATED, THE SYSTEM WILL BEGIN ITS OPERATION
N
POOR, WET OR ROCKY SOILS.
OF DELIVERING THE PREDETERMINED DOSE VOLUME, AND SHALL ALSO ENERGIZE THE AUDIBLE AND FLASHING
'
L;j M
coALARM
24. ALL TANKS MUST BE WATER -TIGHT AND CONFORM TO APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE REGULATIONS AND POLICIES.
FIXTURES (ONCE ENERGIZED, THE FLASHING AND AUDIBLE ALARM UNITS WILL ONLY BE RESET
m
00 U
0
25. ALL PVC JOINTS SHALL BE PRIMED AND CHEMICALLY FUSED UNLESS THREADED.
MANUALLY OR BY REACHING LOW LEVEL CONDITIONS).
26. MAXIMUM COVER OVER TANKS AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES VARIES BY MANUFACTURER AND COUNTY.
0
27. DISPERSAL FIELD CORNERS OR PROPERTY CORNERS SHOULD BE MARKED BY A LICENSED SURVEYOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING LOCATIONS MATCH
3. THE MICROPROCESSOR WILL ALSO CONTROL THE PERIODIC BACK WASHING OF THE VORTEX FILTER AND THE
CD o goo
THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWING.
FLUSHING OPERATION OF THE SUB -FIELD LATERAL NETWORK. FILTER BACK WASHING SHALL OCCUR AT THE
Lu N
28. REFER TO SITE DRAWING FOR ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS.
END OF EACH DOSE CYCLE. SYSTEM LATERAL FLUSHING SHALL OCCUR WHEN THE MICROPROCESSOR
H W
:) n Q M
29. MACHINERY SHOULD AVOID PERCOLATION AREA.
SENSES RECOGNITION OF A PRESET ELAPSED TIME SINCE LAST SYSTEM FLUSH (USUALLY 28 DAYS). THE
co w J
30. MACHINERY SHOULD NOT TRAVERSE EXCAVATED/EXPOSED PERCOLATION AREA.
SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO ALLOW FOR MANUAL INITIATION OF BACK WASHING FILTERS OR
LL z rn 0 a,
31. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES NOT DESIGNED TO DRAIN BACK SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM FREEZING.
SUB -FIELD SYSTEM FLUSHING.
g 0 - U j�
4. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, AN "AUTO/MANUAL" SYSTEM CONTROL
H Q XO = LL
SWITCH, STOP/START SWITCH FOR EACH PUMP, NON-RESETTABLE ELAPSED TIME RECORDER FOR EACH
- = m 0 M
PUMP, AND INDIVIDUAL PUMP RUN LIGHTS.
a O Z
Lu a
5. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE A NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE. ALL SUPPORTING CONTROL UNITS, IF NOT
O Lu n
co
ELECTRICAL NOTES
HOUSED WITHIN THE CONTROL PANEL, SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE.
Q z J
a� cl)�
1. ONE CONTROL PANEL WILL CONTROL THE WASTEWATER SYSTEM.
U U
2. PANEL SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 14.5" WIDE X 19.2" HIGH AND IS A NEMA 4X, UL RATED ENCLOSURE. PANEL SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE SYSTEM DISTRIBUTOR.
CD 0 H
3. THE PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BY THE ELECTRICIAN WITHIN 10' OF THE TANK UNITS, AND 48" - 60" OFF THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE ENCLOSURE.
4. THE INSTALLER'S ELECTRICIAN SHALL MAKE THE INTERNAL PANEL CONNECTIONS OF THE PUMP/UV AND CONTROL CORDS. CONTROL PANEL SHALL CONTAIN A WIRING SCHEMATIC IDENTIFYING ALL
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS. THE SYSTEM INSTALLER SHALL BUNDLE AND MARK EACH CORD WITH THE APPROPRIATE IDENTIFICATION AND SECURE IN THE ACCESS RISER AT THE DIFFERENT PUMP/UV
POINTS.
5. CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE SUPPLIED FOR THE PUMP.
1
6. CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS SUPPLIED FOR THE BOTH ALARMS.
W
7. CONTROL (DRIP) PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE SUPPLIED FOR THE PUMPS.
8. CONTROL PANEL REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 30 AMPS, 115 VOLTS SUPPLIED FOR SOLENOID VALVE HEATER.
(�
9. THE ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT OF 20 AMPS, 115 VOLTS.
' V
10. A MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE OF 1 %" SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICIAN AS A CONNECTION BETWEEN CONTROL PANEL AND EACH RESPECTIVE TERMINATION POINTS OUT IN
`� C A �'�•��,,
C,
O 0
THE TANK AREA.
• 0
11. ALL OPEN CONDUIT ENDS SHALL HAVE REMOVABLE CLAY TYPE DUCT SEAL EMBEDDED TO PREVENT GASSES AND MOISTURE FROM ENTERING THE CONTROL PANEL. DO NOT USE PERMANENT
SILICONE OR EXPANDABLE FOAM PRODUCTS.
12. ALL PUMP AND FLOAT CONTROL CORDS SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH EITHER 30' OR 50' LEADS. THIS WILL HELP KEEP SPLICES TO A MINIMUM AND SHOULD BE AVOIDED IF AT ALL POSSIBLE. IF
A SPLICE MUST BE USED, IT MUST BE MADE ABOVE GRADE IN A PLASTIC NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX.
13. ALARMS SHALL BE AUDIBLE AND VISUAL.
51201
14. AUDIBLE/VISIBLE ALARMS SHALL BE EXTERNAL TO ANY STRUCTURE.
IN
'..9 P

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
JLM
FREQUENCY
TASK
SEPTIC TANK
3 - 6 MONTHS
CHECK FOR SOLIDS ACCUMULATION,
BLOCKAGES, OR BAFFLE DAMAGE,
IN/EXFILTRATION, PUMP SEPTAGE.
CLEAN EFFLUENT FILTER.
12 MONTHS
PUMP OUT ACCUMULATED SOLIDS IF
NECESSARY. REPLACE EFFLUENT FILTER
EACH TIME SEPTIC TANK IS PUMPED.
RECIRCULATION TANK
WEEKLY
CHECK PUMPS, CONTROLS, ALARMS,
FIELD DOSING TANK
ELAPSED TIME METERS.
3-6 MONTHS
CHECK FOR SOLIDS ACCUMULATION,
IN/EXFILTRATION.
12 MONTHS
PUMP OUT ACCUMULATED SOLIDS IF
NECESSARY.
SUPPLY LINES, FORCE MAINS
6-12 MONTHS
CHECK FOR EXPOSED PIPE AND
LEAKAGE.
DISTRIBUTION FIELDS
2-4 WEEKS
3-6 MONTHS
PUMPS, FILTER SYSTEM,
MONTHLY
& DISTRIBUTION PIPING
QUARTERLY
SEMIANNUALLY
ANNUALLY
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT
MONTHLY
SYSTEM
ANNUALLY
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
3-6 MONTHS
UNIT
ANNUALLY
MOW VEGETATIVE COVER IF APPLICABLE.
CHECK FOR EROSION, OR PONDING OF
EFFLUENT.
CHECK FLOW METER READOUT AND
COMPARE TO RECORDED FLOWS,
CHECK PUMPS AND FILTER SYSTEM
FOR LEAKS.
REMOVE FILTER COVERS AND INSPECT
FOR ACCUMULATION OF DEBRIS. CHECK
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE
BEFORE AND AFTER FLUSHING (D.P.
SHOULD RETURN TO ORIGINAL
OPERATING D.P.) CHECK PUMPS FOR
ABNORMAL VIBRATION, TEST THE ALARM
FUNCTIONS.
REMOVE AND LUBRICATE 0-RINGS ON
FILTER CANISTER, REPLACE IF
DAMAGED, CLEAN 1-1/2" FILTER
SCREEN AT HYDRAULIC UNIT.
REMOVE FILTER SCREEN AND REPLACE,
CLEAN USED FILTER SCREEN IN MILD
ACID SOLUTION AND STORE FOR NEXT
ANNUAL REPLACEMENT,
FLUSH FIELD SUPPLY AND RETURN
MANIFOLDS BY REMOVING
(UNSCREWING) AIR/VACUUM BREAKERS.
INSPECT CONTROL/ALARM PANEL,
PUMPING SYSTEM EFFLUENT
FILTERS/PUMP SCREENS,
RECIRCULATION TANK, AND E-Z TREAT
POD FILTER. (TREATMENT UNIT)
CHECK AND/OR REPLACE BATTERIES IN
FLOW METER. (IF APPLICABLE)
WIPE (CLEAN) UV LAMPS.
CHECK INTENSITY AND REPLACE LAMP
WHEN REQUIRED.
CHANGE BULB.
FORCE MAIN
GROUND —
GRAVITY LINE
FLOW DIRECTION ►
1,000 GALLON E-Z TREAT RECIRCULATION TANK
N
O
I
i
SEE ORIENTATION ON C-104
2'-0" 1-1/4" SCH. 40 PVC RETURN LINE FROM ZONE
MIN.
4" SCH. 40 PVC 1 1,000 GALLON 3,500 GALLON FIELD
- DWELLING - SEPTIC TANK O UV DOSING/STORAGE TANK -1/2" SCH. 40 PVC SUPPLY TO ZONE
(10'-0" MIN.)
BALL
VALVE/METER
HYDRAULIC
RAIN SENSOR UNIT
E-Z TREAT CP
POD FILTER
z
1-1/4" SCH. 40 PVC RETURN
FROM FIELDS
H
Z U
Lu UJ Z
a U) Q H
Lu w d w
U) w W
Z Lu o d Z
U) w U _ 0
p 04 a fn
Q M li H
= a
U)
0
M
iV
~
O
N
N
M
C
L;jM_
E-Z TREAT
m
Q U
F- �
QD O
POD FILTER
m
INV. OUT EL.
t823.6'
SEE ORIENTATION ON C-104
CD
CD co
FIN. GRADE ±82711'
W �� N
GROUND EL. t827.3' GROUND EL. t826.6'
- DWELLING - ----- ----- GROUND
---
~
n Q M
F.F.E. t829.6' -------------- ��� _ _ _ _ _--'
--
HYDRAULIC
co N Z .-.
J
(ASSUMED) 4 S 0 INV. IN EL. -----------
0 I OUT
UNIT
_ Q
INV. IN EL. BYPASS
t824.0' E . INV. IN EL.
t825.6' (DWELLING) ±823.6' 0 INV.EL. t823.1' INV. OUT
TO SUPPLY
z ? rn m °=
g JO - Q jX
t823.8' EL.
1,000 GALLON 1,000 GALLON 823. f8229'
SEPTIC TANK
MANIFOLD
U
H Q XO = LL
E-Z TREAT 3,500 GALLON
HIGHEST POINT ON
Z U coRECIRCULATION
TANK DOSING/STORAGE TANK
BALL IRRIGATION FIELD
0 = 0 M
NOTES: 4" SCH. 40 PVC PUMP EL.
VALVE/METER (RETURN MANIFOLD)
a 0 z
0 a
4" SCH. 40 PVC f81 g 2'
= t830.6'
La
0 m
1. TANK LOCATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE SO AS
Q Z J
TO SHOW EACH TREATMENT ITEM.
j
U)_
2. ALL GRAVITY LINES SHALL BE 2% SLOPE MIN.
U U —
o OW
TREATMENT SYSTEM SCHEMATIC / PROFILE
C-100 NTS
W�
CARD
++o`�\A
U
�_. 51201
"v

_ l
100' DISPOSAL AREA
SETBACK
SURFACE \ I \
/ REVIEW COCOMPLIANCE BOUNDARY AIND TREATMENT�� SYSTEM DRIPFIEI DN OFI
WASTE BOUNDARY
1 5A NCAC 02L .01 8 �
\ \ \ 1 I I \ 3 -BEDROOM
\ I I I I PROPOSED
DWELLLING II — 1 CD \ I I I I
50' RIPARIAN BUFFER I I
\
PROPERTY LINE
\ \ \ PROPOSED
DRIVEWAY
\/ STREAMM
ROPo
LEGEND
—
ADJACENT BOUNDARY
J qZ
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
a
- -
RIGHT-OF-WAY
W W
~
CONTOURS - INDEX
0 N
CONTOURS -INTERMEDIATE
x
FENCE
DRIP LINES
-
RETURN LINES
F_
SUPPLY LINES
W W
DIVERSION BERM
p 2
SOIL BOUNDARY
O u) W
ww aw
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
Fn
RETURN MANIFOLD
Z W p
O W W d
®
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
CO
CLEAN OUT
a � LL F-
M
�
EZRT
EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
H
fn —
HU
HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M
BALL VALVE/METER
NOTES
1. TOPO TAKEN FROM NC FRIS.
2. DISPOSAL FIELD AND TREATMENT SYSTEM
SHALL FOLLOW DEEDED SETBACKS OR
WAIVERS.
3. THIS IS NOT A SURVEY.
,,,1��.�,� N CAR phi
= OF�SS�
51201
'�..q G1NE P �.
C .
NiglioN
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " = 60'
/ 0 30 60 120 180
s
O M
N
~ O N
m p U Qo
M
CD O
O
Lu
a
� N Z
W Q J
Z z rn =
3o-�X
WMX Q
2 LL
zUco
d O Z
WQDd W t^D
Z J
cy�
U
CD ow
� � H
U
w�
O
U �
c�
3 ��

LEGEND
—
ADJACENT BOUNDARY
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
- -
RIGHT-OF-WAY
420
CONTOURS - INDEX
44-8
CONTOURS - INTERMEDIATE
x
FENCE
DRIP LINES
RETURN LINES
SUPPLY LINES
30 30 30
DIVERSION BERM
SOIL BOUNDARY
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
RETURN MANIFOLD
®
SUPPLY MANIFOLD
CO
CLEAN OUT
EZRT
EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
HU
HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M
BALL VALVE/METER
LINE SEGMENTS
LINE # I LENGTH I LATERALl LATERAL LENGTH
1
64'
1
-
2
35'
1
-
3
32'
1
-
4
28'
1
159'
5
65'
2
-
6
66'
2
-
7
38'
2
-
8
38'
2
207'
9
64'
3
-
10
64'
3
-
11
64'
3
-
12
63'
3
255'
13
68'
4
-
14
68'
4
-
15
64'
4
-
16
65'
4
265'
17
68'
5
-
18
67'
5
-
19
71'
5
-
20
76'
5
282'
21
59'
6
-
22
52'
6
-
23
47'
6
-
24
60,
6
218'
25
63,
7
-
26
60,
7
-
27
51'
7
-
28
49
7
-
29
30'
7
-
30
30'
7
283'
TOTAL 1,669'
i
5' BUILDING SETBACK
/
BEDROOM
/ PROPOSED DWELLING
/ \ 4" SCH. 40
/ \ ® MIN.
SL
1,000 GALLON ST
v. \ 1,000 GALLON
EZRT
\ UV
INSIDE
EZRT
3,500 GALLON FDT O
CONTROL PANEL
\ \ WITH MINI CUK
/
_ RAIN SENSORSOR
\ p HU
\ \ p \ /
PROPOSED \ D I
\ DRIVEWAY
\
PROPOSED
DISPOSAL
AREA WIRE
FENCE
\ 5N J \ \
RIPARIAN \
BUFFER
\f �
\ SUPPLY & RETURN LINES
f
/ SUPPLY -
I \ \ MANIFOLD
\
inn' roc na m
a
z
a_j
~(L o
Z J
F- O U
wa
w 0
H
Z
Lu UJ
U) ~
(9 O u) uJ
wX (Lw
)W Xw
Z W
Ow Wa
Ln X U =
Q LL
U
O M
N
~ O N
M c
M
m p U Qo
M
CD O
1,00
L M n O
� � N �
a
co N Z
UJ a J
Z z rn =
30-�X
W M X 2 LL
zUm�rn
a��z04
o Z _jW
a J
Q
< �rn
U U
\ o Ow
N CAR 0'•.,•. r T 1 vi
RETURN �� Q' Ot�Ss/ `� • ^ Q�
/ MANIFOLD
r . ,--I
�. 51201 O O
O �tiGCA
INE�� `� U
•. C. BP o
\ GRAPHIC SCALE: 1" = 20'
0000 0 10 20 40 60

500 TREATMENT AND
I�\\� ))I I /// �✓ r J � � ( ( r / / J DISPOSAL SETBACK
LEGEND
— ADJACENT BOUNDARY
BOUNDARY (PROPERTY)
- - RIGHT-OF-WAY
420 CONTOURS - INDEX
*1-8 - CONTOURS -INTERMEDIATE
x FENCE
DRIP LINES
W J
O d
C 0
O Z
�a
U
RETURN LINES
SUPPLY LINES
z U
DIVERSION BERM
ww z
p }
S - SOIL BOUNDARY
(g7 O >' W z
W
ww 5
a
SUITABLE SOILS BOUNDARY
U) w W O
^ RETURN MANIFOLD
2
z W p wU
d
U)
® SUPPLY MANIFOLD
m U
0
CO CLEAN OUT
a �2 LL p
EZRT EZ TREAT RE -CIRCULATION TANK
M Q
� _ p
HU HYDRAULIC UNIT
UV ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION
BV/M BALL VALVE/METER
O
M
N
~
O
ML;j
N
`0
m
p U
Qo
J TREATMENT IRRIGATION 5 5 �-
/ SYSTEM DRIPFIELD
C SOIL DESCRIPTIONS
01
BEDROOM
\ l PROPOSED \ \ 50' RIPA IAN Poindexter-W nottcom IeX 8to
\DWELLING\\ \ BUFFER I ` \ / _ \ \� PnD y p
= PROPOSED I ( \\ ��\ �� 15 percent slopes
\ / a
DRIVEWAY
\�\\ �� ���IMI �A V A Poindexter-Wynottcomplex, 15
( I ( \ \ \ v ( ((� \ \\ PnE to 25 percent slopes
XX
51201
• O IN •
BN
oil* I
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " 150'
0 75 150 300 450
M
O
0
L NJ,
Q
c') N Z
L Q J
z?rn�=
30-QX
wIXXxLL
zUm�rn
0. z
DOa_
z m
UJ�
��
U U °'
o Ow
U
W
C) O
U �
c�

F_ >_
lEGEIlQ
W w Y
o
Q N Q
V
W N W
FORCE MAIN
F 0
GRAVITY LINE
FLOW DIRECTION ►
UV CAN BE PLACED INSIDE rDE7AIL 2,1
H
RECIRCULATION TANK RISER D-103
W U
NOTES:
W Z
`n a n
UV
1. SEE DETAIL SHEETS FOR TANKS SIZES.
W 0 u) LU
/Fn
U) a' W
z W z
OW Lu W O
_
t
a� LL� In
r i
4" SCH. 40 PVC
FROM DWELLING
SEPTIC TANK E-Z TREAT
RECIRCULATION TANK
I I _
FIELD DOSING TANK
O
D ET L 2,
I
I
D-1 4
I
I DEIHIL 1, U-10Z
I
-TAIL
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
SUPPLY LINE TO SUPPLY
c
O
M
C
DETAIL 1, D-101 I I
D-108
MANIFOLD
�,
N
DETAIL 1, D-103
m
i;i
}
m
O�
H co
ao
BALL VALVE/METER
M m o
0
HYDRAULIC UNIT
L M n
H N T
I I
Q
Z
cl) NLLT
Q J
I I
CID
MINI CLIK RAIN SENSOR
1-1 /4" SCH. 40 PVC
RETURN LINE
z J N
0 U
X Q
LL
zUco
I I
m
E-Z TREAT POD FILTER
d~ p z
WQDd
W co
Q z J
DETAIL 1, D-10F
a
UU
1-1 4" SCH. 40 PVC RETURN FROM FIELDS
CD
�H
W�
1 TREATMENT SYSTEM DETAIL KEY
NTS
�_. 51201
?,�4� ��GINE��

N W
BASE MAP INFO FROM: INC ERIS &
NC ONE MAP
Z Z_
SOILS MAP PROVIDED BY: PIEDMONT
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATES, PA
(� 0 J H
C
N J
=
U
0 p
p J p U
aZ
Ua
H
ZLu U
W
cn
O u) w z
wX aw �
�Lu -w Ov
Z W a w
Ow Wa ZO
Ln X U =
U)
QN aU) o
aM LL�
'a
��
� o
O
M
N
~
O
N
M
O
Iq
La M
m
p U
Qo
iy CD O
O
M
W N
Q
N Z
co
W Q J
Z z rn m =
3o�<k
W X U Q
LL
FILTER
1.-
a�Oz�
DOaWm
Z J
Q J co
L rn
Q
U U
o Ow
V
W�
\A C A R
0
1 DOSING CALCULATIONS
2 DRIP LINE CHARTS
OF�SS�
C-107 NTS
C-107 NTS
= 1 51201
'•. -9� IN
BASIS OF DESIGN
BEDROOMS
GPD/BR
INITIAL DESIGN
FLOW
FINAL DESIGN
FLOW (GPD)
REDUCTION
FLOW (GPD)
3
120
360
25%
270
TREATMENT TABLE
E-Z TREAT PODS REQUIRED:
1
PODS
E-Z TREAT RE -CIRCULATION RATIO:
9
TIMES AIDE
TOTAL E-Z TREAT FLOW PER DAY:
3376.E
GALLONS
E-Z TREAT RE -CIRCULATION CYCLES PER DAY:
99.31
CYCLES
E-Z TREAT VOLUME PER DOSE:
34
GALLONS
RE -CIRCULATION TIMER ON:
2.5
MINUTES
RE -CIRCULATION TIMER OFF:
12
MINUTES
RE -CIRCULATION DOSE CYCLE:
14.5
MINUTES
DENITRIFICATION GALLONS RETURNED:
993.1
GALLONS/DAY
DENITRIFICATION RETURN SETTING:
4
GPM
E-Z TREAT SURFACE AREA:
29
SQUARE FEET
E-Z TREAT LOADING RATE:
12
GPD/SQUARE FOOT
GEOFLOW FIELD DOISNG TABLE
NUMBER OF DOSES PER DAY/ZONE:
2
DOSES/DAY
TIMER ON. PUMP RUN TIME PER DOSE/ZONE:
18.19
MINS:SECONDS
TIMER OFF. PUMP OFF TIME BETWEEN DOSES:
11:41
HRS:MINS
PER ZONE - PUMP RUN TIME PER DAY/ZONE:
0:36
HRS:MINS
ALL ZONES - NUMBER OF DOSES PER DAY / ALL ZONES:
2
DOSES/DAY
ALLOW TIME FOR FIELD TO PRESSURIZE:
0:00:30
HRS/MINS/SECS
FILTER FLUSH TIMER:
0:00:20
HRS/MINS/SECS
DRAIN TIMER:
0:05:00
HRS/MINS/SECS
FIELD FLUSH TIMER:
0:01:00
HRS/MINS/SECS
FIELD FLUSH COUNTER:
14
CYCLES
TIMER REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ALL FUNCTIONS PER DAY:
0:50
HRS:MINS
DOSE VOLUME PER ZONE:
135
GPD
EFFLUENT LIMITS PER 15A NCAC 02T .0605
FIVE-DAY BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD_5):
<30
MG/L
TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS (TSS):
<30
MG/L
AMMONIA NITROGEN (NH3-N�
<15
MG/L
FECAL COLIFORM:
<200
/100
LINE SEGMENTS
LINE # LENGTH LATERAL LATERAL LENGTH
1
64'
1
-
2
35'
1
-
3
32'
1
-
4
28'
1
159'
5
65'
2
-
6
66'
2
-
7
38'
2
-
8
38'
2
207'
9
64
3
-
10
64'
3
-
1 1
64'
3
-
12
63'
3
255'
13
68'
4
-
14
68'
4
-
15
64'
4
-
16
65'
4
265'
17
68'
5
-
18
67'
5
-
19
71'
5
-
20
76'
5
282'
21
59'
6
-
22
52'
6
-
23
47'
6
-
24
60'
6
218'
25
63'
7
-
26
60'
7
-
27
51'
7
-
28
49'
7
-
29
30'
7
-
30
30'
7
283'
TOTAL 1,669'

TREATMENT2SYSTEM
I/ / FIELD DOSING a\\
I I I TANK a C�
I \ 3-BEOOM
I I PROPOSDRED
\ I DWELLING I �\
-+— � PROPOSED DRIVEWAY
SUPPLY LINES PLAN
1 "=60'
m
835
830
825
820
815
RETURN MANIFOLD
I
SUPS
NANDD
PF YPLY
y DISPOSAL S\�
FIELD RETURN LINES IN I
SAME TRENCH
GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 " = 60'
0 30 60 120 180
-0+50 0+00 0+50 1+00 1+50 2+00 2+50
Station
SUPPLY LINES PROFILE
HORIZONTAL: 1"=60' ; VERTICAL 1"=15'
835
830
c
825 0
N
820 w
815
810
�z
Lu W
U)o
I
WL 'w
a
U) W
W
Z W WE w
0Lu Wo_
a04 LL�
M ? _
~
m
O
O
M
p U
M
N
N
O
M
Qo
iy CD CDCDC
Q
N Z
W Q J
Z z rn M =
! om 04
U
W m X Q
LL
zUm�rn
2 OQ4
WQ WO Z W CO
Q J �
Q O
o Ow
�F-
V
W�
c�
�..1un1..y
G A R O N ",,
• �--I
U
0
FESS/ .���':
L�
2 �0,
r
�,. 51201
ct
'• �NG1Nr'
v ,:
''�••��'rug V !/! Oa

CLEAN
OUT -
SEPTIC FLOW
FROM HOUSE —�
L,J—t 10' OF
SCH. 40 PVC
4" X 1 "
REDUCER
1" SCH 40
PVC RETURN
FROM FIELD
O
+
1
T
3/4" GATE VALVE (FIELDI ,ADJUST
TO 4 GPM FOR E-Z TREAT SPIN
FILTER RETURN FLOW)
3/4" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRC. LINE
fT --
A
4" SCH. D-101
GALLON1,000 SEPTIC N40 PVC
BY DAV DBRANTLEY & SOS
ST-502 OR APPROVED EQUAL
EFFLUENT
FILTER
LTER
SERVICE
24"0 E-Z SET RISER W/COVER HANDLE
IFF BELOW EDRIVEWAYRWISE OR PARKING) LOT THEN
USE ONLY H-20 TRAFFIC RATED DEVICES
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J
SEPTIC TANK
108"
D\ 101 / NTS
�� 24"0 E-Z SET RISER
W/COVER (TYP. UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED)
NOTE: FIELD VERIFY PRIOR
FLEX TO ORDERING RISERS
PVC
FINISHED GRADE
L.
" 2"
- - o
I
INV. IN - too WATER LINE
(SEE SHEET C-102).
III io 1
3"
112"
MIN.
N
�Iz
N
SEPTIC TANK SECTION
NTS
I I—f
LL
0
u
I
In
M
1/3 TANK LENGTH
3EE D-102 FOR
CONTINUATION)
PRECAST CONCRETE
"Ill��Il ITII /llOTlll�l Al �
NOTE:
PIPING TO BE 4" SCH. 40 PVC
2 GRAVITY CLEANOUT
D-101 NTS
WATER TIGHT SEAL
ON RISER ASSEMBLY
3/4" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRCULATION
LINE FROM E-Z TREAT TEE
1 4" SCH.
40 PVC
-� (SEE D-102 FOR
CONTINUATION)
I INV. OUT
1 "-2" BELOW INVERT IN
CAST -A -SEAL
402 RUBBER
BOOT (TYP.)
SIMTECH STF 110 SERIES,
POLYLOCK PL-122 OR
ENGINEERS APPROVED EQUAL
3"
MIN.
NOTES
1. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SCH 40 PVC UNLESS
J
O
OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. ALL PVC PIPES SHALL
Q
LL
BE BURIED A MINIMUM OF 3 FEET UNLESS SHOWN
Q
OTHERWISE.
Lu
Q
2. ALL TANKS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 28-DAY
CONCRETE STRENGTH OF 4500 PSI.
3. TANKS SHALL MEET REINFORCING REQUIREMENTS TO
ACCOMMODATE 300 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT.
EITHER STEEL REINFORCING WIRE, REBAR OR
APPROVED FIBER MAY BE USED.
Z
4. ALL SERVICE ACCESS OPENINGS WILL BE A MINIMUM
W LV
z
OF 24 INCHES. EXCEPTIONS MAY BE MADE ON A
p
H
CASE BY CASE BASIS WITH E-Z TREAT'S PRIOR
a
U) }
WRITTEN APPROVAL. ALL ACCESS OPENINGS SHALL BE
O
>- W Z
FITTED WITH E-Z SET RISER ASSEMBLIES. SERVICE
Lu a'
w p
ACCESS OPENINGS FOR THE RECIRCULATION CYLINDER
LLB
— H
SHALL BE A 30-INCH OPENING AND FITTED WITH AN
Cn
Z
w LuO
p
E-Z SET 30-INCH RISER ASSEMBLY. TRAFFIC RATED
Lu
O Lu
Lu a ZO
TANKS SHALL HAVE CONCRETE RISERS.
5. ALL JOINTS (TOP -SEAM) SHALL BE SEALED USING
p N
a
fn
aLL ~
CONCRETE SEALANTS BUTYL SEALANT # CS-102
M
>
MEETING ASTM C-990.
p
Q
6. TANKS SHALL BE LEAK -TESTED PRIOR TO SYSTEM
START UP BY APPLYING A VACUUM OF 4-INCHES OF
MERCURY WITH RISER ASSEMBLIES IN PLACE OR WITH
APPROVAL BY E-Z TREAT, A 24-HOUR STATIC WATER
TEST, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM STANDARDS.
7.
NON -CONCRETE TANKS SHALL NOT BE USED IN
O
O
M
V
co
CONJUNCTION WITH THE E-Z TREAT SYSTEM WITHOUT
U
N
PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY E-Z TREAT.
M
C
mO
L;jM
8.
ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH PRECAST
}
Cj
Q O
CONCRETE TANKS SHALL BE PRESS -SEAL
m
tp
CAST -A -SEAL 402 RUBBER BOOTS AND GROUTED.
9.
THE FILTER POD INVERT OUT SHALL BE A MINIMUM
c CD
OF 6" ABOVE THE INVERT IN OF THE RECIRCULATION
co
TANK OR 1/4-INCH PER FOOT SLOPE, WHICHEVER IS
Lu N
GREATER.
? ^ Q M
co N
10.
CONTRACTOR MAY USE LARGER TANKS.LILT
Q 0
Z
11.
MAXIMUM COVER OVER NON H-20 TANKS SHALL BE
30" OR AS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
U Q
LuX LL
12.
SYSTEM INFLUENT SAMPLE SHOULD BE TAKEN FROM
H Q O
CO0
INLET TEE IN SEPTIC TANK RISER
0 = M
O Z
0.N
13.
SEE C-101 FOR GENERAL NOTES.
m 7
14.
LENGTH, WIDTH, AND DEPTH OF TANKS WILL VARY
DOa�m
Q Z J
PER MANUFACTURER.
U
cl)�
Q 9L
15.
MAY USE COMBINATION SEPTIC TANKS AND
U U
RECIRCULATION TANKS RATHER THAN SEPARATE IF
M J
NECESSARY OR DESIRED BY OWNER.
L)
CD 0
H
15.
IN AREAS WITH LOW ALKALINITY WATER, INSTALL ±55
LBS. OF MARBLE ROCK (1 "-3" DIAMETER) IN
l
24"x24" MESH BAGS. USE 1 BAG PER E-Z TREAT
POD. PLACE MARBLE ABOVE "BEAD" PILLOWS.
W�
CA R0'o,,
p
•••o`�N
S/ :;
U
c
�. 51201
p�
IN
''�••
�� C . B N ;.alzaz3
3

E
cm
r-
In
w
co
N
0
N
O
N
Q
ro
ui
N
0
0
0
0
co
in
0
Q
0
N
U
c
0
U
0
m
CD
tr
(D
ro
Cc
N
co
(SEE D-105 FOR TO E-Z
CONTINUATION) TREAT POD
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
30"0 E-Z SET RISER
W/COVER (TYP)
a--3/4" SCH. 40 PVC RECIRC. LINE TO SEPTIC
C--------------- ----------------------------------------
I
CLEAN - - - 12 MIN. LENGTH _
OUT i FLEX PVC
(SEE D-101 FOR O° 1,000 GALLON RECIRCULATION PUMP TANK
CONTINUATION) _ I BY DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS
PT-237 OR APPROVED EQUAL
FLOW �p
TURBINE PUMP
I
SPIN FILTER
c_0W
L— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
RECIRCULATION TANK
D-102 NTS
PRECAST CONCRETE
"DONUT" (OPTIONAL)
(TYP.)
CAST -A -SEAL 402
RUBBER BOOT (TYP.)
4" SCH. 40 PVC
DROP TEE (TYP.)
0
U)
�n
N
3
1
3/4" SCH. 40
PVC RECIRC. LINE
ALL TANKS REQUIRE A
6" THICK #57 STONE
BEDDING (TYP.)
RECIRCULATION TANK SECTION
±95"
30"0 E-Z SET RISER
W/COVER (TYP)
3/4" BALL VALVE
3/4" UNION
FLOAT TREE
BRACKET
0
ABOVE FLOOR
ro
22" ABOVE FLOOR
PUMP OFF=
18" ABOVE FLOOR
0
1-1/2" SCH. 40
PVC FLOAT TREE
STA-RITE MULTI -STAGE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP PART
NUMBER STEP 30 1/2 HP
OR EQUAL PER E-Z TREAT
y T_ N
J
FROM E-Z Q LL O
TREAT POD 0 0'
—J oN
EFFLUENT BYPASS VALVE W/FLOW
RESTRICTOR TO 10 GPM
II w
I \
4" X 2" REDUCER
I
UV UNIT
I
4" X 2" REDUCER
_—J
TO FIELD
DOSING
CHAMBER
ALARM LIGHT
CONTROL PANEL (LOCATED
WITHIN 10-FEET OF TANKS)
DIRECT BURY
CABLE TO PANEL
- 1-1 /2" PVC �y
/\C CHECK VALVE 'Y AYAYAY AY AYA
---- - -J 1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC /may
I FULL UNION (TYP.)
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC (SEE D-105 FOR
LINE TO FILTER POD CONTINUATION)
NOTE:
UV UNIT NOT SHOWN FOR
CLARITY. SEE DETAIL 2, D-104
I I
EFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE BY E-Z TREAT
SEEIEFFLUENT BYPASS
VALVE SECTION A, D-104
3/16" ANTI -SIPHON
HOLE (TYP)
MERCURY FLOAT
3" SWITCHES (3)
o`\A CARpo
�51201
3" PVC STAND
o �NGINE�cQ` v
C. BPS
H
Z
Lu W
acn
LU
Ix a -Ix
a
cn 2w
W o IY
W WIx
N Li-
m
c
O M
O N
U N
M O
M
m pU QS
iy O O
0
M
cl
N Z
J
Z z rn =
_j L)
W X U Q
LL
zUm,
a�Oz04
D 0 Lj
Z J
Q J
a
��
UV
CDOW
� � H
W�
O 0
U
c�
NTS

E
cm
r-
In
Gi
co
N
O
N
0
N
Q
ro
ui
N
0
O
O
0
co
v
in
0
Q
0
ro
U
c
0
U
0
co
m
CD
(D
(D
Cc
N
co
ro
I
+
I
L_
------------------
A
TURBINE PUMP D-11
3,500 GALLON PUMP TANK 1-1/4"
BY DAVID BRANTLEY & SONS I
PT 484 OR APPROVED EQUAL TO HYDRAULIC
UNIT
FLOAT TREE
MID.)
— — — — — — —
158"
4" x 2"
REDUCER
100%
BACKUP
PRIMARY LAMP LAMP
2" _.
4" 2"
FIELD DOSING TANK PLAN 4" x 2"
NTS REDUCER
1-1/2" SCH. 40 1-1/2" PVC
PVC FULL UNION CHECK VALVE
PRIMARY
rDIRECT BURY LAMP —
I CABLE TO
io IFI PANEL
a a.
\F- FLOAT TREE BRACKET—/
(SEE D-102 FOR a 3/16"ANTI-SIPHON
CONTINUATION) HOLE
SECONDARY TIMER ±30" ABOVE FLOOR
m HIGH WATER ALARM ±27" ABOVE FLOOR
to
DOSE ENABLE ±21" ABOVE FLOOR
3" - -
MIN. PUMP OFF ±18" ABOVE FLOOR
MERCURY FLOA�
-H SWITCHES (4)
ro
1-1/2" SCH. 40�
PVC FLOAT TREE
BONN
STA-RITE HIGH HEAD MULTI -STAGE
SUBMERSIBLE EFFLUENT PUMP
CATALOG NUMBER STEP 20, 1/2 HP
A FIELD DOSING TANK SECTION
NTS
T
2" SCH. 40 PVC
YDRAULIC UNIT
D-108 FOR
TINUATION)
NON -CORROSIVE
REFLECTIVE AND
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE
4" WELL CAP
DISCONNECT
UNION (TYP.) "
17-- \-4" x 2"
1/2" BALL REDUCER
VALVE
TOP VIEW
CONTROL
WITH ALARM
2"x2"x 1 /2"
REDUCING TEE
2" 4"
y � M
LL
wO
0 M
H
Z
Lu W
0
a
LU
w a-w
a
U) X W
W o w
W W d
N LL
M � _
U
-
1/2" BALL
to VALVE
DISCONNECT
UNION (TYP.)
100%
bOTES2
4" x 2"
REDUCER
U
'
m
O
O
0
m —
O V
M
N
N
W M
P ap
p
0
0
BACKUP
1.
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT PURIFIER UV-102
LAMP
BY E-Z TREAT.
W w
2.
PROVIDE DUAL GFI RECEPTACLE FOR
m N Z
cl)
UNIT AND HEAT TAPE. FIELD ROUTE
JO
2-#12,1-#12G, IN 3/4" PVC
Lu Q
CONDUIT TO 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE
Z z rn —
20 AMP BREAKER AT HOUSE.
J JO cm Q
U
W X Q
3.
ORIENTATION PER SITE REQUIREMENTS.
0 LL
zUm1rn
4.
INSTALL 1/2" BALL VALVE FOR
0 2 O m
a O
SAMPLING DOWNSTREAM OF U.V.
Z
�
UNIT.
WOauiI.-
J Q z
5.
MAY LOCATE IN RECIRCULATION TANK
SECTION VIEW
IF ACCESS PROVIDED.
CO
ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION UNIT
NTS
UQ cf)
U
o OW
� � H
W�
\A CA Rp'o,,
p
=ESS/ :;
U
�. 51201
p�
IN
3a�

1 - 1 /2"x 1 - 1 /2"x3/4"
EFFLUENT BYPASS
PVC REDUCING
VALVE BY E-Z TREAT
TEE
RADE
jFrINISHED
3/4..SCH. 40
30"0 RISER W/COVER
PVC RECIRC LINE
SEE GEN. NOTES
-
! 4" 90' BEND
FIN. GRADE
d'1
4" FROM FILTER POD 4" SCH. 40 PVC
FLOW CONTROL
ELBOW (TYP.)
CROSS (TYP.)
WEIR 4" TO ULTRAVIOLET
]
WATER LEVEL PLATE DISINFECTION UNIT
/
�1-1/2" SCH. 40
�/
4" SCH. 40 PVC
(FIELD ADJUST TO SHUT (IF APPLICABLE) OR
PVC FULL UNION
•
'.:...
OFF RETURN FLOW TO FIELD DOSING TANK
q. (TYP.)
FLOAT BALL
RECIRCULATION TANK AT
1-1/2"" PVC CHECK
6" BELOW SECONDARY
3/4" PVC
VALVE
TIMER ELEVATION)
GATE VALVE
3/4"
1� SCH. 40 PVC LINE TO
•,'
FROM UNION
FILTER POD (TREATMENT POD)
PUMP
TANK BALLAST
3/4" 90' ELBOW
(IF APPLICABLE)
RECIRCULATION
TEE SECTION
B
W? ? dJo
016, ?
D-104 NITS
2
CO
MIN.
NOTEN
.
ALL TANKS REQUIRE A 6"
1. SEE SITE PLAN FOR
THICK STONE BASE (TYP.)
ORIENTATION.
EFFLUENT BYPASS VALVE SECTION
A
R,
D-104 NITS
yo
L
SF
4" PVC
CLEAN TEE
FROM SUPPLY MAIN TO RETURN MAIN RETURN
OUT
ZONE
SUPPLY HEADER
4" PVC
ZONE
O
HEADER
TO SEPTIC
TANK
TO ALTERNATE
PVC
END CAP 4" PVC
LATERALS 1/2" RETURN LINE TO
WY E
SEE SCHEDULE
0 ZONE RETURN HEADER
REDUCER
a
2" x 1-1/4"
Nr_iFEED
REDUCER
LOOPING OF NON DRIP
BLANK TUBING
" 1/2" BLANK (NON DRIP) LINE
(66" MIN. TOTAL LENGTH)
1/ ' LIN=�l
i
-H
LTC 60LOCKSL
TYP. LOOP CONNECTION
1/2" PE TUBING WITH
0.53 GPH EMITTERS
0 2.0' O.C.
DISTRIBUTION FIELD PLAN i
NITS
MANIFOLD DRIPPER
LINE CONNECTION
NOTES:
1. TYPICAL ALL DISTRIBUTION FIELDS LOOPED LATERALS
Q 3' O.C. (MIN. 9").
2. SUPPLY AND RETURN LINES TO BE PLACED IN THE
SAME TRENCH.
3. SEE SITE PLAN FOR LATERAL LENGTHS, LINE
LAYOUT, AND NUMBER OF LATERALS.
4. INSTALL MANIFOLDS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF DRIP
FIELD FOR LATERALS WITH AN ODD NUMBER OF
LINES. LAYOUT ABOVE IS TYPICAL OF DESIGNS WITH
AN EVEN NUMBER OF LINES PER LATERAL.
5. PROVIDE PRESSURE REGULATOR IF REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN PRESSURE BELOW 40 PSI.
rYPICALI
DRIP FIELD RETURN LINE (SEE
SITE PLAN FOR PIPE SIZE)
2 FIELD RETURN LINE DETAIL
D-104 NITS
co
O
W LL
o�
H
Z
Lu W
a
Ix a �
a
� w
W IY
W Wa
N <
M Ix

E
co
r-
In
0)
co
N
0
N
0
N
0_
ro
ui
N
0
0
0
0
co
v
in
0
Q
0
N
U
0
0
U
0
O
co
0
N
N
ro
Cc
N
co
2" X 6" BOARD WITH ALUMINUM J
BRACKETS ATTACHED TO POD WITH p
7'-3-1/2" (TYP.) S.S. SCREWS TO ASSIST WITH Q LL
SOIL STABILIZATION (TYP. OF 4) W O p
� 0 �
SPRAY NOZZLE
(TYP.)
PRESSURE GAUGE
4" SCH. 40 PVC
90- ELBOW (TYP.)
1,- 1/2
4" CPP (SEE SITE PLAN FOR
OUTLET)
3/4" CAP
(TYP.) —
- I
TO OUTLET
1-1/2" BALL VALVE
NOTES:
4"1 1. PROVIDE UNDERDRAIN ON SITES WHERE SEASONAL HIGH
1 GROUNDWATER IS WITHIN 6" OR ABOVE THE BOTTOM
OF THE TANKS.
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT PLAN
NTS
DS OF WIRE
-ATED 4"x4"
L POST
NOM,
1. POSTS TO BE PLACED ±20' O.C.
TWO STRAND WIRE FENCE
NTS
TOP OF
POD
E-Z TREAT POD
3' ALL AROUND
SELECT BACKFILL
FILTER SYSTEM FREE OF DEBRIS
III FINISHED
GRADE
PLY 31
4
SUP
w
III LINE
T
MINI -CLICK
RAIN SENSOR
III
j
II OR
a
4-0 RETURN
LINE
CZC
s
II LEAD WIRES TO
CONTROLLER
REFERENCE
BUOYANCY
4" CPP PERFORATED S THICK DDI
TUBING (SLOTTED) STONE BEDDING
CALCULATIONS
AROUND POD (TYP.) (TYP.) SEE SHEET
FOR THICKNESS
1. DO NOT COVER.
C-102 FOR
(TYP. OF 2)
2. RAIN SENSOR SHALL BE
INVERT OUT
MODEL MINI-CIK BY HUNTER
E-Z TREAT TREATMENT UNIT SECTION
RAIN SENSOR
Il Al1C Ki-ro
NTS
�z
W W
0
a
LU
w a-w
a
f Xw
W o w
W W d
N LL
M _
U
U
m
O
O
M
pU
M
N
N
O
M
Qo
iy O O
0
L
M n
W � N �
co N Z
W Q J �
2E m
�O-QX
L)
W X Q
o LL
z L)
aIX �
D 0 Lu
z
Q J
Q < O T
UV
o Ow
� � H
ct
cARo,
O
SS/
Ct
r
�. 51201
o�
%49 INE��
�., C. BP/2.•

TWO (2)
#4 REBAR
Z
M
i�
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE TANK BALLAST ON SITES WHERE SEASONAL
HIGH GROUNDWATER IS WITHIN 6" OR ABOVE THE
BOTTOM OF THE TANKS.
2. CABLES SHALL BE 3/16" STAINLESS STEEL, LENGTH
VARIES PER TANK.
3. CONNECT CABLE TO REBAR EMBEDDED IN BALLAST
WITH TWO (2) STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS PER
CONNECTION.
4. TIGHTEN MINIMUM 2 CABLES PER TANK.
5. EACH CABLE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2' FROM END
OF TANK.
6. REBAR SHALL BE NO. 4.
7. BALLAST MAY BE PRECAST OR POURED IN PLACE
USING PLYWOOD FORMS.
8. TOTAL SEPTIC TANK BALLAST SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF
TWO (2) CUBIC YARDS.
9. TOTAL RECIRCULATION/FIELD DOSING TANK BALLAST
SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) CUBIC YARDS.
10. CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3,000 PSI.
11. CONTRACTOR MAY USE CONCRETE WHEEL STOPS WITH
MINIMUM CONCRETE MASS PROVIDED WITH APPROVAL
OF ENGINEER.
12. SEE BUOYANCY CALCULATIONS IN APPLICATION PACKAGE
FOR BALLAST DIMENSIONS.
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
�F
5
TANK BALLAST DETAIL (IF NEEDED
NTS
J"x}" PVC REDUCING
ELBOW (TYP. OF 2)
z
`V
MANIFOLD TRENCH
12" WIDTH MIN.
WELL PACKED
EARTHEN DAM
OR M OF P (OPTIONAL)
OR MULCH (OPTIONAL)
EMITTER TUBING
8" TUBING STAPLES
4" - 6" TYPICAL Q 25' O.C.
i DAM HEIGHT
///
-- -ORIGINAL
GRADE
12" BEYOND
MANIFOLD TRENCH LTC 600 DRIP TO DRIP
LOCKSLIP COUPLING
2 Z U
W W Z
(D O u) LU a Z
I.uw aw �
W O
07 w W U
Z W o w
O W W 0_ ZO
N Q u,
ILL —
N
TO DRIPPER LINE
0
CONNECTION
U
'
q
N
1/2" PVC 1/2" PVC
RETURN
1/2" PE BLANK TUBING (TYP.)
m
H
SUPPLY
m
Q U
9 0
CD CD
CD co
SUPPLY / RETURN SECTION
2
W
D-106 NTS
? ^ Q M
N Z
J
W Q
z?rn�=
3o-QX
W M x LL
zUmQ:rn
/
y%
NOTED
a�-Oz�
W a
z
\ J
1. SUPPLY OR RETURN MANIFOLD PIPE
0
0 z J m
Q J
j
SIZES MAY VARY (SEE DISTRIBUTION
a\
FIELD DETAIL THIS SHEET).
Q Q
J
/ Z \
/
oU OW
H
1/2" PE CONNECTION TO 1/2"
' \
BLANK TUBING PE DRIPPER LINE-04
v
LTC 600 DRIP TO DRIP
^ Q�
LOCKSLIP COUPLING
MANIFOLD TRENCH
LTC 600 DRIP 3/4" PVC
SLIP TO BLANK TUBING
C q�Ro.,,�
V
O
••..•�'\A
•° Q'
MANIFOLD DRIPPERLINE CONNECTION
s
D-106 NTS
�. 51201
4 �tiGINE�� v �:

ROUND VALVE BOX
AIR/VACUUM
BREAKER (AVBK-1)
1" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
LENGTH AS REQUIRED -
PEA GRAVEL SUMP �-
1-1/2" SUPPLY LINE
Rm
1. NUMBER OF LATERALS TO MATCH SITE
CONDITION. CAP FITTINGS NOT NEEDED.
2. ALL PIPE SHALL BE SCH. 40 PVC UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3. SEE SITE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF
LATERALS.
4. SEE SITE PLAN FOR SUPPLY LINE, RETURN
LINE, AND MANIFOLD SIZES.
5. AIR VACUUM BREAKER VALVES SHALL BE
INSTALLED ON EACH SUPPLY AND RETURN
MANIFOLD AT THE HIGH POINT.
FINISH GRADE
SCHRADER VALVE
1" THREAD DIAMETER
1" PVC UTILITY BALL
VALVE W/ THREADED
ENDS (NORMALLY OPEN).
BRICK
ItSUPPORTS
(THREE)
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC MANIFOLD
1-1/2" x 1/2"
REDUCER/BUSHING
1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
SUPPLY LATERAL
SUPPLY
FINISH GRADE
ROUND VALVE BOX
AIR/VACUUM
BREAKER (AVBK-1)
1" SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE
LENGTH AS REQUIRED —
1-1/2" SCH. 40 PVC MANIFOLD
TEE (TYP)
1-1/2" ELBOW
1-1/2" x 1/2"
REDUCER BUSHING
1/2" SCH. 40 PVC
RETURN LATERAL -
RETURN
SUPPLY / RETURN ZONE HEADER
NTS
1-1 /2" TEE (TYP)
SCHRADER VALVE
1" THREAD DIAMETER
1" PVC UTILITY BALL
VALVE W/ THREADED
ENDS (NORMALLY OPEN).
BRICK SUPPORTS
(THREE)
PEA GRAVEL SUMP
1-1/4" RETURN LINE d
1-1/4" BRONZE CHECK VALVE
1-1/2" x 1-1/4" REDUCER/BUSHING
1-1/2" x 1" REDUCING TEE
(SOC X FIPT)
co
aLL
H Q
W
0
0
0
a'
W
07
W
W
w
N
M
H
Z
W W
U)a
07 LU
a�
W
Wa
LL ~
07
O M
O N
U 0 N
M O
L;jCM
m pU Qo
iy O O
O c
L M n
W � N �
co N Z
J
z?a,m°:
�04a OX
W2XVQ
LL
zUm�rn
a~Oz�
00a�m
Z co
Q J
Q O
UV
o Ow
� � H
W �
.s N C g R 0 O
�51201
INE��
••••.,,,aft',
3a

E
cm
0
cn
w
co
N
0
N
0
N
Q
ro
ui
ro
0
0
0
0
co
in
0
Q
0
N
U
c
0
U
0
CD
co
0
lY
ro
CD
(D
ro
Cc
N
0
PVC
MAINLINE
PVC COUPLING OR
REDUCER (TYP.) —
FROM FIELD
DOSING TANK
FILTER FLUSH VALVE
IPS FLEX PVC —
FILTER AND FIELD
FLUSH LINE
RETURN TO
SEPTIC TANK
FIELD FLUSH
VALVE
30" RISER
30" RISER
FINISHED GRADE
PVC COUPLING' -
REDUCER (TYP.)
VORTEX
FILTER
FILTER FLUSH VALVE
SCH. 80 UNION —
IPS FLEX PVC —
RETURN TO
SEPTIC TANK
PVC COUPLING OR
REDUCER (TYP.) —
FILTER AND FIELD
FLUSH LINE
WASHED #57
STONE
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE DUAL GFCI RECEPTACLE FOR HEAT
TRACING IN EACH RISER.
2. PROVIDE 1 BATT OF FIBERGLASS
INSULATION IN EACH RISER.
3. SEE SITE PLAN AND CALCULATIONS FOR
SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPE SIZES AND
NUMBER OF PIPES (ZONES).
4. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR ORIENTATION.
PVC
MAINLINE
VORTEX
FILTER
SCH. 80
UNION (TYP.)
b b b
30" RISER
x IPS FLEX PVC
REDUCER AS REQUIRED
TOP VIEW
HYDRAULIC UNIT
NTS
RETURN FLOW
FROM DRIP FIELDS
—PRESSURE GAUGE
—AIR VENT
FIELD SUPPLY LINE (TYP.)
PVC LINE TO
SOLENOIDS
IPS FLEX PVC
FPRESSURE GAUGE
a —RETURN FLOW
FROM DRIP FIELDS
PVC COUPLING OR
REDUCER AS REQUIRED
AIR VENT
FIELD FLUSH VALVE
z
I m
—HEAT STRIP
0 i
TOP VIEW
I I
I I GFCI
RECEPTACLE
MID.)
FLOW METER
BALL VALVE
TO DRIP ZONE(S)
PVC OR COUPLING
REDUCER (TYP.)
FINISHED GRADE
BALL VALVE
30" RISER
WASHED #57
STONE
co
LL
W 0
0 O
H
Z
W W
a
LU
w a-w
a
U �w
W
W Wa
N LL
U) —
U
m
O
O
M
pU
M
N
N
O
M
Qo
iy O O
O "w,
L
M n
W � N �
co N Z
J
Zz0)
�O�aX
U
W X Q
LL
zUm
,
a~0z�
D 0 LLf
Q z J
� rn
Q �—
UV
CD � H
W�
"
O
51201
�NGINEF'�
'••.....��l3a�ZaZ

O
N
0-
a)
W
7
ui
N
t]
Q
0
Y
C
O
U
0
(n
ro
0
V,
y�
J
aLIL
O
Wo
d
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided - 2 X Pump Load Led Field Wiring
Legend
Size per manufacturing specifications for Pump/Motor 120/230 VAC 0-16A MAX 60 Hz Field Supplied
Alarm/Control Source Pump Source Pump Source Pump must contain integeral Device Tag I Description
120 VAC, 60Hz 120/230 VAC, 60Hz 120/230 VAC, 60Hz thermal overload protection. BALLASTI Ballast
CB1 CB2 Circuit Breaker 2 Pole 20 A 45 In -lb
Bottom Feed Bottom Feed Bottom Feed Ground Motor PE to Ground Lug
2 Z L)
LU Z
CB3 Circuit Breaker 1 Pole 10A 451n-lb
Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker CS1 Current Switch NO0.5-100A
U Q H
L1 N L1 L2/N L1 L2/N F1...F3,F8 Fuse Terminal Block
F1... F31F8 5 A Control Fuse
O W Z
W X Q
a
PUMP1;PUMP Customer Supplied AC Pump
1.4 1.5 M 1 BLK PWS Power Supply 24VDC 30W
N1N2 CB1 5L3 6T3 2 T2 SW2 Toggle Switch
W X W O
Z W Q L)
O W W a Z
O
TB6 2 3, TB1;TB6 Terminal Block 30A
Q N a (n
Q
2 BLK TB2 Double -Level Terminal Block 20A
HT 4�3 2 3L2 4T2
� LL
a M ~
2 e PUMP1 TB3;TB4 Terminal Block 20A
� ? = a
~
\ BLK 1 TB5 Terminal Block 20A
(n Q
CB3 J� TB4 1 2 2��1 12 1L1 2T1 T1 PE TB5 erminal Block 20A
1 TRANS1 Transformer, 24V
8
JB2LK
N3N4 N5N6 CB2 5L3 6T3 Tz
RED 1.2 2.2 33
2 e 4�-3 BLK
O
M
N
BLK PUMP2
16
3L2 H1T
Mq
m
Lj M
34
TB3 1 2 21 BLK
1L1 1 ti PE
m
r
p U
7
00
Q0
Q
F8
1.1 /2.3 1.1
1 2 N 1 N2
iy 0 0
0
RED
6
W N
U) N Z
F- 24
BLK
J
W Q
18
Z Z a) .�..
RED RED RED T 7
J N
V
fRN
s e 8 8 e T
a
W a' X Q
= ILL
PE 1.
NOTES,
Q 0
PWS 3
ZUma)
1 1
ND1 —
1. SEE SHEET C-101 & D-101 FOR ALL
0 2 0 r
d O
L PE N coM 120 208 240
F1 F2
GENERAL NOTES.
Z
W d
0 White Black Red Orange
T Power Suppl
B
2. PROVIDE JUMPER WIRE OR EQUAL
O LLj n
Q Z J
Q
2 2
PS5R-VC24 F1 - F3, F8 Fuse must be replaced with 5 Ampere
METHOD TO DISABLE RAIN SENSOR
TERMINALS ON SUBSURFACE
J
U Q,
y
BALLAST1 Black White Yellow RED
RED RED 24 VDC 30W TRANS1 type 5mm x 20 mm fast acting 250 V max
INSTALLATION.
U
U Q a,
U
�+ v Spare fuses provided in packet
3. PANEL SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
o O w
T131 1 2 Blue Yellow
SECONDARY TIMER/HIGH WATER ALARM,
2 H
2 21 22 25 26 24vAc ovAC
DOSE (TIMER) ENABLE, AND LOW
BLK T EL RED RED 38
120VAC.1 B B 18 18.,18
WATER ALARM (REDUNDANT OFF).
Qj
2.2 BLU YEL
HTR1 8 8
4. PANEL BY ALDERON, OR EQUAL.
TB5 1 2 3 ze s s s
x1 x2 4 BLU Lu T/BLu HT/BLU
1 23 18 8 8 8 1
5. PANEL TO BE SUPPLIED BY E—Z
n ,
18 27
R RED e T BL BRG CAUTION: Nonmetallic enclosures does not provide
TREAT.
1.F3 grounding between conduit connections. Use grounding
B
CS1 24VDC.1 OVDC.1 o bushings and jumper wires.
W N
4 UV Lam
Blue Reu SW2p N3 2.6 BD ATTENTION: Les boitiers non-metalliques ne permettent
�RED
24 VDC.2 pas de mise a la terre entre les connexions de conduits.
COM (NO)
T132 27 zs 3.4 OVDC.2 Utilisez des manchons de raise a la terre et des fits de liaison.
N C A RO ••',
C)
UV Lamp 3.4 24VAC OVAC
���
' '
—=INTRODUCTION/2 Schematic 2—>
��
ALDERON"
�ndustrles
Which mu n containsproprietary,uinformation
g
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
Model
DWG N be EZT-1 C D4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B Y
B. Nelson
Page Number
g
�Xes
Leading Edge Control Products
Checked B
B. Klabunde
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
u m
1 OF3
51201
no 15TH sT SOUTH
HAWLEY MN, 56549
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
Date
1 /19/2021
Revision
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
tiGINE�
'•,�09
Pv���•
E-Z TREAT COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL 1 OF 3
D-109 NTS
af3a/

0
Q
0
Y
0
0
0
CIO
V,
0)
m
0
O
0
co
v
U
co
N
O
N
Q
i
N
U
0
a
y V
J
O
LL
0
0
W O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
High Level Legend Field Wiring
Recirculation Drip Floats
FS7 Field Supplied
High Level Secondary Timer
Dose Enable FS3 Dose Enable FS6 Device Tag I Description
Redundent Off FS2 Redundent Off FS5 B1 3uzzer 120V
~
CR1 Relay, 120VAC, SPDT 7.1 In -lb
FS1 FS4
— —rF4...
Z
F4...F7 Fuse Terminal Block
W LUZ
F7 A Control Fuse
}
LT1 Red Beacon 15W
r
Q } Q
M11M2 ontactor 18 A- 120V Coil 15 In -lb 1 In -lb
N
i7 0 u) LU Z
d 0
PLC1 PLC, 14I/100
Cn LU
uJ
T132 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0oggle Switch SPDT
P24V�C.i
cn U
ZO
TB2 Double -Level Terminal Block 20A
W W a- Z
TB21 3 5 Beu 7 9 11 13
U= U
45 18 / 1. F4-F7 Fuse must be replaced with 5 Ampere
o cm < cn p
BLU 18u type 5mm x 20 mm fast acting 250 V max
�"' ? = a
Spare fuses provided in packet
R/ 1.0LUBLU BLU LU BLU LUBLU LUBLU
a � a s so 6 ss � o r18
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 68
BLU
PLC1 e
c
N
COM 10 11 I 12 13 14 15 16 17 10 111 112 I 113 114 115
U
C
N
b b 7a 75
BLU BLU
i �
O
24VDC IN
m
p U
Q o
MICROSmart
COM
Analog IN SW1
� r j
(NOTest oft se0) 2
FC6A-C24R1 CEnce
M ^
U I N rn
Serial
� N Z
J �
use R .OUT R .OUT R . OUT UT
Z z
�O�UK
SERIAL Ethernet TOVD 24VDC TPE COMO 00 T01 T02 T03 COM1 04 T05 T06 T07 COM2 010 11 eeu
H Q O H LL
Z U m rn
ss s a s 13NO 13NO
O= O N
43 9 3 8 61 PNK PNK PNK 71 3 NK PNK NK
GRY ED RED ED RED 8 8 8 GR PNK 8 8 8 M1 M2
d H O Z �
LLI IY d
1e RN e e e e e e .2 NO .3 14NO
o z J ra
e
Q J
1 1 1 1 TB 16 18 20 22 24 26
U Q ?�
F4 F5 F6 F7
L
U
TB2 15 1 19 21 2 25
`o 0 H
2 2 2 2
o sz ss
PE OVAC 12 F14
OVDC.1 2 ROE D RED Re D ss sz Al Al Al Al Al Al
1.6 CR1
� l
V
GND1 —
1 4 RED RED
18 e Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 3 11
Al Al Al 1 1
i 24VAC
[TA[TA
A2 A2 A2 A2
M1 M2 CR1 T1 B1 1.5 EL 8EL
^
A2 A2 A2 2 2 Zone Control Zone Flush Filter Flush e
120VAC.1 HT T 7 T 6 T TB2 29 30
B e
1.0 8 8
w8n N5/1.1
U
e Dry Alarm Contacts
�.•�""""'••.,
N4
N C A f? •.,,
O O
—1 Schematic 3—
��.�
0
`L+�+ /
V1
ALOE
l-11—trl—
This drawin contains ro rietar information
This g P P Y
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
0 e
{y� hp
DWG Nu be EZT-1 CD4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B Y
J. Bonnier
Page Number
g
�,�� FE-_s
♦
♦ /.
V
Leading Edge Control Products
Checked B
B. Klabunde
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
I
2�F3
Qr
_♦
\' y
no 1STH ST SOUTH
HAwLEY MN, 56549
Notes: 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
Date
1 /19/2021
Rey lSlon
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring - Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
�, 51201
♦
1 E-Z TREAT COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL 2 OF 3
C. 13N
,,'•'••rIn11111
a3a�Ga�
D-110 NTS

Q
In
V,
U)V-
J
aL
�o
0
LU
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Legend
Field Wiring
Field Supplied
Device Tag Description
CBL1 jEthernet Cable Cat5
~
GND1 I 8P Ground Bar
30 In -lb
Z
HM11 MI Display
2.21n-lb
W W Z
�0 via Z
WX ,X �
U) U) X W OU
Z W o
O W LU a Z
U) X U = 0
p c.i a cis p
LL
a Cl)
OVDC.2 24VDC.2
HM11
'
USB2
p
N
~
'
N
GND1 81
HG1 G-4VT22TF-B «TSB'
m
CO
GRN
PE
}
O U
a O
I PE 18
n7 4 n7 4 /\ LAN
m
�
Q
TSID�RD?RS?CSTSG
1 SDA 1 SDB 1 RDA 1 RDB�
ty O O
O �
CBL1
JBRN
�
LU �2 N
38.228In ORG ORG
U) N Z
T
cc
W �
Z Z rn =
LO—QK
—X
LU
ILLZ
U H
m ,
SERIAL
a p z N
D 0 LU
Q Z J
Q U) T
U U 2 —
o Ow
w �H
V
W�
\A C Rol.
U
—2
Schematic
=PRODUCTION_REPORT/1
'.` !r.
S/ /
ALDERON'"
�ndntrol s
This drawing contains proprietary information
which must not be duplicated, used, or disclosed
in whole or in part without prior written consent.
Model
DWG N u m be EZT-1 C D4Z-230-16
Quote Number
Drawn B Y
B. Nelson
Page Number
9
30F3
���S
I
U
T?
Leading Edge Control Products
Checked B
B. Klabunde
_�
\
"J
1101 STH ST SOuTH
HAWLEV MN, 56549
Notes. 1. WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard! Disconnect power before servicing this product. A qualified service person must install and service this product according to applicable electrical and plumbing codes
2. Install in accordance with National Electric Code, NFPA 70, Seal all boxes, fittings, and conduit with appropriate seal devices to prevent moisture and gasses from entering enclosure.
Date
1 /19/2021
RevlslOn
3. Connect all grounds to a good ground. 4. Dashed lines represent field wiring -Use minimum 60 deg C Copper Wire 5. Branch Circuit Protection
Device/Disconnect Means Field Provided.
51201
`1
:
O�
E-Z TREAT COMBO DRIP CONTROL PANEL 3 OF 3
'••,,; �oC.13
1